UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 40-F

[   ] Registration statement pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
or
[X] Annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended: July 31, 2019

Commission File Number: 001-38781

HEXO CORP.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

ONTARIO 2833 Not Applicable
(Province or Other Jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
  Classification  
Incorporation or Organization) Code Number) Identification No.)

490 Boulevard Saint-Joseph, Suite 204
Gatineau, Québec
Canada J8Y 3Y7
1-(844) 406-1852
(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

CT Corporation System
1015 15th Street N.W., Suite 1000
Washington, DC 20005
(202) 572-3100
(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of agent for service in the United States)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class: Trading Symbol(s) Name of Each Exchange On Which
    Registered:
     
Common Shares, no par value HEXO New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this form:

[X] Annual Information Form [X] Audited Annual Financial Statements


Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 256,981,753

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[ X ] Yes        [   ] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
[X] Yes        [   ] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
[X] Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [   ] 

 †  The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

HEXO Corp. (the “Company” or “HEXO”) is a Canadian issuer that is permitted, under the multijurisdictional disclosure system adopted in the United States, to prepare this annual report on Form 40-F (this “Annual Report”) pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), in accordance with Canadian disclosure requirements, which are different from those of the United States. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act and Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Equity securities of the Company are accordingly exempt from Sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), 14(f) and 16 of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 3a12-3 thereunder.

The Company’s common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “HEXO”.

In this Annual Report, references to “we”, “our”, “us”, the “Company” or “HEXO”, mean HEXO Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless the context suggests otherwise.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report includes or incorporates by reference certain “forward-looking information” and “forward-looking statements” (collectively, “forward-looking statements”). Such statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “expect,” “likely”, “may,” “will,” “should,” “intend,” or “anticipate”, “potential”, “proposed”, “estimate” and other similar words, including negative and grammatical variations thereof, or statements that certain events or conditions “may” or “will” happen, or by discussions of strategy. Forward-looking statements include estimates, plans, expectations, opinions, forecasts, projections, targets, guidance, or other statements that are not statements of fact. Forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to:


Forward-looking statements are based on our reasonable assumptions, estimates, internal and external analysis and opinions made considering our experience and perception of trends, current conditions and expected developments, as well as other factors that we believe to be relevant and reasonable at the date that such statements are made. Forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, the risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Information Form for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

The forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report are made only as of the date of this report. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. The Company’s forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

NOTE TO UNITED STATES READERS:
DIFFERENCES IN UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN REPORTING PRACTICES

The Company is permitted, under a multijurisdictional disclosure system adopted by the SEC, to prepare this Annual Report in accordance with Canadian disclosure requirements, which are different from those of the United States. The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which differ in certain respects from United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and from practices prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Therefore, the Company’s financial statements incorporated by reference in this Annual Report may not be comparable to financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.


CURRENCY

Unless otherwise indicated, all dollar amounts in this Annual Report are in Canadian dollars. The exchange rate of Canadian dollars into United States dollars, on July 31, 2019 based upon the daily exchange rate as quoted by the Bank of Canada was U.S.$1.00 = Cdn.$1.3148.

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

The Company’s Annual Information Form for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 is filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Annual Report, and is incorporated by reference herein.

AUDITED ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended July 31, 2019, including the report of the independent auditors thereon, are filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Annual Report, and are incorporated by reference herein.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The Company’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended July 31, 2019 is filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this Annual Report, and is incorporated by reference herein.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted by the Company under U.S. and Canadian securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in those rules, including providing reasonable assurance that material information is gathered and reported to management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), to permit timely decisions regarding public disclosure.

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company, under the supervision of the CEO and CFO, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, because of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of July 31, 2019.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

  (i)

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets;

     
  (ii)

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and that the Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and




  (iii)

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Company’s internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In connection with the Company’s reporting obligations in Canada and its obligations under Rule 13a-15(c) under the Exchange Act, management, under the supervision and with the participation of its CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2019, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that as at July 31, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective based on the material changes to the control environment and the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below.

Material Changes to the Control Environment

During the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company continued to embark on a transformation project, enabled by a new end to end Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system. When completed, the project will provide an integrated system for inventory tracking and valuation from seed to sale. The project was launched in November 2017 to standardize and automate business processes and controls across the organization. As at July 31, 2019, the system’s Finance, Sales and Procurement processes were functional. It will continue to be rolled out for inventory tracking and processing throughout the fiscal year. The project is a major initiative that is utilizing third party consultants, and a solution designed specifically for the cannabis industry. The new ERP is intended to facilitate improved reporting and oversight and enhance internal controls over financial reporting.

Also, during the period were changes made to the Company’s inventory count process, procedures and estimate approach. Due to the significant increase in volume as the Company’s production levels rise, there were additional complexities added to this process. Additional resources were required to complete the inventory count including the reallocation of personnel from other departments and the use of third-party services. This inherently creates an increased risk environment in that less experienced personnel were involved in the process.

Identified Material Weaknesses and Remediation Plan

Complex Spreadsheet Controls

Management concluded that the Company did not implement and maintain effective controls surrounding complex spreadsheets. Spreadsheets are inherently prone to error due to the manual nature and increased risk of human error. The Company’s controls related to complex spreadsheets did not address all identified material risks associated with manual data entry, documentation of assumptions, completeness of data entry, and the accuracy of formulas.

The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of complex spreadsheet internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to move towards an ERP which possesses specific functionality to remove the manual nature and usage of complex spreadsheets in future periods.


Implementation of an ERP

The Company did not have effective information technology (IT) general controls over all operating systems, databases, and IT applications supporting financial reports. Accordingly, process-level automated controls and manual controls that were dependent upon the information derived from IT systems were also determined to be ineffective. The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of IT related internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to fully implement the ERP during fiscal 2020 and will only take reliance upon such controls once the appropriate level of testing is reached.

Inventory Count

The Company did not have effective controls around its year-end inventory count procedures, specifically with respect to its reconciliation of the ERP system due to the details outlined in the previous change to control environment section.

To further strengthen controls surrounding inventory, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures:

Procurement

The Company did not maintain effective controls over the purchasing of capital goods and services, including the authorization of purchases, processing and payment of vendor invoices, the classification of various expenses and capitalization of assets.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the procurement process, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures:

Financial Reporting

The Company did not maintain effective process level and management review controls over manual financial reporting processes and the application of IFRS and accounting measurements related to certain significant accounts and non-routine transactions.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the financial reporting process, management has initiated the following:


No Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm relating to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies. In addition, as an “emerging growth company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act), the Company is not required to provide such a report. The Company will be required to provide such an attestation report when it no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company is establishing and implementing controls over the integration of its material business acquisitions, investment in associates and joint ventures.

In addition to the implementation of an ERP system and other remediation efforts described above, the legalization of recreational cannabis in Canada during the first quarter of fiscal 2019 resulted in a significant change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting for the year ended July 31, 2019. The Company expanded its business model and its revenue streams now include retail sales and business to business sales in the recreational cannabis market. New processes and controls have been designed, implemented and continue to be assessed with respect to the expansion of our business and revenue streams for internal control over financial reporting purposes.

Given the fast pace of ongoing expansion of the business, management has also performed additional account reconciliations and other analytical and substantive procedures to ensure reliable financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) is responsible for the Company’s corporate governance and has a separately-designated standing Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee (the “HR&CG Committee”), and Audit Committee. The charters of each committee can be viewed on the Company’s corporate website at https://www.hexocorp.com/governance/. In addition, the Company’s Audit Committee Charter is attached as Schedule “A” to the Annual Information Form, which is filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Annual Report.

Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee

The Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee has been appointed for the purpose of assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for: (a) establishing the Company’s corporate governance policies and practices generally; (b) identifying and recommending to the Board individuals qualified to become members of the Board; (c) reviewing the composition, effectiveness and independence of the Board and its committees; (d) monitoring and reviewing compensation policies and practices and administering the Company’s share compensation plans, which is then to be presented to the Board for approval; and (e) reviewing compensation for the Chief Executive Officer and members of the Board, which is then to be approved or presented to the Board for approval. The HR&CG Committee annually assesses the skills and qualifications of directors and nominees to ensure the members of the Board have the requisite skills and qualifications to meet the current needs of the Company. The HR&CG Committee is comprised of Nathalie Bourque (Chair), Vincent Chiara and Jason Ewart. The Board has determined that all three members of the HR&CG Committee are independent, based on the criteria for independence prescribed by Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The Board has established a separately-designated standing Audit Committee in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act and Section 303A.06 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual for the purpose of overseeing the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and the audit of its annual financial statements.

The Audit Committee is comprised of Jason Ewart (Chair), Nathalie Bourque and Vincent Chiara. The Board has determined that the Audit Committee meets the composition requirements set forth by Section 303A.07 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, and that each of the members of the Audit Committee is independent as determined under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. All three members of the Audit Committee are financially literate, meaning they are able to read and understand the Company’s financial statements and to understand the breadth and level of complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised in the Company’s financial statements.


The Board has determined that Jason Ewart qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” (as defined in paragraph (8)(b) of General Instruction B to Form 40-F), has financial management expertise (pursuant to section 303A.07 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) and is independent (as determined under Exchange Act Rule 10A-3 and section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual).

PRE-APPROVAL OF AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES PROVIDED BY
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

The Audit Committee Charter sets out responsibilities regarding the provision of non-audit services by the Company’s external auditors and requires the Audit Committee to pre-approve all permitted non-audit services to be provided by the Company’s external auditors, in accordance with applicable law. The Company also requires pre-approval of all audit services to be provided by its external auditors. All audit and non-audit services performed by the Company’s external auditors for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee and none were approved on the basis of the de minimis exemption set forth in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) of Regulation S-X.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES - INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The following table sets forth information regarding amounts billed to us by our independent auditor for each of our last two fiscal years ended July 31 in Canadian dollars:

  July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
Audit Fees(1) $949,933 $236,590
Audit-Related Fees(2) $Nil $Nil
Tax Fees(3) $19,795 $22,475
All Other Fees $Nil $Nil

Notes:

(1)

Includes fees for the performance of the annual audit and quarterly reviews of the financial statements.

(2)

Denotes fees related to assurance services not inclusive in (1), in regard to the performance of the annual audit and quarterly reviews of the financial statements.

(3)

Includes fees for services related to assistance with tax returns and amalgamation assistance.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Please see the section entitled “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations” at page 32 of the Company’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended July 31, 2019 contained in Exhibit 99.3 to this Annual Report (which sections are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report) for a discussion of certain off-balance sheet arrangements.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees and certain contractors. A copy of the Code is posted on the Company’s website at www.hexocorp.com/governance. The Code meets the requirements for a “code of ethics” within the meaning of paragraph 9(b) of General Instruction B to Form 40-F. No substantive amendments were made to the Code during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, and no waivers of the Code were granted to any principal officer of the Company or any person performing similar functions during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019.


TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table lists, as of July 31, 2019, information with respect to the Company’s known contractual obligations (in Cdn. thousands).

          Payments due by period              
                               
Contractual Obligations   Total     < 1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5+ years  
                               
Long Term Debt Obligations   34     3     31     -     -  
                               
Operating Lease Obligations   101,421     5,718     10,450     10,035     75,218  
                               
Purchase Obligations   39,828     39,828     -     -     -  
                               
Total   141,283     45,549     10,481     10,035     75,218  

NOTICES PURSUANT TO REGULATION BTR

There were no notices required by Rule 104 of Regulation BTR that the Company sent during the year ended July 31, 2019 concerning any equity security subject to a blackout period under Rule 101 of Regulation BTR.

NYSE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Company complies with corporate governance requirements of both the TSX and the NYSE. As a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act, the Company is not required to comply with all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE; however, the Company adopts best practices consistent with domestic NYSE listed companies when appropriate to its circumstances.

The Company has reviewed the NYSE corporate governance requirements and confirms that, except as described below, the Company is in compliance with the NYSE corporate governance standards in all significant respects:

Shareholder Meeting Quorum Requirement: The NYSE is of the opinion that the quorum required for any meeting of shareholders should be sufficiently high to ensure a representative vote. The Company’s quorum requirement is set forth in its Articles. A quorum for shareholders’ meeting, section 9.12 of By-Law No. 1 provides all of the shareholders or two shareholders, whichever number be the lesser (personally present or represented by proxy), shall constitute a quorum of any meeting of any class of shareholders. This is consistent with the laws, customs and practices in Canada.

Proxy Delivery Requirement: The NYSE requires the solicitation of proxies and delivery of proxy statements for all shareholder meetings and requires that these proxies shall be solicited pursuant to a proxy statement that conforms to SEC proxy rules. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act, and the equity securities of the Company are accordingly exempt from the proxy rules set forth in Sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c) and 14(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company solicits proxies in accordance with applicable rules and regulations in Canada.

Shareholder Approval Requirement: The NYSE requires shareholder approval for issuances of common shares, or any securities convertible or exercisable into common shares:

  (a)

to directors, officers or substantial security holders of the Company (each, a “Related Party”), a subsidiary, affiliate or other closely-related person of a Related Party or any company or entity in which a Related Party has a substantial interest, where the number of common shares, or the number of common shares into which the securities are convertible or exercisable, exceeds either (i) 1% of the outstanding common shares before the issuance; or (ii) 1% of the voting power of the outstanding common shares before the issuance, in either case except for substantial security holders paying cash and full book and market value for less than 5% of the number of common shares and voting power outstanding before the issuance;




  (b)

the common shares, or the number of common shares into which the securities are convertible or exercisable, constitute at least (i) 20% of the voting power of the outstanding common shares before the issuance; or (ii) 20% of the outstanding common shares before the issuance, in either case except for public offerings of common shares for cash and private financings involving sales of common shares at a price, or securities convertible or exercisable into common shares with a conversion or exercise price, of at least the market values of the common shares; and

     
  (c)

where the issuance would result in a change of control of the Company.

The Company will follow TSX rules for shareholder approval of new issuances of its common shares, in lieu of the foregoing requirements of the NYSE. Following TSX rules, shareholder approval is required for certain issuances of shares that: (i) materially affect control of the listed issuer; or (ii) provide consideration to insiders in aggregate of 10% or greater of the market capitalization of the listed issuer, during any six-month period, and has not been negotiated at arm's length. Shareholder approval is also required, pursuant to TSX rules, in the case of private placements: (a) for an aggregate number of listed securities issuable greater than 25% of the number of securities of the listed issuer which are outstanding, on a non-diluted basis, prior to the date of closing of the transaction if the price per security is less than the market price; or (b) that during any six month period are to insiders for listed securities or options, rights or other entitlements to listed securities greater than 10% of the number of securities of the listed issuer which are outstanding, on a non-diluted basis, prior to the date of the closing of the first private placement to an insider during the six month period. The rules of the TSX also require shareholder approval in connection with an acquisition by a listed issuer where the number of securities issued or issuable in payment of the purchase price for the acquisition exceeds 25% of the number of securities of the listed issuer that are outstanding, on a non-diluted basis.

Equity Compensation Plans: The NYSE also requires shareholder approval of all plans or other arrangements that provide for equity securities as compensation to employees, directors or service providers, and any material revisions to such plans or arrangements, except for certain plans and arrangements, including:

  (a)

those plans or arrangements allowing employees, directors or service providers to buy such securities on the open market or from the Company for current fair market value;

     
  (b)

grants of options or other equity-based compensation as a material inducement upon hiring or to new employees in connection with a merger or acquisition; and

     
  (c)

conversions, replacements or adjustments of outstanding options or other equity compensation awards to reflect a merger or acquisition.

The TSX requires shareholder approval of all security based compensation arrangements, and any material amendments to such arrangements, except for arrangements used as an inducement to persons or companies not previously employed by and not previously an insider of the listed issuer, provided that: (i) such persons or companies enter into a contract of full time employment as an officer of the listed issuer; and (ii) the number of securities made issuable to such persons or companies during any twelve month period does not exceed in aggregate 2% of the number of securities of the listed issuer which are outstanding, on a non-diluted basis, prior to the date the exemption is first used during such twelve month period. Such shareholder approval is required when the security-based arrangement is instituted and every three years thereafter if the arrangement does not have a fixed maximum aggregate of securities issuable. The TSX considers a security-based compensation arrangement to be any compensation or incentive mechanism involving the issuance from treasury or potential issuance from treasury of securities of a listed issuer.

Insiders of a listed issuer that are entitled to receive a benefit under a security-based compensation arrangement are not eligible to vote their securities in respect of the shareholder approval required by the TSX unless such security-based compensation arrangement contains an “insider participation limit”. An “insider participation limit” is a provision typically found in security-based compensation arrangements which limits the number of a listed issuer’s securities: (i) issued to insiders of the listed issuer, within any one-year period; and (ii) issuable to insiders of the listed issuer at any time, to 10% of the listed issuer’s total issued and outstanding securities.

For the purposes of security-based compensation arrangements, the definition of “insider” would include the CEO, CFO, all directors of the listed issuer and its major subsidiaries, any person responsible for a principal business unit, division or function, and any shareholder that has beneficial ownership or control or direction over, more than 10% of the issued and outstanding common shares of the listed issuer. The Company obtains shareholder approval of its equity compensation plans in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the TSX.


Compensation and Corporate Governance Committee Independence Requirement: The NYSE requires listed companies to have a compensation committee and a nominating/corporate governance committee, each of which must be composed entirely of independent directors, as determined using the criteria prescribed by Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. The NYSE rules permit listed companies to allocate the responsibilities of the compensation and nominating/corporate governance committees to committees of their own denomination provided that the committees are composed entirely of independent directors.

The Company has a separately-designated standing Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board has determined that all three members of the Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee (Nathalie Bourque (Chair), Vincent Chiara and Jason Ewart) are independent.

The foregoing is consistent with the laws, customs and practices in Canada.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

UNDERTAKING

The Company undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the SEC staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the SEC staff, information relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises; or transactions in said securities.

CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS

The Company has previously filed with the SEC a written consent to service of process on Form F-X. Any change to the name or address of the Company’s agent for service shall be communicated promptly to the SEC by amendment to the Form F-X referencing the file number of the Company.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  HEXO CORP.
   
Date: October 29, 2019 /s/ Sebastien St-Louis
  Name: Sebastien St-Louis
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No. Exhibit Description
   
99.1 Annual Information Form for the year ended July 31, 2019
   
99.2 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended July 31, 2019 together with the report of the independent auditors thereon
   
99.3 Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended July 31, 2019
   
99.4 Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
   
99.5 Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
   
99.6 Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
99.7 Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
99.8 Consent of MNP LLP
   
99.9 Annual Report for the year ended July 31, 2019
   
101.INS* XBRL Instance
   
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
   
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
   
101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
   
101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
   
101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

* To be filed by amendment.




HEXO CORP.

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

OCTOBER 28, 2019


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM 3
   
FORWARD- LOOKING STATEMENTS 3
   
CORPORATE STRUCTURE 5
   
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS 6
   
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS 15
   
RISK FACTORS 24
   
DIVIDENDS 47
   
CAPITAL STRUCTURE 47
   
MARKET FOR SECURITIES 48
   
PRIOR SALES 50
   
ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER 50
   
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 51
   
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS 55
   
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS 55
   
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTAR 55
   
MATERIAL CONTRACTS 55
   
AUDIT COMMITTEE INFORMATION 56
   
INTERESTS OF EXPERTS 57
   
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 57

2


ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

In this annual information form (“Annual Information Form” or “AIF”), unless otherwise noted or the context indicates otherwise, the “Company”, “HEXO”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to HEXO Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and the terms “cannabis”, “CBD”, “client”, “licence”, “licenced producer”, “THC” and “marijuana” have the meanings given to the terms “cannabis”, “CBD”, “client”, “licence”, “licenced producer”, “THC” and “marihuana” respectively in the Cannabis Act (Canada) (the “Cannabis Act”) and the Cannabis Regulations made under the Cannabis Act (the “Cannabis Regulations”).

All currency amounts in this AIF are stated in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted. All financial information of the Company in this AIF is reported according to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”).

Unless otherwise noted, all information in this AIF is given as of July 31, 2019.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Information Form contains certain “forward-looking information” and “forward-looking statements” (collectively, “forward-looking statements”) which are based upon the Company’s current internal expectations, estimates, projections, assumptions and beliefs. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Such statements can often, but not always, be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “expect,” “likely”, “may,” “will,” “should,” “intend,” or “anticipate”, “potential”, “proposed”, “estimate” and other similar words, and expressions that are predictions or indicate future events and future trends, including negative and grammatical variations thereof, or statements that certain events or conditions “may” or “will” happen, or by discussions of strategy. Forward-looking statements include estimates, plans, expectations, opinions, forecasts, projections, targets, guidance, or other statements that are not statements of fact. Forward-looking statements included in this Annual Information Form are made only as of the date of this Annual Information Form. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Information Form include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to:

3


The purpose of forward-looking statements is to provide the reader with a description of management’s expectations, and such forward-looking statements may not be appropriate for any other purpose. In particular, but without limiting the foregoing, disclosure in this Annual Information Form under “Description of the Business” as well as statements regarding the Company’s objectives, plans and goals, including future operating results, economic performance and patient acquisition efforts may make reference to or involve forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct.

Certain of the forward-looking statements and other information contained herein concerning the cannabis industry and its medical and adult-use markets and the general expectations of HEXO concerning the industry and the Company’s business and operations are based on estimates prepared by HEXO using data from publicly available governmental sources as well as from market research and industry analysis and on assumptions based on data and knowledge of the cannabis industry which HEXO believe to be reasonable. However, although generally indicative of relative market positions, market shares and performance characteristics, such data is inherently imprecise. While HEXO is not aware of any misstatement regarding any industry or government data presented herein, the cannabis industry and newly forming adult-use market involves risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those relating to the Company’s ability to execute its business plan, renew required permits and licences and related regulatory compliance matters, and other factors described in this Annual Information Form under “Risk Factors”. Although the Company has based forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Information Form on assumptions that it believes are reasonable, it cautions the reader that actual results and developments (including the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which the Company operates) may differ materially from those made or suggested by the forward-looking information contained herein.

Certain assumptions made in preparing the forward-looking statements contained in this document include:

the Company’s ability to implement its growth strategies;

the Company’s ability to complete the conversion or buildout of its facilities on time and on budget;

the Company’s competitive advantages;

the development of new products and product formats for the Company’s products;

the Company’s ability to obtain and maintain financing on acceptable terms;

the impact of competition;

the changes and trends in the cannabis industry;

Changes in laws, rules and regulations;

the Company’s ability to maintain and renew required licences;

the Company’s ability to maintain good business relationships with its customers, distributors and other strategic partners;

the Company’s ability to keep pace with changing consumer preferences;

the Company’s ability to protect intellectual property;

the Company’s ability to manage and integrate acquisitions, particularly Newstrike;

the Company’s ability to retain key personnel; and

the absence of material adverse changes in the industry or global economy.

4


A number of factors could cause actual events, performance or results to differ materially from what is projected in the forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Information Form. In addition, even if results and developments are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this document, those results and developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Such forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this Annual Information Form. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. The Company’s forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Name, Address and Incorporation

The Company was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) (the “OBCA”) on October 29, 2013 as BFK Capital Corp. (“BFK”). On August 29, 2018, the Company filed articles of amendment under the OBCA to change its name to “HEXO Corp.” The Company’s head office is located at 204-490 Boulevard Saint-Joseph, Gatineau, Québec, J8Y 3W9. The Company’s registered office is located at Suite 6000, 1 First Canadian Place, 100 King Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5X 1E2.

Intercorporate Relationships

As of the date of this Annual Information Form, the Company has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, HEXO Operations Inc. (“HEXO Operations” or “HOI”) and HEXO USA Inc. (“HEXO US”).

The following chart illustrates the Company’s corporate structure as of the date of this Annual Information Form, including details of the jurisdiction of incorporation of each subsidiary:

In addition, through HEXO Operations, the Company owns interests in certain associates and joint ventures as follows:

  (a)

a 42.5% interest in Truss Limited Partnership Truss, an entity formed under the laws of Ontario for the Company’s joint venture with Molson Coors Canada (see “General Development of the Business - Three Year History - Molson Coors Canada Joint Venture - Truss”);

     
  (b)

a 51% interest in HEXO MED S.A., an entity formed under the laws of Greece for the Company’s joint venture with QNBS P.C. (formerly Qannabos) (see “General Development of the Business - Three Year History - Expansion into Greece”);

5



  (c)

a 25% interest in Belleville Complex Inc., an entity formed under the laws of Canada for the Company’s joint venture with Olegna Holdings Inc. for the ownership of the Company’s facility in Belleville, Ontario (see “General Development of the Business - Three Year History - Belleville Facility”);

     
  (d)

a 60% interest in Neal Up Brands Inc., an entity formed under the laws of Ontario for the Company’s joint venture with Neal Brothers Inc. (see “General Development of the Business - Significant Acquisitions - Newstrike”); and

     
  (e)

a 60% interest in Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc., an entity formed under the laws of Ontario for the Company’s joint venture with Chroma Global Technologies Ltd (see “General Development of the Business - Three Year History - Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc).

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

Three-Year History

Introduction

The Company is in the business of producing, marketing and selling cannabis through its wholly-owned subsidiary, HEXO Operations, from its facilities in Ontario and Québec. HEXO Operations is a licenced producer under the Cannabis Regulations.

The business of the Company was formed when BFK, which had completed an initial public offering as a Capital Pool Company under Policy 2.4 of the TSX Venture Exchange (the “TSXV”) on November 12, 2014, acquired all of the issued and outstanding common shares of The Hydropothecary Corporation (“Predecessor THCX”) on March 15, 2017 pursuant to a three-cornered amalgamation which was BFK’s “Qualifying Transaction” under Policy 2.4 of the TSXV (the “Qualifying Transaction”).

Predecessor THCX had been formed in August 2013 with the strategic purpose of seeking a licence under the regulatory regime for cannabis for medical purposes introduced by Health Canada in 2013, the Marihuana for Medical Purposes Regulations (the “MMPR”) and developing a premium brand and offering a suite of products and services for this new market. In November 2014, Predecessor THCX acquired 167151 Canada Inc. (“167 Canada”), which had received a licence under the MMPR in March 2014 to produce, possess and destroy cannabis for medical purposes. Through 167 Canada as its wholly-owned subsidiary, Predecessor THCX commenced commercial production and sales of legal cannabis for medical purposes in Canada. Predecessor THCX had its first harvest on October 8, 2014. In connection with the completion of the Qualifying Transaction, the Company filed articles of amendment under the OBCA on March 15, 2017 to consolidate the Company’s common shares prior to the acquisition of the common shares of Predecessor THCX and to change its name to “The Hydropothecary Corporation”. As a result of the Qualifying Transaction, the Company met the TSXV’s listing requirements and the common shares of the Company (the “Common Shares”) commenced trading on the TSXV under the symbol “THCX” on March 21, 2017.

Health Canada Licence

The Company is licenced to produce and sell cannabis and cannabis products as a licenced producer under the provisions of the Cannabis Regulations. Predecessor THCX was issued its initial licence under the MMPR to cultivate cannabis for medical purposes through 167 Canada in March 2014 and the licence was amended in May 2015 to permit it to sell cannabis for medical purposes. The MMPR were replaced by the Access to Cannabis for Medical Purposes RegulationsACMPR”) in August 2016 and subsequently replaced by the Cannabis Regulations on October 17, 2018. HEXO’s current licence for its facility in Gatineau, Quebec under the Cannabis Regulations was most recently renewed on October 15, 2019 and has a term ending on April 15, 2021 (the “Gatineau Licence”). The Gatineau Licence is issued to HEXO (formerly Hydropothecaire/Hydropothecary), the operating name of the business run by HEXO Operations.

6


The Gatineau Licence authorizes the Company to conduct activities relating to cannabis and permits the production, sale, possession, shipping, transportation, delivery and destruction of fresh cannabis, dried cannabis, cannabis plants, cannabis seeds, cannabis oil and cannabis resin, all as set out therein, delivered pursuant to the ACMPR and the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act (the “CDSA”). The licence covers all nine of the facilities at the Company’s campus in Gatineau, Québec described below and authorizes unlimited production of cannabis.

The Company submitted a notice for an amendment to its Gatineau licence on July 15, 2019 to allow it to manufacture cannabis-infused edibles and extracts, and received approval on October 21, 2019. The Company has also filed notifications to Health Canada regarding each of its new cannabis-infused edibles and extracts products, including cannabis-infused beverages to be sold under the Truss brand.

On October 25, 2019, Health Canada also issued a Research and Development Licence (the “R&D Licence”) for its facility in Gatineau. The R&D Licence expands the scope of work that can be conducted on cannabis and its derivatives at the Gatineau facility. The R&D Licence expires on October 25, 2024. The Company will apply for an amendment to the R&D Licence in order to allow it to also conduct research and development at its Montreal, Vaughan and other facilities.

Through the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Newstrike on May 24, 2019, the Company also acquired two Health Canada licences issued under the name Up Cannabis Inc. (“Up Cannabis”), a subsidiary of Newstrike, for its facilities in Brantford, Ontario (the “Brantford Licence”) and Niagara, Ontario (the “Niagara Licence”) (see “General Development of the Business - Significant Acquisitions - Newstrike”). The Brantford Licence was most recently renewed on November 10, 2018 and has a term ending on December 19, 2019. The Niagara Licence has a term ending on March 29, 2021. Newstrike and Up Cannabis have subsequently been amalgamated with HEXO Operations. The Brantford Licence and Niagara Licence are currently issued in the name of Up Cannabis Inc. The Company has notified Health Canada of its intention to have the Brantford Licence and Niagara Licence re-issued under HEXO Operations.

Near the end of each term of the licences, HEXO must submit an application for renewal to Health Canada containing information prescribed by the Cannabis Regulations. The Gatineau Licence expires on April 15, 2021. The Brantford licence expires on December 19, 2019. The Niagara licence expires on March 29, 2021. HEXO is not currently aware of any reason why it would not be able to receive a renewal of its licences. See “Risk Factors - Reliance on Licence Renewal and Amendment”.

On October 21, 2019, the Company received a licence from Health Canada for the first phase of its Belleville facility.

Stock Exchange Listings

On June 21, 2018, the Company received approval from the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”) to graduate from the TSXV and list its Common Shares on the TSX. The Common Shares commenced trading on the TSX under the symbol “HEXO” on June 22, 2018. Certain common share purchase warrants of the Company also commenced trading on the TSX under the symbol “HEXO.WT” On January 17, 2019, the Company received approval from the NYSE American LLC (the “NYSE-A”) to list its Common Shares on the NYSE-A. The Common Shares commenced trading on the NYSE-A under the symbol “HEXO” on January 23, 2019.

On July 11, 2019, the Company received approval from the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) to transfer the listing of its Common Shares from the NYSE-A to the NYSE. The Common Shares commenced trading on the NYSE under the symbol “HEXO” on July 16, 2019.

Financing Activities

7


Predecessor THCX Financings

Between March 2014 and November 2016, Predecessor THCX completed various private placement financings for gross proceeds of approximately $35 million to funds its operations and investigated options for going public and raising additional capital to grow its business. In addition, in connection with the Qualifying Transaction, Predecessor THCX completed both a brokered and a non-brokered private placement of common shares for gross proceeds of $17.5 million.

Private Placement and Conversion of Unsecured 8% Convertible Debentures

On July 18, 2017, the Company closed a bought deal private placement of unsecured convertible debenture units for aggregate gross proceeds of $25.1 million. Under the placement, the Company issued a total of $25.1 million of 8.0% senior unsecured convertible debentures and 7,856,300 common share purchase warrants. Effective December 27, 2017, the Company forced the conversion of all of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures and unpaid accrued interest thereon into Common Shares, after it became entitled to do so because the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Common Shares on the TSXV for 15 consecutive trading days was equal to or exceeded $2.25. In addition, effective January 2, 2018, the Company accelerated the expiry date of the warrants from July 18, 2019 to February 1, 2018, after it became entitled to do so because the closing trading price of the Common Shares on the TSXV exceeded $3.00 for 15 consecutive trading days.

Public Offering and Conversion of 7.0% Unsecured Debenture Units

On November 24, 2017, the Company closed a bought deal public offering of 7.0% unsecured convertible debenture units for aggregate gross proceeds of $69.0 million. Under the offering, the Company issued a total of $69.0 million of 7.0% unsecured convertible debentures and 15,663,000 common share purchase warrants. Effective January 15, 2018, the Company forced the conversion of all of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures and unpaid accrued interest thereon into Common Shares, after it became entitled to do so because the VWAP of the Common Shares on the TSXV for 10 consecutive trading days was equal to or exceeded $3.15. In addition, effective May 24, 2018, the Company accelerated the expiry date of the warrants from November 24, 2019 to June 25, 2018, after it became entitled to do so because the closing trading price of the Common Shares on the TSXV exceeded $4.50 for 10 consecutive trading days.

Public Offering of Units

On January 30, 2018, the Company completed a bought deal public offering of 37,375,000 units at a price of $4.00 per unit for aggregate gross proceeds of $149.5 million. Each unit consisted of one Common Share and one-half of one common share purchase warrant, with each whole warrant being exercisable to purchase one Common Share for a period of two years at an exercise price of $5.60 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events.

Public Offering of Common Shares

On January 30, 2019, the Company completed a marketed underwritten public offering of 8,855,000 Common Shares at a price of $6.50 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $57,557,500, inclusive of a fully exercised over-allotment of 1,155,000 common shares.

Private Placement

On October 23, 2019, the Company entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70 million principal amount of 8.0% unsecured debentures of the Company (the “Debentures”).

The Debentures will bear interest from the date of closing at 8.0% per annum payable quarterly and will mature on the date which is three years from issuance. Following the date, which is one year from issuance, the Debentures will be convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $3.16 per share (the “Conversion Price”), subject to adjustment in certain events.

8


Beginning on the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may force the conversion of all of the principal amount of the then outstanding Debentures at the Conversion Price on not less than 30 days’ notice should the daily volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $7.50 for any 15 consecutive trading days.

At any time on or before the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may repay all, but not less than all, of the principal amount of the Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about November 15, 2019. The private placement is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary regulatory and stock exchange approvals, including the approvals of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

SAQ Agreement

On April 11, 2018, the Company announced that it has entered into a commercial agreement with the Société des alcools du Québec (the “SAQ”) to be the preferred supplier of cannabis products for the Québec market for the first five years post-legalization, with an option to extend the term for an additional year. Under the agreement, the Company was slated to supply 20,000 kg of products in the first year of the agreement and expected to supply 35,000 kg in the second year and 45,000 kg in the third. The volumes for the final two years of the agreement will be established based on the sales generated in the first three years. The supply arrangement covers the full range of the Company’s products and brands, from flowers to cannabis oil. During the first year of the agreement, HEXO supplied approximately 10,000 kg under the agreement. While the Company did not achieve the expected sales during the first year of the agreement, it remains a preferred supplier of the Société québécoise du cannabis (“SQDC”) with an approximately 33% market share based on volume and is working on expanding its product offerings with the SQDC based on consumer demands and as the SQDC continues the roll-out of its retail distribution channels, and it believes that any exercise of committed purchase features for a larger amount during the first year of the agreement would be short sighted.

Molson Coors Canada Venture - Truss

On August 1, 2018, HEXO and Molson Coors Canada, the Canadian business unit of Molson Coors Brewing Company (NYSE: TAP; TSX: TPX), entered into an agreement to form a joint venture to pursue opportunities to develop non-alcoholic, cannabis-infused beverages for the Canadian market following adult-use legalization.

The transaction was subsequently completed on October 5, 2018. Under the transaction, HEXO and Molson Coors Canada have formed a stand-alone entity named Truss Limited Partnership (“Truss”) with its own board of directors (through its general partner, Truss GP Inc.) and an independent management team led by former Molson Coors executive, Brett Vye, in the role of Chief Executive Officer. The Company holds a 42.5% interest in Truss, while Molson Coors Canada holds the remaining 57.5% interest. The five-member board of directors for Truss is comprised of Frederic Landtmeters, President and CEO of Molson Coors Canada, Paul Holden, VP of Legal and Industry Affairs of Molson Coors Canada, Scott Cooper, VP, Global Innovation of Molson Coors (and Chairman of the Truss board), Sebastien St-Louis, President and Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of HEXO, and James McMillan, VP of Business Development of HEXO.

In connection with the closing of the transaction, HEXO issued 11,500,000 common share purchase warrants to an affiliate of Molson Coors Canada, each of which is exercisable to acquire one Common Share for a period of three years at an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

9


Belleville Facility

On September 10, 2018, HEXO announced the acquisition of an interest in an initially configured 2,004,000 sq. ft. facility in Belleville, Ontario. This is the first facility of the Company to be established outside of Québec, further delivering on our national expansion strategy and providing capacity for the manufacturing of advanced cannabis products, including cosmetics, vapes, non-alcoholic beverages and other edibles. The centralized location, conveniently located along primary shipping routes in Ontario, presents the opportunity to process and distribute products and to fulfil commitments across Canada. The space also supports the Company’s “Hub and Spoke” model. Its scalability, flexibility and location are ideal to deliver on anticipated future joint ventures with Fortune 500 companies for cosmetics, edibles, vapes, and other products containing cannabis, positioning it to become a centre of excellence for all of HEXO’s joint ventures (see “Description of the Business – Facilities”).

The building, previously used as a Sears distribution centre, is owned by Belleville Complex Inc. (“Belleville Complex”), which is owned by Olegna Holdings Inc., a corporation controlled by a director of the Company. In addition to initially leasing approximately 579,000 sq. ft. of space in the building under a long-term lease, HEXO acquired a 25% interest in Belleville Complex from Olegna Holdings Inc. In addition to its initial lease of space, HEXO has rights of first offer and first refusal to lease the remaining space in the building. As part of the transaction, HEXO loaned $20,279,000 to Belleville Complex to acquire the building. The loan and all accrued interest was repaid on April 30, 2019.

On October 25, 2019, the Company received a processor licence from Health Canada for the first phase of its Belleville facility. The licence will allow the Company to possess, produce and sell cannabis from the facility. The licence expires on October 25, 2020. In the order for the facility to become fully operational, ground floor construction, office allocation, manufacturing line commissioning, warehouse design, IT build out, extraction engineering design and installation have to be completed. As of July 31, 2019, the Company is forecasting expenditures in the amount of $55 million for the facility to become fully operational.

Expansion into Greece

On September 26, 2018, HEXO announced plans to enter into a joint venture with Greek company QNBS P.C. (formerly Qannabos) (“QNBS”) to establish a Eurozone processing, production and distribution centre in Greece to catalyze a vertically integrated cannabis enterprise to capitalize on the current medical markets. HEXO’s plan to establish operations in Greece marks the Company’s first foray into the European cannabis market. The move will provide the Company with a presence in Europe with the expectation of supplying a full suite of brands in France, the United Kingdom, and other European markets once regulations permit. The agreement between HEXO and QNBS plans for the development of 350,000 sq. ft. of licenced infrastructure that will be used for manufacturing, processing and distribution of medical cannabis products, powered by HEXO, destined for the European market.

The transaction was subsequently completed on October 30, 2018. Under the transaction, HEXO and QNBS have formed a stand-alone entity named HEXO MED S.A. (“HEXO MED”). HEXO MED’s board of directors is comprised of five members, 2 of whom are appointed by HEXO and the remaining 3 of whom are appointed by QNBS. The Company held an initial 33.3% interest in the entity, while QNBS held the remaining 66.4% interest. On August 22, 2019, HEXO’s ownership in HEXO MED was increased to 51% through an additional investment by HEXO in HEXO MED in the amount of €500,000 completed on September 27, 2019.

While opportunities have been considered and discussions between HEXO and QNBS remain ongoing, plans have not been finalized for the development and construction of HEXO MED’s manufacturing facility. HEXO has advised QNBS it has no intention, for the time being, of further financing HEXO MED’s operations through additional debt or equity financing.

Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc.

On July 19, 2018, HEXO entered into a joint venture with Chroma Global Technologies Inc. (“Chroma”) to carry on a cannabis extraction business applying Chroma chromatography extraction solutions to carry out cannabis and hemp extraction on an industrial scale. The joint venture, Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc (“KIT”) will be a critical component in HEXO’s plans to enter the U.S. CBD market.

10


As at the date of this report, KIT’s management is still being assembled and implemented. The board is comprised of 5 members as follows; Taras Korec Sr. VP of Procurement at HEXO, James McMillan, VP of Business Development at HEXO, Mohammed Max Alsayar, IP and Compliance Manager at HEXO, Rene David of Chroma and Fake (Frank) Zhu of Chroma.

Credit Facility

On February 14, 2019, the Company entered into a syndicated credit facility with the Canadian chartered bank affiliate of CIBC World Markets Inc. as Sole Bookrunner, Co-Lead Arranger and Administrative Agent and the Canadian chartered bank affiliate of BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc. as Co-Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent (together, with other lenders under the credit facility, the “Lenders”). The Lenders have provided the Company up to $65 million in secured debt financing at a rate of interest that is expected to average in the mid-to-high 5% per annum range. The credit facility consists of a $50 million term loan and a $15 million revolving loan with an uncommitted option to increase the facility by another $135 million for a total of $200 million. Both loans mature in 2022. The Company may repay the loan without penalty, at any time. The proceeds from the credit facility, which provides the Company with additional capital without the current or future dilution of its shareholders, has been used by the Company to partially fund the continuing expansion to the Gatineau campus as well as retrofitting and leasehold improvement activity to the new transformation centre located in Belleville, Ontario.

Product Recalls

Up Cannabis Inc.’s ELDO dried cannabis, lot 1204201

On January 4, 2019, Newstrike and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Up, announced a voluntary product recall as a precautionary measure. The voluntary recall involved one lot of Up Cannabis Inc. Eldo dried cannabis with a specific packaging date of November 28, 2018, which was sold through the Alberta Gaming Liquor & Cannabis Commission. Approximately 1,428 units of recalled product were sold between November 29, 2018 and January 4, 2019. The affected product may have contained mould. To date, no material complaints have been received related to the recalled lot and Health Canada has not received any adverse reaction reports for the recalled product. The recall was officially closed by notice sent to Health Canada on April 11, 2019. The ELDO recall pertained to an event occurring before Newstrike’s previous end of year (March 31, 2019) and predated closing of the Newstrike acquisition on May 24, 2019) and has had no adverse impact on HEXO’s financial position, business and operations.

HEXO’s HELIOS flower dried cannabis, lot AAA-112502

On September 16,2019, HEXO received notice from Health Canada in relation to HELIOS Flower dried cannabis, lot AAA-112502. The recall resulted from a package mislabelling, raised no safety or security concerns and has had no impact on HEXO’s operations. Neither Health Canada nor HEXO have received any adverse reaction reports for the recalled cannabis product. The recall involved 245 units within the same lot (245 units out 16,818 sold or 1,45% of the lot) of HEXO’s dried cannabis which was sold through the SQDC. 245 units in lot AAA-112502 may have been containing a different cannabis product with a lower THC content than the labelled THC total. To date, HEXO has received one complaint related to the recalled lot and Health Canada has not received any complaints related to the recalled lot.

Significant Acquisitions

Newstrike

On May 24, 2019, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Newstrike through a plan of arrangement which was announced on March 13, 2019 (the “Newstrike Acquisition”). Newstrike was the parent company of Up Cannabis, a producer of cannabis licenced to both cultivate and sell cannabis in all acceptable forms. There are currently two Health Canada licences issued in the name of Up Cannabis: one licence is for a facility in Brantford, Ontario and the other is for a licence for a facility in Niagara, Ontario.

11


Under the arrangement, each former Newstrike common share was exchanged for 0.06332 of a HEXO Common Share (the “Exchange Ratio”), subject to certain exceptions. In addition, all issued and outstanding stock options of Newstrike were replaced with stock options of HEXO having the same terms but adjusted for the Exchange Ratio, and all issued and outstanding common share purchase warrants of Newstrike became exercisable for HEXO Common Shares adjusted for the Exchange Ratio. As a result of the acquisition, the Company issued a total of 35,394,041 Common Shares to the former shareholders of Newstrike and reserved an additional 2,011,863 and 7,196,166 Common Shares for issuance to the former holders of the Newstrike options and the holders of the Newstrike warrants, respectively.

The effect of the Newstrike Acquisition was that: (i) Newstrike continued as a wholly-owned subsidiary of HEXO, as a result of which all of the property and assets of Newstrike became indirectly held by HEXO; and (ii) former shareholders in Newstrike continued to hold an indirect interest in the property and assets of Newstrike through the exchange of Newstrike common shares for HEXO Common Shares which they received pursuant to the Newstrike Acquisition. As part of the Newstrike Acquisition, the Company acquired certain material supply agreements and arrangements, including with the Alberta Gaming and Liquor Commission, the Ontario Cannabis Retail Corporation, the British Columbia Liquor Distribution Branch and Cannabis N.-B. Ltée / Cannabis NB Ltd.

Following the acquisition, the Newstrike shares were delisted from the TSXV on May 29, 2019. Certain classes of Newstrike warrants which were listed for trading on the TSXV under the symbols “HIP.WT” and “HIP.WT.A” will continue to trade on the TSXV until the earliest to occur of their exercise, expiry or delisting.

The Newstrike acquisition constituted a “significant acquisition” for the Company under applicable securities laws. As a result, the Company filed a business acquisition report in respect the acquisition on August 7, 2019, and amended and restated business acquisition reports on September 25, 2019 and October 9, 2019. The reports are available under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

On August 1, 2019, Newstrike together with certain other entities amalgamated into Hexo Operations (see “Recent Developments – Reorganization of Corporate Structure”).

Recent Developments

Reduction of Cost Structure

On October 24, 2019, the Company announced that it has taken steps to reduce its workforce. The Company is rightsizing its operations to adjust to a changing market and regulatory environment with a view towards profitability and long-term stability. The actions taken are intended to right-size the organization to the revenue the Company expects to achieve in fiscal 2020. As part of the changes to its operations, the Company has eliminated approximately 200 positions across its departments and locations. The cuts include the elimination of some executive positions and the departures of Arno Groll, Chief Manufacturing Officer and Nick Davies, Chief Marketing Officer. In addition, cultivation has been suspended at the Niagara facility acquired from Newstrike, and in 200,000 sq. ft. at the Company’s main facility in Gatineau. The Company determined that this cultivation space is not required at this time given the current market conditions in Canada. HEXO continues to drive improvements in yields and processing facilities. Operations in the suspended areas can be recommenced when required.

Private Placement of Convertible Debentures

On October 23, 2019, the Company announced that it has entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70 million principal amount of 8.0% unsecured convertible debentures of the Company. See “General Development of the Business – Three-Year History – Financing Activities”.

12


Launch of Original Stash

On October 16, 2019, the Company announced the launch of Original Stash, its new value brand. Adult-use consumers will be able to purchase 28 grams (1 oz) at black market prices, at a retail price in Quebec of $125.70 including sales taxes, equivalent to $4.49 a gram all in. Original Stash’s first product, OS.210, will be offered as a hybrid sativa dried flower blend at 12%-18% THC. Original Stash comes in odour-proof and resealable packaging and will be available in SQDC retail stores on October 17, 2019. The product will roll out in the rest of Canada soon after.

Our aim with Original Stash is to attract consumers who may otherwise purchase cannabis from unlicenced dispensaries and black market participants, educate consumers about the value of a regulated and tested product, and drive them to purchase their cannabis legally. The Company intends to compete directly with unlicenced dispensaries and black market participants and provide consumers with an affordable, controlled, quality product. Moreover, we are giving consumers the option of less packaging in a 1 oz format, which we know is a priority for many.”

Announcement of Preliminary Fourth Quarter 2019 Revenue Results and Withdrawal of Fiscal 2020 Outlook

On October 10, 2019, the Company provided preliminary revenue for its fiscal fourth quarter and year ended July 31, 2019 and withdrew its previously issued financial outlook for fiscal 2020. Based on preliminary financial information and subject to year-end closing adjustments, HEXO announced that it expected net revenue for the fourth quarter to be approximately $14.5 million to $16.5 million and net revenue for the year to be approximately $46.5 million to $48.5 million.

Slower than expected store rollouts, a delay in government approval for cannabis derivative products and early signs of pricing pressure are being felt nationally. The delay in retail store openings in the Company’s major markets has meant that the access to a majority of the target customers has been limited. Additionally, regulatory uncertainty across the pan-Canadian system and jurisdictional decisions to limit the availability and types of cannabis derivative products have contributed to an increased level of unpredictability. As a result, HEXO withdrew its previously issued financial outlook for fiscal year 2020.

The Company released its audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018 and accompanying MD&A concurrently with this Annual Information Form.

Chief Financial Officer

On October 4, 2019, the Company announced that Stephen Burwash, who was previously Vice-President of Strategic Finance for the Company and also acted as interim Chief Financial Officer from May 1, 2019 to June 17, 2019, was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective as of October 4, 2019. Michael Monahan resigned as Chief Financial Officer, effective immediately. Mr. Monahan was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on June 17, 2019.

Reorganization of Corporate Structure

In August 2019, the Company reorganized and simplified its corporate structure. The reorganization included the amalgamation of Newstrike and its subsidiaries 1977121 Ontario Inc. and Up Cannabis Inc., as well as the Company’s previously owned subsidiary 8980268 Canada Inc., into HEXO Operations. The Company also dissolved its previously owned subsidiaries Coral Health Group Inc. and Banta Health Group Inc., neither of which had active operations.

Amended Employment Agreement with Chief Executive Officer

On February 21, 2019, the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Sébastien St-Louis, President, Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of HEXO. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. St-Louis’ annual salary was increased to $500,000, with an annual increase of 5%. In addition, he is entitled to an annual incentive payment of $1.5 million, $500,000 payable in stock options of the Company having a 10 year term and exercise price equal to the market value of the shares at the time of grant, subject to vesting in equal amounts over a three year period, and $1.0 million payable in restricted share units, subject to vesting in equal amounts over a three year period. Mr. St-Louis is also entitled to an annual cash bonus equal to the difference between his annual incentive payment and 5% of the Company’s earnings before tax in excess of $30 million to a maximum of $250 million.

13


In the event the Company terminates Mr. St-Louis without cause, the agreement provides he is entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to his then annual salary, plus two times the annual incentive payment earned during the previous fiscal year, plus two times his cash bonus earned during the previous fiscal year.

The agreement also provides that in the event of a change of control in the Company where Mr. St-Louis’ employment is terminated within 24 months or where there is a material change in his duties and responsibilities and he resigns within 24 months, he is entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to two times his then annual salary, plus two times the annual incentive payment earned during the previous fiscal year, plus two times his cash bonus earned during the previous fiscal year. In addition, the vesting of all security-based compensation awards held by Mr. St-Louis will accelerate and become vested and exercisable for a period of 12 months from the date he ceases to be an employee or resigns.

Restrictions on Business Activities in the United States

On January 4, 2018, former U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions issued a memorandum to U.S. district attorneys which rescinded previous guidance from the U.S. Department of Justice specific to cannabis enforcement in the U.S., including the August 29, 2013 memorandum authored by then Deputy Attorney General James Cole (the “Cole Memorandum”) indicating that the U.S. Department of Justice would not prioritize the prosecution of cannabis related violations of U.S. federal law in jurisdictions that had enacted laws legalizing cannabis in some form and that had also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems. With the Cole Memorandum rescinded, U.S. federal prosecutors can exercise their discretion in determining whether to prosecute cannabis related violations of U.S. federal law.

In addition, on October 16, 2017, the TSX provided clarity regarding the application of Sections 306 (Minimum Listing Requirements) and 325 (Management) and Part VII (Halting of Trading, Suspension and Delisting of Securities) of the TSX Company Manual (collectively, the “TSX Requirements”) to applicants and TSX-listed issuers with business activities in the cannabis sector. In TSX Staff Notice 2017-0009, the TSX notes that issuers with ongoing business activities that violate U.S. federal law regarding cannabis are not in compliance with the TSX Requirements. These business activities may include (i) direct or indirect ownership of, or investment in, entities engaging in activities related to the cultivation, distribution or possession of cannabis in the U.S., (ii) commercial interests or arrangements with such entities, (iii) providing services or products specifically targeted to such entities, or (iv) commercial interests or arrangements with entities engaging in providing services or products to U.S. cannabis companies. The TSX reminded issuers that, among other things, should the TSX find that a listed issuer is engaging in activities contrary to the TSX Requirements, the TSX has the discretion to initiate a delisting review.

HEXO does not engage in any U.S. cannabis-related activities as defined in Canadian Securities Administrators Staff Notice 51-352, and does not engage in any other activities involving cannabis or hemp with any level of THC or CBD in the United States except to the extent fully in compliance with U.S. federal law and all applicable state laws. We only conduct business in jurisdictions outside of Canada where such operations are legally permissible in accordance with all of the federal laws, and the state, provincial or similar laws, of the foreign jurisdiction, the federal, provincial and territorial laws of Canada and our regulatory obligations with to the TSX. In addition, we do not currently have any partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements with U.S.-based companies that may themselves participate in the U.S. cannabis market except in compliance with U.S. federal law and all applicable state laws.

Activities Outside Canada

The Corporation only conducts business in jurisdictions outside of Canada where such operations are legally permissible in accordance with all of the laws of the foreign jurisdiction, the laws of Canada and its regulatory obligations with the TSX and NYSE. The legal and regulatory requirements in the foreign countries in which the Corporation operates with respect to the cultivation and sale of cannabis, as well as local business culture and practices are different from those in Canada. Prior to commencing operations in a new country, in partnership with its local legal counsel, consultants and partners, the Corporation conducts legal and commercial due diligence in order to ensure that it and its officers and directors gain a sufficient understanding of the legal, political and commercial framework and specific risks associated with operating in such jurisdiction. Where possible, the Corporation seeks to work with respected and experienced local partners who can help to understand and navigate the local business and operating environment, language and cultural differences. In consultation with advisors, the Corporation takes steps it deems appropriate in light of the level of activity and investment it expects to have in each country to ensure the management of risks and the implementation of necessary internal controls.

14


DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

The Company is a leading branded cannabis producer and product innovator. The Company is in the business of producing, marketing and selling cannabis through its wholly-owned subsidiary, HEXO Operations. HEXO Operations is a licenced producer under the Cannabis Act. The Company holds three licences: (i) the Gatineau Licence, which was most recently renewed on October 15, 2019 and has a term ending on April 15, 2021, (ii) the Brantford Licence, which was most recently renewed on November 10, 2018 and has a term ending on December 19, 2019, and (iii) the Niagara Licence, which has a term ending on March 29, 2021. The Company has also applied for a Health Canada licence for its facility in Belleville, Ontario. The Company is not currently aware of any circumstances that would impede the renewal of the Brantford Licence.

The Company’s near-term strategy is to be a vertically integrated consumer packaged goods (“CPG”) company in the emerging legal adult-use and previously existing medical cannabis markets across Canada with the intention to expand internationally where regulations allow. Its primary business is to cultivate, process, package and distribute cannabis in order to serve these markets, which it currently does through its 143-acre facility in Gatineau, Québec. The Company serves both the legalized Canadian adult-use market and the medical market through its “HEXO” brand. The Company expects to ultimately follow a branded “Ingredients For Food” business model while journeying through a CPG model by maintaining top three market share in markets where HEXO core products are available.

HEXO’s overall strategy is establishing a top three global cannabis company with a top two market share in Canada, built upon three pillars: operational scalability, innovative products and brand leadership. To achieve brand leadership, HEXO will set up the legal, physical, and human capital infrastructure to participate in legal markets in North America, Europe and Latin America. HEXO will invest heavily in better, science backed cannabis experiences, and intends to partner with Fortune 500 companies to leverage their base products, international distribution and deep understanding of the consumer experience in their respective verticals. As HEXO continues to operate in the Canadian adult-use market, it is focused on the execution of these three strategic priorities.

Through its “Hub and Spoke” strategy, HEXO is centralizing its intellectual property and branding it “Powered by HEXO” and as we have done with Molson Coors Canada partnering with Fortune 500 companies in different facets of the CPG market, HEXO to enable them to participate in the cannabis market beginning in Canada and around the world. Fundamentally, HEXO brings its brand value, cannabinoid isolation and delivery technology, licenced infrastructure and regulatory expertise to established companies, and in turn, HEXO plans to leverage their international distribution, base products and deep understanding of consumer markets.

Facilities

HEXO currently owns approximately 1.3 million sq. ft. of operating space across several facilities at its home base 143-acre campus in Gatineau, Québec, comprised of our original 7,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a 35,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a 250,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a warehouse, two stand-alone laboratories, two modular buildings for final packaging and customer service, and our 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse.

In addition, the Company owns a further 14,000 sq. ft. and 455,000 sq. ft. (once fully retrofitted) of operating space in Brantford and Niagara, Ontario, respectively, across 17.6 acres of land which was acquired through the Newstrike Acquisition. The retrofitting in Niagara was expected to be completed in late Q1/early Q2 of FY20. On October 24, 2019, cultivation was suspended at the Niagara facility. The Company determined that this cultivation space is not required at this time given the current market conditions in Canada. Operations can be recommenced when required.

15


Once retrofitted and licensed, the Company will also possess 579,000 sq. ft. of industrial space for manufacturing, distribution and product research and development needs in Belleville, Ontario. This space is leased from Belleville Complex, in which the Company has a 25% interest. The Company has rights of first offer and refusal to lease an additional 1.5 million sq. ft. of the facility. The Company anticipates a licence will be issued for the Belleville facility in the second quarter of fiscal year 2020. In the order for the facility to become fully operational, ground floor construction, office allocation, manufacturing line commissioning, warehouse design, IT build out, extraction engineering design and installation have to be completed. The Company is forecasting expenditures in the amount of $55 million for the facility to become fully operational.

The Company leases 58,000 sq. ft. of distribution space in Montreal, Québec and corporate office space in Gatineau, Québec. Once licensed and completed, HEXO also plans to operate a 14,200 sq. ft. food research laboratory in Vaughan, Ontario, and a 19,600 sq. ft. laboratory in Montreal, Québec.

Product Offerings

Under the brands HEXO, Up and Original Stash, the Company offers dried cannabis and cannabis-derived products under three product types: dried cannabis, cannabis oils and decarb. The Company has submitted a notice for an amendment of its licence for the ability to manufacture edibles and extracts and received approval on October 21, 2019.

Dried Cannabis – Premium and mid-range products offered under the Time of Day and H2 lines. Both lines offer a relatively wide spectrum of CBD and THC levels, through sativa, hybrid and indica plant strains. HEXO offers 15 dried marijuana products priced between $3 and $15 a gram. Each product is carefully selected to treat symptoms universally reported by patients and meet the needs of adult-use customers.

Oil-Based Products – Elixir, a cannabis oil sublingual mist product line, includes both a high THC and high CBD content, and is Canada’s only peppermint-based cannabis oil product. Fleur de Lune, is one of Canada’s first cannabis-based THC intimate oils. Both products provide alternative, smokeless methods to consume cannabis. HEXO offers three oil-based products priced between $69 and $89 per bottle, as well as an intimate-use oil product priced $59 per 60 ml spray bottle.

Decarb – Decarb is an activated fine-milled cannabis powder product offered in a range of high- to low- CBD and THC content. Decarb is offered in six products, priced between $3 and $15 a gram.

Brands

HEXO

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company announced HEXO as the adult-use brand name that will serve the legalized Canadian adult-use market. The goal of HEXO is to continue to offer a premium house of brands, signaling innovation, quality and consistency of experience, and seek to become a top two Canadian market share brand and obtain a 10% international market share in the U.S., Europe and Mexico. As a brand, HEXO shares the same focus on award-winning product innovation and high-quality cannabis that the market has come to expect from its former medical sister brand, Hydropothecary. The former Hydropothecary medical brand has integrated under the HEXO brand name. As a result, HEXO now serves as the Company’s brand name for both adult-use and medical products.

Original Stash

On October 16, 2019, the Company announced the launch of its new value brand Original Stash which became publicly available in Quebec on October 17, 2019. Original Stash is the Company’s low-cost product line, which the Company believes will attract new consumers who may otherwise purchase cannabis from unlicensed black market participants. Original Stash is offered in 28 gram (1 oz) quantities.

16


Up

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company added the Up brand to its suite of offerings through its acquisition of Newstrike. The Up brand lives within HEXO’s house of brands portfolio, and is rapidly establishing itself as a prominent player in the adult-use cannabis market. With a strong connection to music, its premium quality products are “grown on tunes”, a unique growing methodology that runs through the entire plant’s lifecycle. That, together with a strategic partnership with the Tragically Hip, provides a solid foundation for market differentiation. Currently, Up Cannabis offers 12 dried flower and pre-roll products across 8 provinces. Similar to the HEXO offerings, the Up adult-use brand offers a spectrum of CBD and THC levels, through its sativa, hybrid and indica plant strains. These products are offered in a range of 1g, 3.5g and 7g formats.

Supply Channels

In Canada, HEXO has established supply channels for the legalized adult-use market within nine provinces through supply agreements and arrangements with the government-run and private retailers of Québec, Ontario, Alberta, New Brunswick, Manitoba, British Columbia, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island and Saskatchewan. The Company also has products present within 23 private cannabis retailers across Ontario and has strategic investments in two of Canada’s premiere private cannabis retailers, Spirit Leaf and Fire and Flower, in order to gain future access to certain private retail markets.

HEXO has expanded into Europe through HEXO MED, its joint venture with QNBS, in which it holds a 51% interest. With HEXO MED, the Company has established a Eurozone foothold in Greece which will result in processing, production, and distribution capacity to serve the legal cannabis markets in France, the United Kingdom and other European markets once regulations permit. HEXO MED’s plans include the development of a 350,000 sq. ft. licenced facility in Greece. HEXO looks to leverage HEXO MED’s operations to enter the Eurozone in the near future.

As the U.S. market for CBD products continues to develop, HEXO is pursuing plans to enter the CBD market in select states in 2020 using a variety of distribution channels to offer a variety of products under the Company’s non-THC experiences. Any expansion into the U.S. CBD market will only be conducted in compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state laws and U.S. Food and Drug Administration requirements.

The Company is currently not pursuing and will not pursue any activity in any state in the United States involving products with 0.3% or more THC content until fully legal under U.S. federal law and all applicable state law requirements.

17


Adult-Use Market

QUEBEC

In Quebec, which has a population of 8.4 million, or approximately 23% of the Canadian population, the SQDC operates the sale and distribution of adult-use cannabis. The SQDC has established 21 retail locations throughout the province, for in-store cannabis sales. It expects to increase this number to 43 locations by March 2020. It also sells cannabis online.

We currently have a commercial agreement with the SAQ to be the preferred supplier of cannabis products to the SQDC for the Québec market for the first five years post-legalization, with an option to extend the term for an additional year. Under the agreement, the Company was slated to supply 20,000 kg of products in the first year of the agreement and is expected to supply 35,000 kg in the second year and 45,000 kg in the third. The volumes for the final two years of the agreement will be established based on the sales generated in the first three years. The supply arrangement covers the full range of the Company’s products and brands, from flowers to cannabis oil.

The SAQ is not required to purchase a minimum volume of cannabis under this agreement other than in the first year. The SQDC originally contracted approximately 60 tons for purchase in the first year from all licensed producers. Initial sell-through was expected to be a little less than half of that amount, however, as the retail store roll-out in Quebec has been slow to develop. While the SAQ had committed to improving access to legalized cannabis, this has been slower than HEXO had originally expected. During this start-up phase, HEXO sold 10,250 kg, achieving approximately 33% market share based on volume. While the Company did not achieve the expected sales during the first year of the agreement, it remains a preferred supplier of the SQDC with its approximately 33% market share based on volume and is working on expanding its product offerings with the SQDC based on consumer demands and as the SQDC continues the roll-out of its retail distribution channels, and it believes that any exercise of committed purchase features for a larger amount during the first year of the agreement would be short sighted. The Company does not believe the Canadian market will successfully penetrate the black market and see meaningful sales numbers until it can address the issues around access to legal cannabis and the instore experience. The Company believes it will be able to meet the contracted estimate for year 2 on the basis of the SQDC’s publicly-announced retail store expansion program by increasing the number of locations from 21 at present to 43 by March 2020.

18


We currently supply the SQDC with HEXO’s Elixir, THC and CBD formulas, and dried cannabis products. In addition, we hold a distribution agreement with the SQDC, which provides the storage and distribution for all of the SQDC’s online product sales to end-users. This includes the product of all licensed producers with established supply agreements held with the SQDC. Operations of the distribution centre began in October 2018.

ONTARIO

In Ontario, which has a population of 14.4 million, or approximately 39% of the Canadian population, the government currently offers consumers a variety of cannabis products through online sales by the Ontario Cannabis Store (“OCS”). The province also allows privately owned retail including 23 initially licenced locations that serve the adult-use market. Initial, products listings include dried cannabis, oil and capsule products, pre-rolled, and clones and seeds.

We currently hold supply agreements with the OCS, in which we supply the province with HEXO’s Elixir, THC and CBD formulas and Fleur de Lune, and dried cannabis products, as well as a variety of dried flower products under the Up brand. HEXO and Up also are currently present within over 23 private retailers throughout the province. This approach will allow us to serve the diverse market demand of Ontario with a variety of combustible and smokeless cannabis products.

BRITISH COLUMBIA

British Columbia, which has a population of 5.0 million, or approximately 13% of the Canadian population, serves the adult-use cannabis market through a dual private–government approach. The British Columbia Liquor Distribution Branch (the “BCLDB”) manages the distribution of cannabis and cannabis-based products. We hold supply agreements with the BCLDB, in which we supply our HEXO THC and CBD oil-based Elixir and HEXO Fleur de Lune products and Up brand products.

ALBERTA

The Company has received cannabis representative status with the Alberta Gaming, Liquor and Cannabis Board to be supplied online and in stores. This will allow HEXO to supply our award-winning THC and CBD oil-based Elixir products as well as nine dried flower cannabis products. HEXO and Up products will be made available to the 4.3 million residents or approximately 12% of the total Canadian population.

OTHER CANADIAN MARKETS

We currently have established distribution channels within 5 additional provincial markets including Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Manitoba and Prince Edward Island, which represent 12% of the Canadian population. These channels include both supply agreements and supplier arrangements with the provincial governments and private retailers.

Canadian Adult-Use Market 2.0

In October 2019, cannabis derivative products including edibles and extracts were legalized in Canada. The Company is working to ensure it meets expected market demands and continues to prepare for its edibles market product offerings. The first shipment for distribution is expected during the first six months of calendar 2020 with a focus firstly on our premium vapes and beverage products. Thereafter, we intend to roll out of our gummies and chocolate product offerings around the spring of 2020. Additional product offerings will be added to the portfolio over time.

19


HEXO’s innovation into cannabis derivative products offers us the ability to target new adult-use clientele and seek to continue to attract consumers who may otherwise purchase cannabis from unlicenced dispensaries and black market participants. Having previously announced its intention to focus on research, development and innovation, HEXO took another step towards this goal in establishing two new laboratory and development centres in Montreal, Quebec and Vaughan, Ontario. Once licensed and completed, these locations will serve as global research and development hubs for the Company’s Innovation, Development and Engineering (IDE) department led by HEXO’s Chief Innovation Officer, Veronique Hamel. Veronique Hamel is joined by a team with extensive experience in research and development, sensory science, clinical evaluation, biotechnology and food engineering with accumulated career experience with Coca Cola, Altria Group, Mondelez International, Kellogg’s, Unilever, Church and Dwight, Shopper’s Drugmart, Loblaws, Kerr’s Bros. and Campbell’s Soup Company. The team's Director of Research & Development – Edibles, Trina Farr, has more than 20 years of experience in food innovation and product development and was most recently the Director of Research and Development at Smuckers Foods of Canada. In addition, Canna Chocolatier Todd Neault is working on formulating fast-acting, consistent and delectable chocolates. HEXO intends to make significant investments in fine-tuning our technologies to enhance consistency, predictability, and safety across our range of cannabis products and experiences.

To ensure it can meet market demands, the Company boasts a multi-year extraction agreement with Valens GroWorks Corp., and mass-scale extraction capabilities at its centre of excellence in Belleville, Ontario. HEXO also recently announced the appointment of Donald Courtney as Chief Operating Officer, who has extensive experience with several global food and beverage organizations including Mars Inc., Pepsi Bottling Group and Vincor International.

Medical Sales

Under the Cannabis Regulations, HEXO sells medical marijuana under the HEXO brand (previously the Hydropothecary) solely to clients who have obtained a valid medical document from a doctor or authorized health care professional. All medical clients of HEXO are required to order their medical marijuana through the Hydropothecary online store or over the phone, through one of the Company’s trained representatives. Once an order is placed, it is shipped securely and discreetly to the client in accordance with the ACMPR, which regulates the packaging, labelling and shipping requirements for dried marijuana.

Licenced producers such as HEXO are restricted in the manner of advertising their products directly to the general public. Licenced producers are permitted to provide to the public representations of their brand name, proper or common name of the strain, price, cannabinoid content and contact information. Working in cooperation with Health Canada’s Cannabis Regulations compliance department, HEXO’s patient-client acquisition strategy is focused on building national brand awareness for HEXO, its products and the company’s value proposition among its target patient-markets.

For client acquisition, HEXO works closely with specialty cannabinoid clinics to build product education and company awareness through patients, clinic staff and health care practitioners.

Employees

HEXO’s has expanded its operations considerably over the past fiscal year and as a result increased headcount from 220 at the start of the year to 1,260 as at fiscal year end July 31, 2019.

Proprietary Protection

HEXO protects its intellectual property by seeking and obtaining registered protection (inclusive of patents) where possible. To the date of this report, HEXO has filed to protect over 35 patents as part of its intellectual property strategy and has further filed multiple patent applications, in its continuing effort to protect and create value.

Corporate Social Responsibility

At HEXO, our goal is to be one of Canada’s leading cannabis producers and processors. We know that if we want to achieve our goal, we need to think about more than just our products and prices. We must also examine the way our operations impact the natural and social environment on a local, provincial and national level. HEXO is monitoring and reporting on its greenhouse gas emissions, setting targets to reduce them, and offsetting its footprint. As members of the Global Cannabis Partnership, we will also be reporting on other Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) impact areas based on Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) standards. Our Corporate Social Responsibility Charter focuses on four priorities: People, Public, Products and Planet.

20


PEOPLE    
 

Job creator award

 

Significant contribution to the local economy of Masson-Angers, QC and Belleville, ON

 

Career development, profit sharing and shareholder programs for employees

 

Volunteer and team building opportunities for employees

 

Reduced pricing on products for employee medical clients

     
PUBLIC    
 

Academic education and research investments

 

Education programs for our retail partners

 

Responsible use program investments

 

Support to food security organizations

 

Support to health organizations

 

Community emergency support via the Red Cross

 

Support to social justice initiatives

     
PLANET    
 

Use of solar energy to minimize electricity consumption

 

Recycling and composting programs

 

Greenhouse gas (GHG) Inventory and Reporting (based on ISO14064 standards)

 

Water conservation (rainwater capture and water recycling)

 

Reforestation project with Tree Canada

 

Solar energy project with Ottawa Food Bank

 

Sustainability partner of Ottawa Riverkeeper

     
PRODUCTS  

 

 

Naturally grown and rigorously tested cannabis

 

Innovative smoke-free options

 

Excise tax absorbed on products for medical clients

 

Cannabis product of the year at the 2018 Canadian Cannabis Awards for our Elixir CBD and 2019 O’Cannabiz award for best pre-rolls and the best dried flower – sativa award for Helios.

Code of Ethics

The Company’s code of ethics is reviewed and approved annually by the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee and is posted on our website at www.hexocorp.com/governance.

Commitments

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

21


Industry Overview

Regulatory Framework of Medical and Consumer Cannabis in Canada under the Cannabis Act

Up until the coming into force of the Cannabis Act and the Cannabis Regulations, only the production and sale of cannabis for medical purposes was permitted, with such production and sale being regulated by the ACMPR made under the CDSA. On October 17, 2018, the Cannabis Act and Cannabis Regulations came into effect, legalizing the sale of cannabis for adult recreational use The Cannabis Act and Cannabis Regulations establish a framework governing the production, importation, exportation, testing, packaging, labelling, sending, delivery, transportation, sale, possession and disposal of adult-use cannabis and medical-use cannabis. Among other things, the Cannabis Regulations set out requirements relating to: (1) Licences; (2) Security Clearances; (3) Cannabis Products; (4) Packaging, Labelling and Promotion; (5) Health Products and Cosmetics Containing Cannabis; and (6) Cannabis for Medical Purposes. The Cannabis Regulations establish six classes of licenses: cultivation, processing, analytical testing, sales for medical purposes, research, and cannabis drug licenses.

As discussed in greater detail below in the Risk Factors under “Regulatory Risks”, “Regulatory Developments”, “Reliance on Licence Renewal and Amendment” and “Development of Canadian Adult-Use Recreational Market”, because the Cannabis Act and Cannabis Regulations have only been in force since October 17, 2018, the actual impact of the legislative and regulatory framework established thereunder on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects remain unknown.

Licenses

The Cannabis Regulations establish six classes of licences under the Cannabis Act: cultivation licences; processing licences; analytical testing licences; sales for medical purposes licences; research licences; and cannabis drug licences. The Cannabis Regulations have also establish sub-classes for cultivation licenses (standard cultivation, micro cultivation, and nursery) processing licenses (standard processing and micro-processing) and sale (sale for medical purposes). Different license types carry different rules and requirements that are intended to be proportionate to the public health and safety risks posed by each license category and/or sub-class. Producers holding production and sale licenses under the ACMPR will have been transitioned to sale (for medical purposes) licenses under the Cannabis Act. The Cannabis Regulations permit cultivation license holders to conduct both outdoor and indoor cultivation of cannabis. A holder of a license must only conduct authorized activities at the location set out in the license.

Security Clearances

Certain people associated with cannabis licensees must hold a valid security clearance issued by the Minister. Those individuals include 1) individuals occupying a “key position” within the corporate license holder (e.g. the head of security, the master grower and the quality assurance person), 2) directors, officers and individuals who exercise, or are in a position to exercise, direct control over the corporate license holder, 3) directors and officers of any corporation that exercises, or is in a position to exercise, direct control over the corporate license holder and (iv) certain other individuals identified by the Minister of Health. Under the Cannabis Regulations, the Minister may refuse to grant security clearances to individuals with organized crime associations or past convictions for, or in association with, drug trafficking, corruption, or violent offences. This was largely the approach in place previously under the ACMPR and other related regulations governing the licensed production of cannabis for medical purposes. Individuals who have a history of nonviolent, lower-risk criminal activity (for example, simple possession of cannabis, or small-scale cultivation of cannabis plants) are not precluded by legislation from participating in the legal cannabis industry, and the granting of security clearance to such individuals is at the discretion of the Minister of Health.

Cannabis Tracking and Licensing System

Under the Cannabis Act, the Minister is authorized to establish and maintain a national cannabis tracking system. The purpose of the tracking system is to enable the tracking of cannabis throughout the supply chain to help prevent diversion of cannabis into and out of the legal market. The Cannabis Regulations provide the Minister with the authority to make a ministerial order that would require certain persons named in such order to report specific information about their authorized activities with cannabis, in the form and manner specified by the Minister.

22


Accordingly, the Minister has introduced the Cannabis Tracking and Licensing System (the “CTLS”). In application of the Cannabis Tracking System Order, SOR/2018-178, license-holders are required to use the CTLS to submit monthly reports to the Minister.

Cannabis Products

As of October 17, 2019, the Cannabis Act and Regulations permit the sale to the public of dried cannabis, cannabis oil, fresh cannabis, cannabis plants, cannabis seeds, edible cannabis, cannabis extracts and cannabis topicals by authorized license holders.

On June 14, 2019, Health Canada released the final, targeted amendments to the Cannabis Regulations setting out the regulations governing the legal production and sale of edible cannabis, cannabis extracts, and cannabis topicals (“New Products”). The amended regulations came into force on October 17, 2019. License holders are required to provide 60 days’ notice to Health Canada of their intent to sell any new products. Assuming Health Canada does not object to the New Products being listed for sale, sales will be permitted to authorized retailers and medical patients at the expiry of the 60-day notice period.

Packaging and Labelling

The Cannabis Regulations impose strict requirements pertaining to the packaging and labelling of cannabis products (including the New Products). Those requirements include plain packaging restrictions for cannabis products, and also impose strict limits on logos, colours, graphics and branding. The Cannabis Regulations further impose requirements regarding disclosure and labelling of product source information (e.g. class of cannabis and prescribed information about the cultivator or processor), mandatory health warnings, a standardized cannabis symbol and specific product information around THC and CBD content. A cannabis product’s brand name may only be displayed once on the principal display panel. If there are separate principal display panels for English and French, it can be displayed only once on each principal display panel. In addition to the brand name, only one other brand element (e.g. logo, design or slogan) can be displayed. The same restrictions generally apply, with limited changes, to the New Products.

Advertising

The promotion of Cannabis is generally restricted under the Cannabis Act. Subject to a few exceptions, all promotions of cannabis are prohibited unless authorized by the Cannabis Act.

Cannabis for Medical Purposes

The Cannabis Regulations set out the regulatory framework for medical cannabis following legalization, which remains substantively consistent with the previous regulatory regime set out by the ACMPR under the CDSA. Some adjustments have been made to align with rules for non-medical consumer use, improve patient access, and reduce the risk of abuse within the medical access system. The sale of medical cannabis remains federally regulated and sales can only be made by an entity that holds a licence for sale for medical purposes under the Cannabis Regulations to patients who: (a) have a medical document authorizing the use of medical cannabis and (b) have registered with the licensed entity. Patients must obtain a medical document from their health care provider and then register as a patient with a holder of a license for sale for medical purposes, with the registration in each case valid for a maximum of one year. The client can then order from the licensed seller online or via telephone and the cannabis will be shipped directly to the client. The Federal government intends to review the medical cannabis system five years from the date of legalization to determine whether to implement any further changes to the regulatory framework.

Provincial and Territorial Regulatory Regimes

While the Cannabis Act governs the production of cannabis for adult-use (i.e. non-medical) purposes and related matters by the federal government, the Cannabis Act has authorized the provinces and territories of Canada to regulate other aspects of consumer cannabis, such as sale and distribution, minimum age requirements, and consumption. The government of each Canadian province and territory has regulatory regimes in place for the distribution and sale of cannabis within those jurisdictions.

23


There are three general frameworks for brick-and-mortar retail: (i) private cannabis retailers licensed by the province (ii) government-operated retail stores or (iii) a combination of both frameworks. Regardless of the framework, the recreational cannabis market is ultimately supplied by federally licensed cultivators and processors. In addition, each of these Canadian jurisdictions has established a minimum age of 19 years old, except for Québec and Alberta, where the minimum age is 18.

The following outlines the current regimes in each province and territory:

Province/Territory Where it’s Sold
Alberta Private licensed stores or government-operated online store
British Columbia

Government-operated stores, privately-licensed stores or online

Manitoba Private licensed stores or online
New Brunswick Government-operated stores or online
Newfoundland and Labrador Private licensed stores or government-operated online store
Northwest Territories Government-operated stores or online
Nova Scotia Government-operated stores or online
Nunavut Government-operated online store or by phone
Ontario Private licensed stores or government-operated online store
Prince Edward Island Government-operated stores or online
Quebec Government-operated stores or online
Saskatchewan Private licensed stores or online
Yukon Private licensed stores or government-operated online store

All provinces and territories have a public possession limit of 30 grams per individual.

Health Products and Cosmetics Containing Cannabis

Products that display health claims, including prescription and non-prescription drugs, natural health products, veterinary drugs and veterinary health products and medical devices must receive marketing authorization from Health Canada prior to launch. Health Canada has taken a scientific, evidence-based approach to the oversight of health products with cannabis that are approved with health claims, including prescription and non-prescription drugs, natural health products, veterinary drugs and veterinary health products, and medical devices. Under the Cannabis Regulations, the use of cannabis-derived ingredients (other than certain hemp seed derivatives containing no more than 10 parts per million THC) in cosmetics, are permitted, subject to provisions of the Cannabis Act.

Status of Regulatory Framework in the United States

In the United States, despite cannabis having been legalized at the state level for medical use in many states and for adult use in a number of states, cannabis continues to be categorized as a Schedule I controlled substance under the federal Controlled Substances Act (the “CSA”) and subject to the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act (the “CSIEA”). HEXO does not produce or distribute cannabis products in the United States. The Company only intends to participate in federally-permissible activities, despite cannabis being legal in certain individual states.

RISK FACTORS

There are a number of risk factors that could cause future results to differ materially from those described herein. The risks and uncertainties described herein are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties, including those that the Company does not know about now or that it currently deems immaterial, may also adversely affect the Company’s business. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s business may be harmed, and its financial condition and results of operations may suffer significantly.

24


Regulatory Risks

The adult-use and medical cannabis industries and markets are subject to a variety of laws in Canada, the United States and elsewhere.

In Canada, the Cannabis Act came into force on October 17, 2018, legalizing the sale of cannabis for adult recreational use. Prior to the Cannabis Act coming into force, only the sale of medical cannabis was legal. The Cannabis Act and regulations thereunder provides a licensing and regulatory scheme governing the production, importation, exportation, testing, packaging, labelling, delivery, transportation, sale, possession and disposal of cannabis for non-medical (i.e., adult use) use, and medical use. Further, on October 17, 2019, targeted amendments to the Cannabis Act and Cannabis Regulations came into force, adding three new authorized classes of cannabis for sale: edibles, extracts and topicals.

In the United States, despite cannabis having been legalized at the state level for medical use in many states and for adult use in a number of states, cannabis containing 0.3% or more THC continues to be categorized as a Schedule I controlled substance under the CSA and subject to the CSIEA. HEXO does not currently produce or distribute any cannabis products in the United States or accept payments from any party that does so. While HEXO is considering entering into the U.S. CBD market, it would only do so in full compliance with the CSA, the CSIEA and all other applicable federal and state laws. Therefore, HEXO believes that it is not and will not become subject to the CSA or CSIEA. Nonetheless, violations of any U.S. federal laws and regulations, such as the CSA and the CSIEA, could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements arising from civil proceedings initiated by either the U.S. federal government or private citizens or criminal charges, including, but not limited to, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business and activities or divestiture.

The business and activities of the Company are heavily regulated in all jurisdictions where it carries on business. The Company’s operations are subject to various laws, regulations and guidelines by governmental authorities, particularly Health Canada, relating to the manufacture, marketing, management, transportation, storage, sale and disposal of cannabis, and also including laws and regulations relating to health and safety, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. Laws and regulations, applied generally, grant government agencies and self-regulatory bodies broad administrative discretion over the activities of the Company, including the power to limit or restrict business activities as well as impose additional disclosure requirements on the Company’s products and services. The Company is dependent upon regulatory approvals and licences for its ability to grow, process, package, store and sell its products. Achievement of the Company’s business objectives are contingent, in part, upon ongoing compliance with regulatory requirements implemented by these governmental authorities and obtaining all regulatory approvals, where necessary, for the production and sale of its products. The Company cannot predict the time required to secure all appropriate regulatory approvals for its products, or the extent of testing and documentation that may be required by governmental authorities. Any delays in obtaining, or failure to obtain regulatory approvals would significantly delay the development of markets and products and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Company.

Further, HEXO is subject to ongoing inspections by Health Canada to monitor HEXO’s compliance with its licencing requirements. HEXO’s existing licences and any new licences that it may obtain in the future in Canada or other jurisdictions may be revoked or restricted at any time in the event that HEXO is found not to be in compliance. Should HEXO fail to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements or with conditions set out under its licences or should its licences be revoked, HEXO may not be able to continue producing or distributing cannabis in Canada. Failure to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to its operations may lead to possible sanctions including the revocation or imposition of additional conditions on licences to operate the Company’s business; the suspension or expulsion from a particular market or jurisdiction or of its key personnel; product recalls or seizures; and, the imposition of fines and censures or criminal charges.

In addition, we may be subject to enforcement proceedings resulting from a failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements in Canada or other jurisdictions, which could result in:

25


These enforcement actions could delay or entirely prevent the Company from continuing the production, testing, marketing, sale or distribution of its products and divert management’s attention and resources away from its business operations. In addition, changes in regulations, government or judicial interpretation of regulations, or more vigorous enforcement thereof or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to our operations, increase compliance costs or give rise to material liabilities or a revocation of our licences and other permits. Furthermore, governmental authorities may change their administration, application or enforcement procedures at any time, which may adversely impact our ongoing regulatory compliance costs. There is no assurance that we will be able to comply or continue to comply with applicable regulations.

To the extent that there are changes to the existing or the enactment of future laws and regulations that affect the sale or offering of the Company’s product or services in any way, the Company’s revenues may be adversely affected.

Regulatory Developments

The commercial adult-use and medical cannabis industry is a relatively new industry in Canada. The effect of Health Canada’s administration, application and enforcement of the regime established by Health Canada on HEXO and HEXO’s business in Canada, or the administration, application and enforcement of the laws of other countries by the appropriate regulators in those countries, may significantly delay or impact HEXO’s ability to participate in the Canadian adult-use and medical cannabis markets or, potentially, adult-use and medical cannabis markets outside Canada, to develop cannabis products and produce and sell these cannabis products.

Further, Health Canada or the regulatory authorities may change their administration, interpretation or application of the applicable regulations or their compliance or enforcement procedures at any time. Any such changes could require HEXO to revise its ongoing compliance procedures, requiring it to incur increased compliance costs and expend additional resources. There is no assurance that HEXO will be able to comply or continue to comply with applicable regulations.

Reliance on Licence Renewal and Amendment

HEXO’s business operations are dependent on being licenced under the Cannabis Act. All licences must be renewed annually. HEXO’s Gatineau licence expires on April 15, 2021, the Brantford licence expires on December 19, 2019 and the Niagara licence expires on March 29, 2021. Prior to the expiry of the licence, HEXO must submit to Health Canada an application for renewal of the licence containing information prescribed by the Cannabis Act. Failure to comply with the requirements of the licence or any failure to renew the licence would have a material adverse impact on the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of HEXO. The Company is not currently aware of any circumstances that would impede the renewal of any of its licences.

HEXO believes it is complying in all material respects with the terms of the licence and it is not aware of any reason why it would not be able to renew the licence upon its expiry. However, there can be no guarantee that Health Canada will renew the licence, or that such renewal will occur in a timely fashion or on terms similar to HEXO’s existing licence or otherwise acceptable to HEXO and its business. Should Health Canada not renew HEXO’s licence, delay the renewal of the licence or renew the licence on different terms, the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of HEXO would be materially adversely affected.

26


In addition, HEXO is in the process of developing a facility in Belleville, Ontario. In order for HEXO to obtain a licence issued by Health Canada pursuant to the Cannabis Act it must submit an application to Health Canada. The application has been submitted; however, the facility has not yet received its Health Canada issued licence authorizing processing and ancillary activities. HEXO’s compliance team has been in communications with Health Canada regarding its application. Health Canada has confirmed that all required submissions have been made and that the file is ready to be submitted to their internal board for final approval. This is the final step in the licence issuance process and, should no follow-up questions arise at this step, HEXO anticipates a licence be issued in the second quarter of fiscal year 2020. However, if the licence is not approved by this time, in the near future or at all, the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of HEXO would be materially adversely affected.

Development of Canadian Adult-Use Recreational Market

The Cannabis Act and Cannabis Regulations came into effect on October 17, 2018 and govern the federal legalization and regulation of adult-use cannabis in Canada. The Cannabis Act sets out broad prohibitions on the promotion of cannabis. Under the Cannabis Act, subject to certain limited exceptions, it is prohibited to promote cannabis including by means of a testimonial or endorsement, doing so in a manner that there are reasonable grounds to believe could be appealing to young persons, and presenting it or any of its brand elements in a manner that associates it or the brand element with or evokes a positive or negative emotion about or image of, a way of life such as one that includes glamour, recreation, excitement, vitality, risk or daring. The Cannabis Act also sets out strict requirements for packaging.

Further, on October 17, 2019, targeted amendments to the Cannabis Act and Cannabis Regulations came into force, adding three new authorized classes of cannabis for sale: edibles, extracts and topicals for sale. The amendments introduced new regulatory controls to address sale of the new product classes, content and product specifications, packaging and licensing requirements. The effect of Health Canada’s administration, application and enforcement of this new regulatory regime on the Company is unknown and the interpretation and application of the regulations may change at any time, or their implementation may be delayed. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to comply with these new regulations.

In addition, the governments of every Canadian province and territory have enacted and implemented their respective regulatory regimes for the distribution and sale of cannabis for adult-use purposes within those jurisdictions. Various different models for distribution and sale have been implemented in each jurisdiction across Canada including government-operated retail and/or distribution models, privately operated retail and/or distribution models and hybrid approaches, These provincial or territorial legislation and regulatory regimes may change in ways that impact our ability to continue our business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted. There is no guarantee that provincial or territorial regulatory regimes governing the distribution and sale of cannabis for adult-use purposes in each jurisdiction will remain as currently enacted or that any such legislation and regulation will create the growth opportunities that the Company currently anticipates. The federal and provincial or territorial legislation and regulatory regimes for cannabis products also include excise duties payable by licenced cannabis producers on adult-use cannabis products, in addition to goods and services tax/harmonized sales tax in certain provinces and territories. The rate of the excise duties for cannabis products varies by province and territory. Any significant increase in the rate of excise duties on cannabis products in the future could reduce consumer demands for cannabis products and adversely impact the adult-use cannabis industry and market in general. In addition, any increase in the rate of excise duties on cannabis products in the future could reduce the Company’s margins and profitability in the event that the Company could not or chose not to pass along such increases to consumers. Any of the foregoing could result in a material adverse effect of the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The adult-use cannabis industry and market in Canada is also subject to certain risks that are unique to this industry, as well as the risks that are currently applicable to the medical cannabis market, which are described elsewhere in this section, “Risk Factors” in the Shelf Prospectus and the AIF. If any of these shared risks occur, HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected in a number of ways, including by not being able to successfully compete in the adult-use cannabis industry and by being subject to fines, damage awards and other penalties as a result of regulatory infractions or other claims brought against HEXO.

27


Government Supply Agreements and Other Customer Relationships

HEXO expects to derive a significant portion of its future revenues from the recently legalized adult-use cannabis industry and market in Canada, including through its agreements with the SQDC in Québec, the OCRC in Ontario and the BCLDB in British Columbia. For additional information regarding HEXO’s supply agreements, see “Description of the Business - Supply Channels”. The agreements with the SQDC, the OCRC and the BCLDB do not contain purchase commitments or otherwise obligate the purchaser to buy a minimum or fixed volume of products from HEXO. The amount of cannabis that the SQDC, the OCRC and the BCLDB may purchase under HEXO’s agreements with them may therefore vary from what HEXO expects or has planned for. As a result, HEXO’s revenues could fluctuate materially in the future and could be materially and disproportionately impacted by the purchasing decisions of the SQDC, the OCRC and the BCLDB. If any of the SQDC, the OCRC or the BCLDB decides to purchase lower volumes of products from HEXO than HEXO expects, alters its purchasing patterns at any time with limited notice or decides not to continue to purchase HEXO’s cannabis products at all, HEXO’s revenues could be materially adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Government-run provincial and territorial distributors in Canada require suppliers to meet certain service and business standards, and routinely assess for compliance with such standards. Any failure by us to comply with such standards could result in our being downgraded or disqualified as a supplier and would severely impede or eliminate our ability to access certain markets within Canada.

Reliance on Limited Cultivation and Production Facilities

At present, HEXO’s production activities, including cultivation, harvesting, drying and curing, processing and extraction and packaging activities, are carried out at its facility in Gatineau, Québec. Although the Company is in the process of developing a facility in Belleville, Ontario to be used for processing and extraction and packaging activities, as well as research and development and the manufacture of advanced cannabis products, all of the Company’s cultivation and harvesting, drying and curing activities will continue to be carried out from our Gatineau facility for the foreseeable future. Adverse changes or developments affecting the Gatineau facility including but not limited to changes to municipal laws regarding zoning, facility design errors, environmental pollution, non-performance by third party contractors, increases in materials or labour costs, labour disputes or disruptions, inability to attract sufficient numbers of qualified workers, productivity inefficiencies, equipment or process failures, production errors, disruption in the supply of energy and utilities and major incidents and/or catastrophic events such as fires, explosions, earthquakes or storms, would have a material and adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, HEXO bears all of the costs of maintenance and upkeep of the Gatineau facility. HEXO’s operations and financial performance may be adversely affected if it is unable to keep up with maintenance requirements.

Because of the nature of HEXO’s products and the limited legal channels for distribution, as well as the concentration of inventory in the Gatineau facility, HEXO is subject to the risk of theft of its product and other security breaches. A security breach at the Gatineau facility could result in a significant loss of available product, expose HEXO to additional liability under applicable regulations and to potentially costly litigation or increase expenses relating to the resolution and future prevention of similar thefts, any of which could have an adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Development of the Belleville, Ontario Facility

The development of the Company’s facility in Belleville, Ontario is subject to various potential risks and uncertainties, and may be delayed or adversely affected by a number of factors beyond the Company’s control. These include the failure to obtain regulatory approvals, licensing, legislative and regulatory changes, permits, delays in the delivery or installation of fixtures and equipment, difficulties in integrating new fixtures and equipment with an existing building, shortages in materials or labor, defects in design or construction and diversion of management resources. The actual cost of construction may exceed the amount anticipated. As a result of potential construction delays, cost overruns, changes in market circumstances or other factors, the Company may not be able to achieve the intended economic benefits from the development of the Belleville, Ontario facility, which in turn may affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The eventual operation of the Belleville, Ontario facility is subject to obtaining licenses issued by Health Canada. The denial or delay of such licensing would have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

28


Development of Brands, Products and Technologies

HEXO’s business depends significantly on successfully developing and maintaining strong brands, products and technologies. In the future, HEXO may also leverage the brands of third-parties through joint ventures or partnerships. The cannabis industry is in its early stages of development and building a strong brand image is an integral part of the growth strategies for HEXO and its competitors. HEXO believes that the strength of its brands and products has significantly contributed to the success of its business. Developing and enhancing HEXO’s brands may require HEXO to make substantial investments in areas such as research and development, product design, marketing, and employee training, and these investments are costly and may not be successful. Leveraging others’ brands through joint ventures or partnerships may result in the incurrence of additional debt, costs and contingent liabilities, and there can be no assurance that such future joint ventures or partnerships will be achieved on satisfactory terms, or at all, or achieve the expected benefits to HEXO’s business. Failure to develop or maintain strong brands and products may materially and adversely affect HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

HEXO and its competitors are also actively seeking to develop new products in order to keep pace with any new market developments and generate revenue growth. HEXO may not be successful in developing effective and safe new products, bringing such products to market in time to be effectively commercialized, or obtaining any required regulatory approvals, which, together with any capital expenditures made in the course of such product development and regulatory approval processes, may have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The technologies, process and formulations HEXO uses may also face competition or become obsolete. Rapidly changing markets, technology, emerging industry standards and frequent introduction of new products characterize the cannabis business. The introduction of new products embodying new technologies, including new manufacturing processes or formulations, and the emergence of new industry standards may render HEXO’s products obsolete, less competitive or less marketable. The process of developing new products is complex and requires significant continuing costs, development efforts and third-party commitments. HEXO may be unable to anticipate changes in customer requirements that could make its existing technology, processes or formulations obsolete. HEXO’s success will depend on its ability to continue to enhance its existing technologies, develop new technology that addresses the increasing sophistication and varied needs of the market, and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a timely and cost-effective basis. Failure to develop new technologies and products and the obsolescence of existing technologies or processes could adversely affect HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Competition

HEXO faces intense competition from licenced producers and other companies, some of which can be expected to have greater financial, production, marketing, research and development and technical and human resources and experience than the Company. Additionally, there is potential that the industry will undergo consolidation, creating larger companies that may have greater resources and experience in all of these areas as well as increased geographic scope.

As a result, HEXO’s competitors may be more successful than HEXO in gaining market penetration and market share. HEXO’s commercial opportunity in the adult-use market could be reduced or eliminated if its competitors produce and commercialize products for the adult-use market that, among other things, are safer, more effective, more convenient or less expensive than the products that we may produce, have greater sales, marketing and distribution support than HEXO’s products, enjoy enhanced timing of market introduction and perceived effectiveness advantages over HEXO’s products and receive more favourable publicity than HEXO’s products. If HEXO’s adult-use products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by the adult-use market, HEXO may not generate sufficient revenue from these products, and HEXO’s adult-use business may not become profitable.

29


As a result of this competition, the Company may be unable to maintain its operations or develop them as currently proposed, on terms it considers acceptable or at all. Increased competition by larger, better-financed competitors with geographic advantages could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Company.

The number of licences granted and the number of licenced producers ultimately authorized by Health Canada could have an impact on the operations of the Company. HEXO expects to face additional competition from new market entrants that are granted licences under the Cannabis Act or existing licence holders which are not yet active in the industry. If a significant number of new licences are granted by Health Canada in the near-term future, HEXO may experience increased competition for market share.

If the national demand of adult-use cannabis in Canada increases, along with an increased number of licenced producers, HEXO expects that competition will become more intense, as current and future competitors begin to offer an increasing number of diversified products. To remain competitive, HEXO will require a continued high level of investment in joint enterprises, research and development, marketing, sales and client support. HEXO may not have sufficient resources to maintain and support these efforts on a competitive basis which could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Company.

Moreover, the Cannabis Act and relevant provincial and territorial legislation allows individuals in certain jurisdictions to cultivate, propagate, harvest and distribute up to four cannabis plants per household, provided that each plant meets certain requirements. If we are unable to effectively compete with other suppliers to the adult-use cannabis market, or a significant number of individuals take advantage of the ability to cultivate and use their own cannabis, HEXO’s success in the adult-use business may be limited and may not fulfill the expectations of management.

Any or all of these events could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of the Company.

Supply and Price Fluctuations

There has been a shortfall in supply in the Canadian adult-use cannabis market since legalization. In response to the initial surge in demand for cannabis as a result of the legalization of adult cannabis use in Canada, licenced producers, including HEXO, and others licenced to produce cannabis under the Cannabis Act, may not be able to produce enough cannabis to meet adult-use demand. This may result in lower than expected sales and revenues and increased competition for sales and sources of supply. In the future, cannabis producers in Canada may produce more cannabis than is needed to satisfy the collective demand of the Canadian adult-use and medical markets, and they may be unable to export that oversupply into other markets where cannabis use is fully legal under all federal and state or provincial laws. As a result, the available supply of cannabis could exceed demand, resulting in a significant decline in the market price for cannabis. If such supply or price fluctuations were to occur, HEXO’s revenue and profitability may fluctuate materially and its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

In addition, demand for cannabis and cannabis products is dependent on a number of social, political and economic factors that are beyond HEXO’s control, including the novelty of legalization, which may wear off. A material decline in the economic conditions affecting consumers can cause a reduction in disposable income for the average consumer, change consumption patterns and result in a reduction in spending on cannabis products or a switch to other products obtained through illicit channels. There can be no assurance that market demand for cannabis will continue to be sufficient to support HEXO’s current or future production levels or that HEXO will be able to generate sufficient revenue to be profitable.

Reliance on Management and Key Persons

The Company is reliant on senior management’s ability to execute on strategy. This exposes the Company to management’s ability to perform, and as well the risk of management leaving the Company. To mitigate this risk, HEXO has implemented incentive plans for all members of the senior management team.

30


The success of the Company will be dependent upon the ability, expertise, judgment, discretion and good faith of certain of its management team and board of directors. While employment agreements and incentive programs are designed for the retention of such key persons, these agreements and incentive programs cannot assure the continued services of such persons. Any loss of key persons could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and/or financial condition.

Scale of Operations

The Company now possesses supplier contracts across nine provinces. As demand for HEXO’s products increase there exists the risk of HEXO being unable to fulfil demand. Although the Company is currently on track to meet its intended capacity goals, delays in meeting its capacity goals could result in unfulfilled purchase orders and HEXO may lose a significant amount of sales. Any inability to secure the required supply of cannabis to meet the demands of supplier agreements either by means of internal generation or through acquisition could have a materially adverse impact on operating results of the Company.

General Business Risk and Liability

Given the nature of Company’s business, it may from time to time be subject to claims or complaints from investors or others in the normal course of business. The legal risks facing the Company, its directors, officers, employees or agents in this respect include potential liability for violations of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty and misuse of investors’ funds. Some violations of securities laws and breach of fiduciary duty could result in civil liability, fines, sanctions, or the suspension or revocation of the Company’s right to carry on its existing business. The Company may incur significant costs in connection with such potential liabilities.

Risks Inherent in an Agricultural Business

A key aspect of HEXO’s business is growing cannabis, and as such the Company is exposed to the risks inherent in any agriculture business, such as disease spread, hazards, pests and similar agricultural risks that may create crop failures and supply interruptions for the Company’s customers. To mitigate the risk, HEXO has trained personnel to carefully monitor the growing conditions. Although HEXO grows its products indoors under climate controlled conditions and carefully monitors the growing conditions with trained personnel, there can be no assurance the natural elements will not have a material adverse effect on the production of its products.

Limited Operating History

HEXO commenced operations in August 2013, and as such is an early stage business and subject to the risks any early stage business faces. HEXO has incurred operating losses since commencing operations. The success of the Company is dependent on, among other things, eventual profitability of operations, ability to raise funds when necessary in a timely manner, and senior management’s ability to execute on strategy. The Company may incur losses in the future and may not achieve profitability.

Cash Flow from Operations and the Need for Additional Financing

To date, the Company has had negative cash flow from operating activities. Although the Company anticipates it will have positive cash flow from operating activities in future periods, to the extent that the Company has negative cash flow in any future period, certain of the proceeds from the Offering may be used to fund such negative cash flow from operating activities. If HEXO continues to have negative cash flow into the future, HEXO may need to allocate additional financing proceeds to funding this negative cash flow in addition to its operational expenses. HEXO may require additional financing to fund its operations to the point where it is generating positive cash flows. Continued negative cash flow may restrict HEXO’s ability to pursue its business objectives.

In addition, HEXO’s continued development may require additional financing. The failure to raise such capital could result in the delay or indefinite postponement of current business objectives or HEXO’s going out of business. There can be no assurance that additional capital or other types of financing will be available if needed or that, if available, the terms of such financing will be favorable to HEXO. If additional funds are raised through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, existing shareholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities issued could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of Common Shares. In addition, from time to time, HEXO may enter into transactions to acquire assets or the shares of other corporations. These transactions may be financed wholly or partially with debt, which may temporarily increase HEXO’s debt levels above industry standards. Any debt financing secured in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for HEXO to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.

31


Vulnerability to Rising Energy Costs

The Company’s cannabis growing operations consume considerable energy, making the Company vulnerable to rising energy costs. Although, the cultivating facilities are located in Quebec, which has one of the lowest hydro rates in the country. Rising or volatile energy costs may adversely impact the business of the Company and its ability to operate profitably.

Going Concern

There can be no assurance that HEXO will always have sufficient capital resources to continue as a going concern or that significant losses will not occur in the near future or that HEXO will be profitable in the future. There can be no assurance that HEXO will generate any revenues or achieve profitability. Our continued operations are dependent ultimately on our ability to achieve and maintain profitability and positive cash flow from our operations.

Product Liability

As a manufacturer and distributor of products designed to be ingested or inhaled by humans, HEXO faces an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if its products are alleged to have caused significant loss or injury. In addition, the manufacture and sale of HEXO’s products involve the risk of injury or loss to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination, unauthorized use by consumers or other third parties. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of HEXO’s products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could occur. HEXO may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that HEXO’s products caused injury, illness or loss, include inadequate instructions for use or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. A product liability claim or regulatory action against HEXO could result in increased costs, could adversely affect HEXO’s reputation with its clients and consumers generally, and could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of HEXO. There can be no assurances that HEXO will be able to obtain or maintain product liability insurance on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities. Such insurance is expensive and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. The inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage on reasonable terms or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of HEXO’s potential products.

Product Recalls or Returns

Manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure. If any of HEXO’s products are recalled or returned due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, HEXO could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall or return and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall. HEXO may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. In addition, a product recall or return may require significant management attention. Although HEXO has detailed procedures in place for testing finished products, there can be no assurance that any quality, potency or contamination problems will be detected in time to avoid unforeseen product recalls or returns, regulatory action or lawsuits. Additionally, if one of HEXO’s significant brands were subject to recall or return, the image of that brand and HEXO could be harmed. A recall or return for any of the foregoing reasons could lead to decreased demand for HEXO’s products and could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of HEXO. Additionally, product recalls or returns may lead to increased scrutiny of HEXO’s operations by Health Canada or other regulatory agencies, requiring further management attention and potential legal fees and other expenses.

32


Sufficiency of Insurance

The Company maintains various types of insurance which may include errors and omissions insurance; directors’ and officers’ insurance; property coverage; and, general commercial insurance. There is no assurance that claims will not exceed the limits of available coverage; that any insurer will remain solvent or willing to continue providing insurance coverage with sufficient limits or at a reasonable cost; or, that any insurer will not dispute coverage of certain claims due to ambiguities in the policies. A judgment against any member of the Company in excess of available coverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company in terms of damages awarded and the impact on the reputation of the Company.

Unfavourable Publicity or Consumer Perception and Changing Consumer Preferences

The Company believes the cannabis industry is highly dependent upon consumer perception regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of the cannabis produced. Consumer perception of the Company’s products can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, media attention and other publicity regarding the consumption of cannabis products. There can be no assurance that future scientific research, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other research findings or publicity will be favorable to the cannabis market or any particular product, or consistent with earlier publicity. Future research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity that are perceived as less favorable than, or that question, earlier research reports, findings or publicity could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the Company’s products and the business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and prospects of the Company. The Company’s dependence upon consumer perceptions means that adverse scientific research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity, whether or not accurate or with merit, could have a material adverse effect on the Company, the demand for the Company’s products, and the business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and prospects of the Company. Further, adverse publicity reports or other media attention regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of cannabis in general, or the Company’s products specifically, or associating the consumption of cannabis with illness or other negative effects or events, could have such a material adverse effect. Such adverse publicity reports or other media attention could arise even if the adverse effects associated with such products resulted from consumers’ failure to consume such products appropriately or as directed.

In addition, the patterns of cannabis consumption in Canada and elsewhere in the world may shift over time due to a variety of factors, including changes in demographics, social trends, public health polices and other leisure or consumption behaviors. If consumer preferences were to move away from HEXO’s products or cannabis products in general, or HEXO is unable to anticipate and respond effectively to shifts in consumer behaviors, HEXO’s revenue may decline and its business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Impact of the Illicit Supply of Cannabis

In addition to competition from licenced producers and those able to produce cannabis legally without a licence, we also face competition from unlicenced and unregulated market participants, including illegal dispensaries and black market suppliers selling cannabis and cannabis-based products in Canada.

Despite the legalization of medical and adult-use cannabis in Canada, black market operations remain and are a substantial competitor to our business. In addition, illegal dispensaries and black market participants may be able to (i) offer products with higher concentrations of active ingredients that are either expressly prohibited or impracticable to produce under current Canadian regulations, and (ii) use delivery methods, including edibles, concentrates and extract vaporizers, that we are currently prohibited from offering to individuals in Canada, (iii) use marketing and branding strategies that are restricted under the Cannabis Act and Cannabis Regulations, and (iv) make claims not permissible under the Cannabis Act and other regulatory regimes. As these illicit market participants do not comply with the regulations governing the medical and adult-use cannabis industry in Canada, their operations may also have significantly lower costs.

33


As a result of the competition presented by the black market for cannabis, any unwillingness by consumers currently utilizing these unlicenced distribution channels to begin purchasing from licenced producers for any reason or any inability or unwillingness of law enforcement authorities to enforce laws prohibiting the unlicenced cultivation and sale of cannabis and cannabis-based products could (i) result in the perpetuation of the black market for cannabis, (ii) adversely affect our market share and (iii) adversely impact the public perception of cannabis use and licenced cannabis producers and dealers, all of which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

Dependence on Suppliers and Skilled Labour

HEXO’s ability to compete and grow will be dependent on having access, at a reasonable cost and in a timely manner, to skilled labor, equipment, parts and components. No assurances can be given that HEXO will be successful in maintaining its required supply of skilled labor, equipment, parts and components. It is also possible that the final costs of the major equipment contemplated by HEXO’s capital expenditure program may be significantly greater than anticipated by its management, and may be greater than funds available to HEXO, in which circumstance HEXO may curtail, or extend the timeframes for completing, its capital expenditure plans. Moreover, as HEXO scales back its operations, HEXO may experience difficulties retaining its workforce. Failure in retaining employees through the changing market and regulatory environment may affect HEXO’s growth plans.

Reliance on Third Party Distributors and Other Service or Logistics Providers

HEXO relies on third-party distributors and other service or logistics providers, including pharmaceutical distributors and other courier services, and may in the future rely on other third parties, to distribute its products or provide other services. The Company recently entered into a contract with Metro Supply Chain Group Inc. pursuant to which Metro Supply Chain Group Inc. provides the Company with certain distribution and e-commerce services in support of the Company’s contract to manage a warehouse and distribution center for Québec adult-use webstore orders for the SQDC. If these distributors and service providers do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, if there is a delay or interruption in the distribution of HEXO’s products or provision of HEXO’s services, or if these third parties damage HEXO’s products or reputation, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Any damage to HEXO’s products, such as product spoilage, could expose HEXO to potential product liability, damage its reputation and the reputation of its brands or otherwise harm its business.

Reliance on Key Inputs

The Company’s business is dependent on a number of key inputs and their related costs including raw materials and supplies related to its growing operations, as well as electricity, water and other local utilities. Any significant interruption or negative change in the availability or economics of the supply chain for key inputs could materially impact the business, financial condition and operating results of the Company. Some of these inputs may only be available from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. If a sole source supplier was to go out of business, the Company might be unable to find a replacement for such source in a timely manner or at all. If a sole source supplier were to be acquired by a competitor, that competitor may elect not to sell to the Company in the future. Any inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate terms could have a materially adverse impact on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Company.

Unfavourable Research Results

Research in Canada, the U.S. and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing and social acceptance of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids (such as CBD and THC) remains in early stages. There have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids. The potential medical benefits of cannabinoids are based on published articles and reports but are subject to the experimental parameters, qualifications and limitations in the studies that have been completed. Although HEXO believes that the articles, reports and studies support its beliefs regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing and social acceptance of cannabis, future research and clinical trials may prove such statements to be incorrect, or could raise concerns regarding, and perceptions relating to, cannabis. Given these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, undue reliance should not be placed on such articles and reports. Future research studies and clinical trials may draw opposing conclusions or reach negative conclusions regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to cannabis, which could have a material adverse effect on the demand for HEXO’s products with the potential to lead to a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

34


Joint Venture and Strategic Alliance Risks

HEXO has entered into, and intends to enter into in the future, joint ventures and strategic alliances with third parties that it believes will complement or augment HEXO’s existing business. Joint ventures and strategic alliances could present unforeseen obstacles or costs, may not enhance HEXO’s business and may involve risks that could adversely affect HEXO, including: (i) HEXO may not control the joint ventures or strategic alliances; (ii) where HEXO does not have substantial decision-making authority, it may experience impasses or disputes with its joint venture or strategic alliance partners on certain decisions, which could require HEXO to expend additional resources to resolve such impasses or disputes, including litigation or arbitration; (iii) joint venture or strategic alliance partners may become insolvent or bankrupt, fail to fund their share of required capital contributions or fail to fulfil their obligations as partners; (iv) joint venture or strategic alliance partners may have business or economic interests that are inconsistent with HEXO’s and may take actions contrary to HEXO’s interests; (v) HEXO may suffer losses as a result of actions taken by its joint venture or strategic alliance partners with respect to joint venture investments or strategic alliances; and (vi) it may be difficult for HEXO to exit a joint venture or strategic alliance if an impasse arises or if HEXO desires to sell its interest for any reason. In addition, HEXO’s ability to enter into or complete future joint ventures or strategic alliances is dependent upon, and may be limited by, the availability of suitable candidates and capital and there can be no assurance that HEXO will be able to consummate any future joint venture or strategic alliance on satisfactory terms, or at all, or such future joint venture or strategic alliance will achieve the desired benefits. In addition, strategic alliances could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs, may not enhance HEXO’s business and may involve risks that could adversely affect HEXO, including the investment of significant amounts of management time that may be diverted from operations in order to pursue and complete such transactions or maintain such strategic alliances. Future strategic alliances could result in the incurrence of debt, costs and contingent liabilities, and there can be no assurance that future strategic alliances will achieve, or that HEXO’s existing strategic alliances will continue to achieve, the expected benefits to its business or that HEXO will be able to consummate future strategic alliances on satisfactory terms, or at all. Any of the foregoing risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

International Expansion Risks

HEXO has announced plans to expand into Europe with the establishment of a Eurozone processing, production and distribution centre in Greece through a partnership with QNBS P.C. HEXO’s expansion into jurisdictions outside of Canada is subject to additional business risks, including whether any market for our products will develop or be maintained. HEXO may face new or unexpected risks or significantly increase its exposure to one or more existing risk factors, including economic instability, changes in laws and regulations, and the effects of competition. These factors may limit HEXO’s ability to successfully expand our operations into such jurisdictions and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Changes, if any, in the laws, regulations and policies relating to the advertising, production, sale and use of cannabis and cannabis-based products or in the general economic policies in these jurisdictions, or shifts in political attitude related thereto, may adversely affect the operations or profitability of HEXO’s international operations outside of Canada. Specifically, HEXO’s operations may be affected in varying degrees by government regulations with respect to, but not limited to, restrictions on advertising, production, price controls, export controls, controls on currency remittance, increased income taxes, restrictions on foreign investment, land and water use restrictions and government policies rewarding contracts to local competitors or requiring domestic producers or vendors to purchase supplies from a particular jurisdiction. Failure to comply strictly with applicable laws, regulations and local practices could result in additional taxes, costs, civil or criminal fines or penalties or other expenses being levied on HEXO’s international operations, as well as other potential adverse consequences such as the loss of necessary permits or governmental approvals.

35


The continuation or expansion of HEXO’s international operations depends on its ability to renew or secure necessary permits, licences and other approvals. An agency’s denial of or delay in issuing or renewing a permit, licence or other approval, or revocation or substantial modification of an existing permit, licence or approval, could prevent the Company from continuing its operations in, marketing efforts in, or exports to countries other than Canada. Further, the export and import of medical cannabis is subject to United Nations treaties establishing country-by-country quotas and HEXO’s export and import permits are subject to these quotas which could limit the amount of cannabis it can export to any particular country.

In addition, if HEXO expands into jurisdictions which are emerging markets, it may encounter political and other risks in emerging markets. Such operations would expose HEXO to the socioeconomic conditions as well as the laws governing the cannabis industry in such countries. Inherent risks with conducting foreign operations include, but are not limited to: high rates of inflation; extreme fluctuations in currency exchange rates; military repression war or civil war; social and labor unrest; organized crime; hostage taking; terrorism; violent crime; expropriation and nationalization; renegotiation or nullification of existing licences, approvals, permits and contracts; changes in taxation policies; restrictions on foreign exchange and repatriation; and changing political norms, currency controls and governmental regulations that favor or require us to award contracts in, employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, the jurisdiction. Governments in certain foreign jurisdictions intervene in their economies, sometimes frequently, and occasionally make significant changes in policies and regulations. Changes, if any, in cannabis industry or investment policies or shifts in political attitude in the countries in which HEXO may expand may adversely affect its operations or profitability. Operations may be affected in varying degrees by government regulations with respect to, but not limited to, restrictions on production, price controls, export controls, currency remittance, importation of product and supplies, income and other taxes, royalties, the repatriation of profits, expropriation of property, foreign investment, maintenance of licences, approvals and permits, environmental matters, land use, land claims of local people, water use and workplace safety. Failure to comply strictly with applicable laws, regulations and local practices could result in loss, reduction or expropriation of licences, or the imposition of additional local or foreign parties as joint venture partners with carried or other interests.

HEXO continues to monitor developments and policies in the emerging markets in which it may expand; however, such developments cannot be accurately predicted and could have an adverse effect on our operations or profitability. Any of the foregoing risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Ownership or Control Restrictions in Foreign Jurisdictions

Non-resident individuals and non-domiciled foreign legal entities may be subject to restrictions on the acquisition or lease of properties in certain emerging markets. Limitations also apply to legal entities domiciled in such countries which are controlled by foreign investors, such as the entities through which HEXO may operate in certain countries. Accordingly, HEXO’s current and future operations may be impaired as a result of such restrictions on the acquisition or use of property, and our ownership or access rights in respect of any property we own or lease in such jurisdictions may be subject to legal challenges, all of which could result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

TSX Restrictions on U.S. Business Activities

On October 16, 2017, the TSX provided clarity regarding the application of certain of its listing requirements to TSX-listed issuers with business activities in the cannabis sector. In TSX Staff Notice 2017-0009, the TSX notes that issuers with ongoing business activities that violate U.S. federal law regarding cannabis are not in compliance with these requirements. The TSX reminded issuers that, among other things, should the TSX find that a listed issuer is engaging in activities contrary to the requirements, the TSX has the discretion to initiate a delisting review. Failure to comply with the requirements could have an adverse effect on our business.

36


Intellectual Property

HEXO’s continued success depends significantly on the protection of its trademarks, patents and intellectual property rights. HEXO has been granted numerous trademark registrations covering its brands and products and has filed, and expects to continue to file, trademark and patent applications seeking to protect newly developed intellectual property. With respect to the trademark and patent applications that HEXO has filed, HEXO cannot offer any assurances about whether such applications will be granted. Even if trademark and patent applications are successfully approved, third parties may challenge their validity, enforceability, or scope, which may result in such trademarks or patents being narrowed, found unenforceable or invalidated. Even if they are unchallenged, any trademark or patent applications and future trademarks and patents may not adequately protect HEXO’s intellectual property, provide exclusivity for its products or processes, or prevent others from designing around any issued patent claims. Any of these outcomes could impair HEXO’s ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on HEXO’s business.

Unauthorized parties may also attempt to replicate or otherwise obtain and use HEXO’s products and technology. Policing the unauthorized use of HEXO’s existing or future trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights could be difficult, expensive, time consuming and unpredictable, as may be enforcing these rights. Identifying the unauthorized use of intellectual property rights is difficult as HEXO may be unable to effectively monitor and evaluate the products being distributed by its competitors, including parties such as unlicenced dispensaries and black-market participants, and the processes used to produce such products. In addition, in any infringement proceeding, HEXO’s existing or future trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary know-how may be found invalid, unenforceable, anti-competitive or not infringed or may be interpreted narrowly and such proceeding could put existing intellectual property applications at risk of not being issued.

In addition, other parties may claim that HEXO’s products infringe on their proprietary or patent protected rights. Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources and legal fees, result in injunctions or temporary restraining orders or require the payment of damages. HEXO also relies on certain trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information that are not protected by patents to maintain its competitive position. HEXO’s trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information, which are not protected by patents, may become known to or be independently developed by competitors, which could adversely affect HEXO.

Failure of Quality Control Systems

The quality and safety of HEXO’s products are critical to the success of HEXO’s business and operations. As such, it is imperative that HEXO’s (and its service providers’) quality control systems operate effectively and successfully. Quality control systems can be negatively impacted by the design of the quality control systems, the quality training program, and adherence by employees to quality control guidelines. Although HEXO strives to ensure that all of its service providers have implemented and adhere to high caliber quality control systems, HEXO could experience a significant failure or deterioration of such quality control systems. If, as a result of a failure in HEXO (or HEXO’s service providers’) quality control systems, contamination of, or damage to, HEXO’s inventory or packaged products occurs, HEXO may incur significant costs in replacing the inventory and recalling products. HEXO may be unable to meet customer demand and may lose customers who have to purchase alternative brands or products. In addition, consumers may lose confidence in the affected products. A loss of sales volume from a contamination event may occur, and such a loss may affect HEXO’s ability to supply its current customers and to recapture their business in the event they are forced to switch products or brands, even if on a temporary basis. HEXO may also be subject to legal action as a result of a contamination, which could result in negative publicity and affect HEXO’s sales During this time, HEXO’s competitors may benefit form an increased market share that could be difficult and costly to regain.

Banned Substances

HEXO’s products are made from cannabis and contain varying levels of THC and CBD. THC and CBD banned in many jurisdictions and heavily regulated in many others. Moreover, regulatory frameworks for legal amounts of consumed THC and CBD is evolving. Whether or not ingestion of THC or CBD (at low levels or otherwise) is permitted in a particular jurisdiction, there may be adverse consequences to end users who test positive for trace amounts of THC or CBD attributed to use of HEXO’s products. Positive tests may adversely affect the end user’s reputation, ability to obtain or retain employment and participation in certain athletic or other activities. A claim or regulatory action against HEXO based on such positive test results could adversely affect HEXO’s reputation.

37


Transportation of Cannabis Products

Due to the direct-to-consumer shipping model for medical cannabis in Canada, HEXO depends on fast and efficient third-party transportation services to distribute its medical cannabis products. In addition, Canadian adult-use distribution rules take various forms on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis and often require HEXO to employ third parties to deliver HEXO’s products to central government sites. Any prolonged disruption of third-party transportation services could have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s sales volumes or HEXO’s end users’ satisfaction with its products. Rising costs associated with third-party transportation services used by HEXO to ship its products may also adversely impact its profitability.

The security of HEXO’s products during transportation to and from HEXO’s facilities is of the utmost concern. A breach of security at one of our facilities, or during transport or delivery, could result in the significant loss of product as well as customers and may expose HEXO to additional liability, including regulatory fines, litigation or increased expenses relating to the resolution and future prevention of similar events. Any failure to take steps necessary to ensure the safekeeping of HEXO’s cannabis could also have an impact on HEXO’s ability to continue operating under its existing licences, to renew or receiving amendments to HEXO’s existing licences or to receive required new licences.

Indebtedness and the Credit Facility

The Credit Facility is subject to risks typically associated with debt financing. In addition, the degree to which HEXO may be leveraged under the Credit Facility could have important consequences to HEXO and its shareholders, including the portion of the Company’s cash flow that would need to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest and potential limitations on the Company’s ability to obtain additional financing for working capital or capital expenditures in the future.

Risks associated with the Credit Facility could include risks that HEXO’s cash flows could be insufficient to satisfy required payments of principal and interest, exposure of HEXO to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of the Company’s borrowings would likely be at variable rates of interest, and enforcement risk in the event of default. It is also expected that the Credit Facility would contain covenants that would require HEXO to maintain certain financial ratios. If the Company did not maintain such ratios, it could have consequences for the availability of credit under the Credit Facility or result in repayment requirements that the Company may not be able to satisfy. If HEXO was unable to meet any required payments under the Credit Facility, the lenders could foreclose upon the Company’s facilities securing its obligations under the Credit Facility, appoint a receiver and receive an assignment of accounts or pursue other remedies generally available to secured creditors, all of which could result in a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company’s ability to make scheduled payments of principal and interest on its indebtedness would depend on its future cash flow, which is subject to the financial performance of the Company’s business, prevailing economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels, and financial, competitive, business and other factors, many of which would be beyond the Company’s control.

Constraints on Marketing Products

The development of the Company’s business and operating results may be hindered by applicable restriction on promotion , marketing and advertising activities imposed by Health Canada. The regulatory environment in Canada limits the Company’s ability to compete for market share in a manner similar to other industries. If HEXO is unable to effectively market its products and compete for market share, or if the costs of compliance with government legislation and regulation cannot be absorbed through the selling price for its products, the Company’s sales and operating results could be adversely affected.

38


Litigation

The Company may become party to litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business which could adversely affect its business. Should any litigation in which the Company becomes involved be determined against the Company, such a decision could adversely affect the Company’s ability to continue operating and the market price for the Company’s common shares and could use significant resources. Even if the Company is involved in litigation and wins, litigation can redirect significant company resources.

Realization of Growth Targets

The Company’s growth strategy contemplates outfitting and completing its facilities with additional production resources. There is a risk that these additional resources will not be achieved on time, on budget, or at all, as they can be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including some that are discussed elsewhere in these risk factors and the following:

As a result, there is a risk that the Company may not have product, or sufficient product, available for shipment, to meet the expectations of its potential customers or its business plan.

Environmental and Employee Health and Safety Regulations

The Company’s operations are subject to environmental and safety laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions and discharges to water, air and land, the handling and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials and wastes, and employee health and safety. The Company will incur ongoing costs and obligations related to compliance with environmental and employee health and safety matters. Failure to comply with environmental and safety laws and regulations may result in additional costs for corrective measures, penalties or in restrictions on our manufacturing operations. In addition, changes in environmental, employee health and safety or other laws, more vigorous enforcement thereof or other unanticipated events could require extensive changes to the Company’s operations or give rise to material liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

Price Volatility of the Common Shares

The outstanding Common Shares are listed on the TSX and the NYSE, under the symbol “HEXO”. The market price of the Common Shares may be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond HEXO’s control. Companies in the cannabis sector have also been experiencing extreme volatility in their trading prices. This volatility may affect the ability of holders of Common Shares to sell their securities at an advantageous price. Market price fluctuations in the Common Shares may be due to the Company’s operating results failing to meet expectations of securities analysts or investors in any period, downward revision in securities analysts’ estimates, adverse changes in general market or industry conditions or economic trends, acquisitions, dispositions or other material public announcements by the Company or its competitors, along with a variety of additional factors. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of the Common Shares.

Financial markets historically at times experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices of equity securities of companies and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance, underlying asset values or prospects of such companies. Accordingly, the market price of the Common Shares may decline even if the Company’s operating results, underlying asset values or prospects have not changed. Additionally, these factors, as well as other related factors, may cause decreases in asset values that are deemed to be other than temporary, which may result in impairment losses. There can be no assurance that continuing fluctuations in price and volume will not occur. If such increased levels of volatility and market turmoil continue, the Company’s operations could be adversely impacted, and the trading price of the Common Shares may be materially and adversely affected.

39


Future Sales or Issuances of Securities

We may issue additional securities to finance future activities. The Company’s articles permit the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares, and shareholders will have no pre-emptive rights in connection with such further issuance. The directors of the Company have discretion to determine the price and the terms of further issuances. Moreover, additional Common Shares will be issued by the Company on the exercise of options under the Company’s stock option plan and upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of securities or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of securities will have on the market price of the Common Shares. Sales or issuances of substantial numbers of Common Shares, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Common Shares. In connection with any issuance of Common Shares, investors will suffer dilution to their voting power, and we may experience dilution in our earnings per share.

Cybersecurity Risks

The information systems maintained by HEXO and any third-party service providers and vendors, are vulnerable to an increasing threat of continually evolving cybersecurity risks. These risks may take the form of malware, computer viruses, cyber threats, extortion, employee error, malfeasance, system errors or other types of risks, and may occur from inside or outside of the respective organizations. Cybersecurity risk is increasingly difficult to identify and quantify and cannot be fully mitigated because of the rapid evolving nature of the threats, targets and consequences. Additionally, unauthorized parties may attempt to gain access to these systems through fraud or other means of deceiving third-party service providers, employees or vendors. HEXO’s operations depend, in part, on how well networks, equipment, IT systems and software are protected against damage from a number of threats. These operations also depend on the timely maintenance, upgrade and replacement of networks, equipment, IT systems and software, as well as pre-emptive expenses to mitigate the risks of failures. However, if HEXO is unable or delayed in maintaining, upgrading or replacing IT systems and software, the risk of a cybersecurity incident could materially increase. Any of these and other events could result in information system failures, delays and/ or increases in capital expenses. The failure of information systems or a component of information systems could, depending on the nature of any such failure, adversely impact HEXO’s reputation and results of operations.

In addition, HEXO collects and stores certain personal information about patients who purchase its medical cannabis and is responsible for protecting that information from privacy breaches. A privacy breach may occur through procedural or process failure, information technology malfunction, or deliberate unauthorized intrusions. In addition, theft of data is an ongoing risk whether perpetrated via employee collusion or negligence or through deliberate cyber-attack. Any such privacy breach or theft could have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, there are a number of federal and provincial laws protecting the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient records, and restricting the use and disclosure of that protected information. In particular, the privacy rules under the Personal Information Protection and Electronics Documents Act (Canada) (“PIPEDA”) and where applicable, provincial legislation governing personal health information, protect medical records and other personal health information by limiting their use and disclosure of health information to the minimum level reasonably necessary to accomplish the intended purpose. If HEXO was found to be in violation of the privacy or security rules under PIPEDA or other laws protecting the confidentiality of medical cannabis patient health information, it could be subject to sanctions and civil or criminal penalties, which could increase its liabilities, harm its reputation and have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects of HEXO.

40


Valuation of Biological Assets

Pursuant to IFRS, HEXO measures the value of its biological assets consisting of cannabis plants using the income approach at fair value less costs to sell up to the point of harvest. As market prices are generally not available for biological assets while they are growing, HEXO is required to make assumptions and estimates relating to, among other things, future agricultural commodity yields, prices and production costs. The assumptions and estimates used to determine the fair value of biological assets, and any changes to such prior estimates, directly affect HEXO’s reported results of operations. If actual yields, prices, costs, market conditions or other results differ from HEXO’s estimates and assumptions, there could be material adjustments to HEXO’s results of operations. In addition, the use of these future estimated metrics differs from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). As a result, HEXO’s financial statements and reported earnings are not directly comparable to those of similar companies in the United States reporting under U.S. GAAP.

Failure to Realize Benefits of Newstrike Acquisition

While we conducted substantial due diligence in connection with the acquisition of Newstrike, there are risks inherent in any acquisition. Specifically, there could be unknown or undisclosed risks or liabilities for which we are not sufficiently indemnified. Any such unknown or undisclosed risks or liabilities could materially and adversely affect HEXO’s business and results of operations.

The intended reasons for the acquisition of Newstrike may not materialize or be realized. The acquisition of Newstrike involves the integration of companies that previously operated independently. Achieving the benefits of acquisitions depends in part on successfully consolidating functions, retaining key employees and customer relationships, and continuing operations and procedures in a timely and efficient manner. Such integration may require substantial management effort, time and resources and may divert management’s focus from other strategic opportunities and operational matters. The difficulties management encounters in the transition and integration process could have an adverse effect on the revenues, level of expenses and operating results of HEXO and, ultimately, HEXO may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

Acquisition and Development Risks

HEXO expects to selectively seek strategic acquisitions. HEXO’s ability to consummate and to integrate effectively any future acquisitions on terms that are favourable to it may be limited by the number of attractive acquisition targets, internal demands on HEXO’s resources and, to the extent necessary, HEXO’s ability to obtain financing on satisfactory terms, if at all. Acquisitions may expose HEXO to additional risks including difficulties in integrating administrative, financial reporting, operational and information systems and managing newly acquired operations and improving their operating efficiency, difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies through all of the HEXO’s operations, entry into markets in which HEXO has little or no direct experience; difficulties in retaining key employees of the acquired operations; and disruptions to HEXO’s ongoing business. In addition, future acquisitions could result in the incurrence of additional debt, costs, and contingent liabilities to HEXO. HEXO may also incur costs for and divert management attention to potential acquisitions that are never consummated. For acquisitions that are consummated, expected synergies may not materialize. HEXO’s failure to effectively address any of these issues could have a material adverse effect on HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the future.

Material Weaknesses in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), the establishment and maintenance of Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DCP”) and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”) is the responsibility of management. The DCP and ICFR have been designed by management based on the 2013 Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to provide reasonable assurance that the Company’s financial reporting is reliable and that its financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

41


Regardless of how well the DCP and ICFR are designed, internal controls have inherent limitations and can only provide reasonable assurance that the controls are meeting the Company’s objectives in providing reliable financial reporting information in accordance with IFRS. These inherent limitations include, but are not limited to, human error and circumvention of controls and as such, there can be no assurance that the controls will prevent or detect all misstatements due to errors or fraud, if any.

The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be publicly disclosed is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis. An evaluation of the design of Disclosure Controls was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon this evaluation, the material changes to the control environment and the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as at July 31, 2019, are set forth below.

Business Acquisition

On May 24, 2019, the Company finalized the acquisition of Newstrike. Under NI 52-109, the Company is permitted to limit the scope of its design of DCP and ICFR for a business that was acquired not more than 365 days before the end of the financial period to which the certificate relates. Therefore, the Company will continue to assess the design of controls, evaluate the controls and work to implement the established control structure within the operations of Newstrike and certify such once in a position to do so.

The above acquisition contributed net revenue of $2,770 and a net loss of $13,699 to the Company’s consolidated results for the fiscal year ended since the date of acquisition.

Material Changes to the Control Environment

During the period the Company continued to embark on a transformation project, enabled by a new end to end Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system. When completed, the project will provide an integrated system for inventory tracking and valuation from seed to sale. The project was launched in November 2017 to standardize and automate business processes and controls across the organization. As at July 31, 2019, the system’s Finance, Sales and Procurement processes were functional. It will continue to be rolled out for inventory tracking and processing throughout the fiscal year. The project is a major initiative that is utilizing third party consultants, and a solution designed specifically for the cannabis industry. The new ERP is intended to facilitate improved reporting and oversight and enhance internal controls over financial reporting.

Also, during the period were changes made to the Company’s inventory count process, procedures and estimate approach. Due to the significant increase in volume as the Company’s production levels rise, there were additional complexities added to this process. Additional resources were required to complete the inventory count including the reallocation of personnel from other departments and the use of third-party services. This inherently creates an increased risk environment in that less experienced personnel were involved in the process.

Identified Material Weaknesses and Remediation Plan

A material weakness in internal control over financial reporting is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by the company's internal controls.

Management has performed a detailed risk assessment to identify key account and business processes and related controls, which was informed by process flow mapping with key control owners.

As of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, management has identified the following material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and implemented the associated remediation activity as outlined below.

42


Complex Spreadsheet Controls

Management concluded that the Company did not implement and maintain effective controls surrounding complex spreadsheets. Spreadsheets are inherently prone to error due to the manual nature and increased risk of human error. The Company’s controls related to complex spreadsheets did not address all identified material risks associated with manual data entry, documentation of assumptions, completeness of data entry, and the accuracy of formulas.

The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of complex spreadsheet internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to move towards an ERP which possesses specific functionality to remove the manual nature and usage of complex spreadsheets in future periods.

Implementation of an ERP

The Company did not have effective information technology (IT) general controls over all operating systems, databases, and IT applications supporting financial reports. Accordingly, process-level automated controls and manual controls that were dependent upon the information derived from IT systems were also determined to be ineffective.

The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of IT related internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to fully implement the ERP during fiscal 2020 and will only take reliance upon such controls once the appropriate level of testing is reached.

Inventory Count

The Company did not have effective controls around its year-end inventory count procedures, specifically with respect to its reconciliation of the ERP system, due to the details outlined in the previous change to control environment section.

To further strengthen controls surrounding inventory, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures:

Procurement

The Company did not maintain effective controls over the purchasing of capital goods and services, including the athorization of purchases, processing and payment of vendor invoices, the classification of various expenses and capitalization of assets.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the procurement process, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures;

43


Financial Reporting

The Company did not maintain effective process level and management review controls over manual financial reporting processes and the application of IFRS and accounting measurements related to certain significant accounts and non-routine transactions.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the financial reporting process, management has initiated the following;

The Company must rely largely on its own market research to forecast sales as detailed forecasts are not generally obtainable from other sources at this early stage of the medical cannabis industry in Canada. A failure in the demand for its products to materialize as a result of competition, technological change or other factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

Management of Growth

The Company may be subject to growth-related risks including capacity constraints and pressure on its internal systems and controls. The ability of the Company to manage growth effectively will require it to continue to implement and improve its operational and financial systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base. If the Company is unable to deal with this growth; that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Macroeconomic and Other Geo-Political Risks

HEXO’s business is subject to risks associated with adverse economic conditions in Canada and globally, including economic slowdown, inflation and the disruption, volatility and tightening of credit and capital markets. Increases in unemployment rates, tax increases, governmental spending cuts or a return of high levels of inflation could adversely affect consumer spending patterns and result in a reduction in consumption of cannabis products in Canada and elsewhere in the world, including HEXO’s products. HEXO’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may suffer as a result. These conditions could also worsen cash flows, liquidity and access to capital for HEXO and cause and other financial hardships for HEXO and its suppliers, distributors, retailers and clients, thereby adversely impacting HEXO’s ability to produce and distribute its products.

In addition, natural disasters, pandemic outbreaks, boycotts, civil unrest and other geo-political disruptions could adversely affect HEXO. These events may damage HEXO’s properties, deny HEXO access to an adequate workforce, increase the cost of energy and other raw materials, temporarily or permanently close HEXO’s facilities, disrupt the production, supply and distribution of HEXO’s products and disrupt HEXO’s information systems.

Fraudulent or Illegal Activities by Employees, Contractors or Consultants

The Company is exposed to the risk that its employees, independent contractors and consultants may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to the Company that violates: (i) government regulations; (ii) manufacturing standards; (iii) federal and provincial healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations; or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. It is not always possible for the Company to identify and deter misconduct by its employees and other third parties, and the precautions taken by the Company to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting the Company from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against HEXO, and it is not successful in defending itself or asserting its rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of the Company’s operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

44


Significant Obligations as a Public Company and Failure to Maintain Effective Disclosure Controls or Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

The Company is subject to evolving corporate governance and disclosure regulations that may from time to time increase HEXO’s risk of non-compliance, which could adversely impact the price of the Common Shares.

The Company is subject to changed rules and regulations as implemented by a number of governmental and self-regulated bodies, including, but not limited to, the Canadian Securities Administration, the TSX and the International Accounting Standards Board. These rules and regulations continue to evolve in scope and complexity creating many new requirements.

The Company is subject to National Instrument 52-109 Certifications for Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, to file certifications related to establishing and maintaining adequate Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DCP”) and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”). In addition, starting with our next annual filing with the SEC, our management will be required to file similar certifications with the SEC and our management will be required to conclude as to the efficacy of our DCP and ICFR. If we do not satisfy the DCP and ICFR requirements on an ongoing and timely basis, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, and this could harm our business and have a negative effect on the trading price or market value of securities of the Corporation. We have identified several material weaknesses in our ICFR. See “Material Weaknesses in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting.” If we do not implement new or improved controls, or experience difficulties in implementing them, it could harm our operating results, or we may not be able to meet our reporting obligations. There is no assurance that we will be able to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or any additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies we may identify in future periods, or maintain all of the necessary controls to ensure continued compliance. There is also no assurance that we will be able to retain personnel who have the necessary finance and accounting skills because of the increased demand for qualified personnel among publicly traded companies. Although we intend to devote substantial time to ongoing compliance with this, including incurring the necessary costs associated with therewith, we cannot be certain that we will be successful in complying with the aforementioned public governance requirements.

We do not expect that our DCP and ICFP will prevent all error or fraud. A control system, no matter how well-designed and implemented, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Due to the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues within an organization are detected. The inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Controls can also be circumvented by individual acts of certain persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. Due to the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected in a timely manner or at all. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results could be materially adversely affected, which could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which in turn could result in a reduction in the trading price of the common shares.

Industry Research

The trading market for HEXO’s Common Shares depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about HEXO and its business. If one or more of the analysts who cover HEXO downgrades its Common Shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about HEXO’s business, the trading price of the Common Shares may decline. In addition, if HEXO’s results of operations fail to meet the forecasts of analysts, the trading price of the Common Shares may also decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of HEXO or fail to publish reports on HEXO regularly, demand for HEXO’s Common Shares could decrease, which might cause the trading price and trading volume to decline.

45


Return on Investment Risk

There is no guarantee that an investment in the Offered Shares will earn any positive return in the short or long term. No dividends on the Common Shares have been paid to date. A purchase of Offered Shares under the Offering involves a high degree of risk and should be undertaken only by investors whose financial resources are sufficient to enable them to assume such risks and who have no need for immediate liquidity in their investment.

Dividends

HEXO has never declared or paid any dividends on our Common Shares. We intend, for the foreseeable future, to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance our business activities. The payment of future dividends, if any, will be reviewed periodically by our Board and will depend upon, among other things, conditions then existing including earnings, financial conditions, cash on hand, financial requirements to fund our business activities, development and growth, and other factors that our Board may consider appropriate in the circumstances.

Investment Company Status

The U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), prohibits a non-U.S. issuer that is an “investment company” as defined therein from making public offers or sales of securities in the United States. An issuer generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the Investment Company Act if it owns or proposes to acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis.

While we do not currently believe we are an “investment company,” we hold assets that are investment securities, including our interest in Truss. We do not control the ability to restructure the Truss arrangement such that it is not an investment security. We also intend to enter into other joint ventures or similar arrangements, which may involve investment securities. If the value of our interest in Truss, in other joint ventures or in other investment securities relative to our total assets were to increase, we may be deemed to be an investment company. In that case, we may not be able to raise additional funds through public offers and sales of securities in the United States. We would not be able to avoid this outcome by registering as an investment company under the Investment Company Act because the Investment Company Act generally prohibits non-U.S. entities from registering and also imposes many restrictions on the capital structure, governance, and activities of registered investment companies, which we would be unable to comply with.

PFIC Risks

If the Company is classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) in the current or future tax years, a U.S. holder of Common Shares may suffer adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. The Company believes that it was not a PFIC for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, and based on current business plans and financial expectations, the Company expects that it should not be a PFIC for the current fiscal year and expects that it should not be a PFIC for the foreseeable future. However, the tests for determining PFIC status are based upon the composition of the income and assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates from time to time, and it is difficult to make accurate predictions of future income and assets. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will not become a PFIC in the future. A non-U.S. corporation generally will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income; or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (which generally includes cash). See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” for a discussion of such potential consequences.

Enforceability of Actions Under U.S. Federal Securities Laws

Although the Company has appointed an agent for service of process in the United States, it may be difficult for United States investors to effect services of process or enforcement of actions against the Company or certain of its directors and officers under U.S. federal securities laws. The Company is incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada. All of its directors and officers reside in Canada. Because the assets of the Company and these persons may be located outside the United States, it may be difficult for United States investors to effect service of process in the United States upon the Company or the directors or officers of the Company, or to realize in the United States upon judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws or other United States laws. There is substantial doubt as to whether an original action could be brought successfully in Canada against any of such persons or the Company predicated solely upon such civil liabilities and whether a judgment of a United States court predicated solely upon such civil liabilities would be enforceable in Canada by a Canadian court.

46


Entry into the United States

Requirements for international travelers wishing to enter the United States are governed by and conducted in accordance with U.S. federal law. Although medical and recreational cannabis may be legal in some U.S. states and Canada, the sale, possession, production and distribution of cannabis containing 0.3% or more THC or the facilitation of the aforementioned remains illegal under U.S. federal law, and significant regulation or the transportation of cannabis across state and national borders continues to apply. Consequently, persons seeking to enter the United States who are not U.S. citizens may be denied entry if the purpose of their visit is related to cannabis or the cannabis industry, and potentially also as a result of other connections to cannabis or the cannabis industry, including investments in cannabis companies.

DIVIDENDS

As of the date of this Annual Information Form, the Company has not paid any dividends and has no current intention to declare dividends on its Common Shares in the foreseeable future. Any decision to pay dividends on its Common Shares in the future will be at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and will depend on, among other things, the Company’s results of operations, current and anticipated cash requirements and surplus, financial condition, any future contractual restrictions and financing agreement covenants, solvency tests imposed by corporate law and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of special shares issuable in series. As of the date of this Annual Information Form, there are 256,018,560 Common Shares issued and outstanding.

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to one vote per share at all meetings of the shareholders of the Company either in person or by proxy. The holders of Common Shares are also entitled to dividends, if and when declared by the directors of the Company and the distribution of the residual assets of the Company in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The Common Shares rank equally as to all benefits which might accrue to the holders thereof, including the right to receive dividends, voting powers, and participation in assets and in all other respects, on liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other disposition of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs after the Company has paid out its liabilities. The Common Shares are not subject to call or assessment rights or any preemptive or conversion rights. There are no provisions for redemption, purchase for cancellation, surrender or purchase of funds.

The Company has adopted an omnibus long-term incentive plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) under which it is authorized to grant stock options, restricted shares, restricted share units, deferred share units, share appreciation rights and retention awards (collectively, “Awards”) to officers, directors, employees and consultants. The maximum number of Common Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to Awards that may be granted under the Omnibus Plan is 10% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as at the date of the grant. The Omnibus Plan is a “rolling” plan or “evergreen plan” under the rules of the TSX. As of the date of this Annual Information Form, there are Awards outstanding under the Omnibus Plan for stock options exercisable to purchase up to 15,866,166 Common Shares. No other Awards have been made under the Omnibus Plan as of the date of this Annual Information Form.

47


In addition, the Company has adopted a stock option plan (the “Option Plan”) under which it was authorized to grant stock options to officers, directors, employees, and consultants. The Omnibus Plan has replaced the Option Plan and no additional stock options will be issued under the Option Plan. At the time the Omnibus Plan was adopted on June 27, 2018, there were stock options to acquire 9,323,396 Common Shares issued under the Option Plan, which are in addition to any Awards which may be made under the Omnibus Plan. As of the date of this Annual Information Form, there are options which remain outstanding under the Option Plan exercisable to purchase up to 4,524,429 Common Shares.

The Company inherited the underlying stock option plan of the acquired company Newstrike (the “Newstrike Option Plan”) upon the close of the transaction on May 24, 2019. The Newstrike Option Plan ceased to continue to issue common share purchase stock options upon the close of the transaction. The Company acquired a total of 2,011,863 stock options post conversion at the fixed Exchange Ratio in accordance with the acquisition. As of the date of this Annual Information Form, there are options which remain outstanding under the Newstrike Option Plan exercisable to purchase up to 1,935,835 Common Shares.

In addition, as the date of this Annual Information Form, the Company also has common share purchase warrants outstanding exercisable to purchase up to 29,585,408 Common Shares at conversion prices ranging from $0.75 -$27.64.

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

Common Shares

The Common Shares are currently listed and posted for trading on the TSX and the NYSE under the trading symbol “HEXO”. Prior to the Common Shares being listed and posted for trading on the NYSE, the Common Shares were also listed and posted for trading on the NYSE-A from January 23, 2019 until July 15, 2019.

The following table sets forth the reported intraday high and low prices and monthly trading volumes of the Common Shares on the TSX on a monthly basis for the Company’s fiscal year ended July 31, 2019.

    TSX Price Range    
Month    High   Low   TSX Total Volume
             
July 2019   $7.00   $4.90   38,744,000
June 2019   $9.02   $6.59   47,010,000
May 2019   $10.93   $8.52   53,350,000
April 2019   $11.29   $7.86   65,880,000
March 2019   $9.70   $6.85   91,190,000
February 2019   $8.09   $6.58   53,520,000
January 2019   $7.60   $4.54   94,580,000
December 2018   $6.19   $4.11   45,400,000
November 2018   $7.20   $5.45   68,902,810
October 2018   $6.32   $4.84   56,110,000
September 2018   $8.99   $5.42   1,127,680,000
August 2018   $5.65   $4.12   397,820,000

Notes:
(1)        Source: TMX Money.

48


The following tables set forth the reported intraday high and low prices and monthly trading volumes of the Common Shares on the NYSE and the NYSE-A on a monthly basis for the months or partial months in which the Common Shares were listed and posted for trading on the NYSE or the NYSE-A for the Company’s fiscal year ended July 31, 2019.

    NYSE Price Range ($USD)       
Month   High   Low   NYSE Total Volume
July 16 – 31, 2019   $5.15   $3.73                  53,181,800

Notes:
(1)        Source: TMX Money.

    NYSE-A Price Range ($USD)       
Month   High   Low   NYSE-A Total Volume
             
July 1 – 15, 2019   $5.46   $4.79   25,727,100
June 2019   $6.80   $5.03   80,514,900
May 2019   $8.16   $6.28   95,830,600
April 2019   $8.40   $5.88   111,509,800
March 2019   $7.33   $5.10   82,586,800
February 2019   $4.98   $6.15   47,735,700
January 23 – 31, 2019   $4.91   $5.70   13,098,200

Notes:
(1)        Source: TMX Money.

Common Share Purchase Warrants

Certain common share purchase warrants of the Company which are exercisable to acquire Common Shares at an exercise price of $5.60 per share until January 30, 2020 are currently listed and posted for trading on the TSX under the trading symbol “HEXO.WT”.

The following table sets forth the reported intraday high and low prices and monthly trading volumes of the warrants on the TSX on a monthly basis for the Company’s fiscal year ended July 31, 2019.

    TSX Price Range    
Month    High   Low   TSX Total Volume
             
July 2019   $2.38   $1.18   1,949,180
June 2019   $4.16   $2.15   1,912,180
May 2019   $5.25   $3.70   3,033,500
April 2019   $5.66   $2.55   4,306,570
March 2019   $3.90   $2.17   6,279,270
February 2019   $2.85   $2.11   2,382,950
January 2019   $2.79   $1.21   3,961,510
December 2018   $1.97   $1.03   1,713,850
November 2018   $2.65   $1.65   3,376,820
October 2018   $3.95   $1.75   8,514,040
September 2018   $4.07   $1.50   8,298,040
August 2018   $1.69   $1.01   2,729,490

Notes:
(1)        Source: TMX Money.

49


PRIOR SALES

The following table summarizes details of the following securities that are not listed or quoted on a marketplace issued by the Company during the Company’s fiscal year ended July 31, 2019:

Date Type of Security Issued Note Issuance/Exercise
Price per Security
Issued
September 17, 2018 Stock Options 1 $7.93 1,173,500
November 22, 2018 Stock Options 2 $5.92 440,000
December 17, 2018 Stock Options 3 $5.09 301,500
February 19, 2019 Stock Options 4 $7.13 1,241,000
February 21, 2019 Stock Options 5 $7.46 3,333,333
March 20, 2019 Stock Options 6 $8.50 1,402,500
April 17, 2019 Stock Options 7 $8.24 1,132,500
May 24, 2019 Stock Options 8 Various 2,011,863
May 24, 2019 Common Share Purchase Warrants 8 Various 7,196,166
July 18, 2019 Stock Options 9 $6.54 3,668,785
July 26, 2019 Stock Options 10 $5.88  250,000

Notes:

(1)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain executive employees exercisable for a total of 650,000 Common Shares.

(2)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain non-executive employees exercisable for a total of 440,000 Common Shares.

(3)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain directors and executives exercisable for a total of 74,000 Common Shares and to certain non-executive employees exercisable for a total of 227,500 Common Shares.

(4)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain directors and executives exercisable for a total of 615,000 Common Shares and to certain non-executive employees exercisable for a total of 626,000 Common Shares.

(5)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to the President and CEO exercisable for a total of 3,333,333 Common Shares with the conditional vesting criteria of achieving a 20-day volume weighted average market price of great than $10 at any point during the 10 year term of the options.

(6)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain directors and executives exercisable for a total of 325,000 Common Shares and to certain non-executive employees exercisable for a total of 1,077,500 Common Shares.

(7)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain non-executive employees exercisable for a total of 1,132,500 Common Shares.

(8)

The Company assumed certain obligations in respect of stock options and common share purchase warrants as a result of its acquisition of Newstrike. See “General Development of the Business – Significant Acquisitions - Newstrike” for details of the Newstrike acquisition.

(9)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain directors and executives exercisable for a total of 650,000 Common Shares and to certain non-executive employees exercisable for a total of 3,018,785 Common Shares.

(10)

The Company granted stock options under the Omnibus Plan to certain directors exercisable for a total of 250,000 Common Shares.

ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER

To the Company’s knowledge, there exist no securities in escrow or that are subject to a contractual restriction on transfer as of the date of this Annual Information Form.

50


DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Name, Occupation and Security Holding

The table below sets out the names, provinces and country of residence of the directors and executive officers of HEXO, their positions and offices with HEXO, the dates since which they have served as a director or executive officer of HEXO, their present principal occupations, and the number and percentage of Common Shares which they beneficially own or over which they have control or direction, directly or indirectly. Each director is elected annually to serve until the earlier of his or her resignation or until his or her successor is elected or appointed.

Name and Residence Position and Offices Held
with the Company
Director or Officer
Since(1)
Principal Occupation(2) Number and %
of Common
Shares
Beneficially
Owned or
Controlled or
Directed,
Directly or
Indirectly(3)
Sébastien St-Louis
Ontario, Canada
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director August 13, 2013(10) Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of HEXO 3,159,030(6)
(1.23%)
Dr. Michael Munzar
Québec, Canada
Director and Chair November 17, 2014(10) Medical doctor 1,791,532(7)
(0.70%)
Adam Miron
Ontario, Canada
Director August 13, 2013(10) Co-founder and director of HEXO 3,000,000 (8)
(1. 17%)
Jason Ewart(4),(5),(11)
Ontario, Canada
Director November 17, 2014(10) Director and Executive Vice- President, Capital Markets of Uptempo Inc. Nil
(0.00%)
Vincent Chiara(4),(5)
Québec, Canada
Director November 4, 2016 (10) President of Groupe Mach Inc. 7,767,632(9)
(3.02%)
Nathalie Bourque(4),(5)
Québec, Canada
Director October 4, 2017 Public relations, government relations and financial communications consultant 84,413
(0.03%)
Stephen Burwash
Ontario, Canada
Chief Financial Officer October 4, 2019 Chief Financial Officer of HEXO Nil
(0.00%)
Donald Courtney
Ontario, Canada
Chief Operating Officer May 22, 2019 Chief Operating Officer of HEXO Nil
(0.00%)
Roch Vaillancourt
Quebec, Canada
General Counsel March 12, 2018 General Counsel of HEXO 20
(0.00%)
Dominique Jones,
Ontario, Canada
Chief People Officer September 17, 2018 Chief People Officer of HEXO Nil (Nil%)
Veronique Hamel
Ontario, Canada
Chief Innovation Officer January 14, 2019 Chief Innovation Officer of HEXO Nil (Nil%)

51


Notes:

  (1)

The term of the current directors shall expire at the conclusion of the following annual meeting of the shareholders of the Company.

  (2)

For details on the principal occupations of the directors and officers during the past five years, see “Biographical Information”.

  (3)

Percentage of securities is calculated from the total number of issued and outstanding shares as of October 23, 2019, being 257,011,087 shares.

  (4)

Member of the Audit Committee.

  (5)

Member of the Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee.

  (6)

Includes 3,139,530 Common Shares owned of record by 8375739 Canada Inc., which is owned and controlled by Mr. St-Louis.

  (7)

Includes 1,651,532 Common Shares owned of record by 159927 Canada Inc., which is owned and controlled by Dr. Munzar.

  (8)

These shares are owned of record by No. 2 Mission Row Inc., which is owned and controlled by Mr. Miron.

  (9)

Includes 6,171,432 Common Shares owned of record by Casale HC Limited Partnership and 1,491,500 shares owned of record by SMA Trust, which are owned and/or controlled by Mr. Chiara.

  (10)

Reflects the date of appointment to Predecessor THCX otherwise, since March 15, 2017, the date the Qualifying Transaction was completed and the directors and officers of BFK were replaced by the directors and officers of Predecessor THCX.

  (11)

Mr. Ewart serves as the Financial Expert of the Company’s Audit Committee.

As a group, the directors and executive officers of the Company beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 15,802,627 Common Shares, representing 6.15% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as of the date of this Annual Information Form.

Biographical Information

Dr. Michael Munzar – Director & Chair of the Board

Dr. Munzar is a clinician and is currently serving as Medical Director of Statcare medical clinic in Pointe Claire, Québec. In addition, Dr. Munzar is on the board of directors of Osta Biotechnologies Inc., and has held the position of Vice President of Medical and Regulatory Affairs at Osta since 2005. He served as Medical Director of Nymox Pharmaceutical Corporation (NASDAQ:NYMX) from 1996 to 2004 and as the President of Serex Inc., a wholly owned Subsidiary of Nymox, from 2000 to 2004. Dr. Munzar has experience in the regulatory development of drugs and medical devices. He obtained his MDCM from McGill University in 1979.

Jason Ewart –Director

Mr. Ewart currently serves as a Director and Executive Vice President, Capital Markets of Uptempo Inc. Mr. Ewart is the co-founder and former CEO of the Canadian merchant bank, Fountain Asset Corp from 2003 to 2017. Mr. Ewart was a market analyst with A&E Capital Funding Inc. and Bradstone Equity Partners Inc. between 1998 and 2002 and Vice President of Quest Investment Corporation between 2002 and 2003. He is a board member of Marathon Mortgage Corp., Attorneys Title Guarantee Fund Inc., and the Northumberland Community Futures Development Corp. Mr. Ewart is a member of the Institute of Corporate Directors (ICD) in Canada. Mr. Ewart holds an economics degree from McGill University.

Vincent Chiara – Director

Mr. Chiara is the President and sole owner of Groupe Mach Inc. (“Mach”). He began his career in 1984 as a lawyer specializing in real estate transactions and corporate litigation. In 1999 he ceased practicing law and focused on real estate acquisitions and property development through Mach, a private holding company. Mach and its affiliates hold significant investments representing approximately 19 million square feet of real estate (office, retail, residential, industrial and hotel) located primarily in Montreal and Québec City, including the Stock Exchange Tower, the CIBC Tower, the Sun Life Building, the CBC Tower and the University Complex. Mach continues to acquire and redevelop properties across North America while maintaining its institutional reputation within the market.

Nathalie Bourque – Director

Ms. Bourque does consulting work in public relations, government relations and financial communications. She held the position of Vice-President, Public Affairs and Global Communications at CAE Inc. from 2005 until her retirement in February 2015. Prior to joining CAE, Ms. Bourque was a partner at NATIONAL Public Relations where she was responsible for numerous clients in the financial, biopharmaceutical, retail and entertainment areas. Previously, she worked for various communications companies and has also worked for accounting firms in marketing. She was a member of the Board of Financial Services of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec and Horizon Science and Technology. She also served as President of the MBA Association and Le Cercle Finance et Placement du Québec. She is also a Governor of McGlll University and she is on the board of Maison MarieVincent. Ms. Bourque has a BA from Laval University and an MBA from McGill University.

52


Sébastien St-Louis – President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mr. St-Louis has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of HEXO since August 2013. Mr. St-Louis is also the President and founder of Shield Real Estate Investments Inc., founded in 2012. Prior to that, he served as a Senior Account Manager at the Business Development Bank of Canada from 2008 to 2011 and as Chief Financial Officer of Wholesale Autoparts Warehouses from 2011 to 2012. Mr. St-Louis holds an MBA, DESS, finance from the Université du Québec à Montréal and a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Ottawa.

Adam Miron – Director

Mr. Miron previously served as the Chief Brand Officer of HEXO from August 2013 to August 2019. Mr. Miron is the co-founder of iPolitics.ca and was its Chief Information Officer from 2010 to 2013. He was also the National Director of the Federal Liberal Commission from 2007 to 2009 and was responsible for the Liberal Party of Canada’s online election campaigns. He has experience with online marketing and sales, and brand development. Mr. Miron has also run political campaigns in Canada and abroad.

Stephen Burwash – Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Burwash brings a wealth of experience in global finance and operations to his role of Chief Financial Officer. Steve has held senior management positions in the aerospace and defense, telecommunications and manufacturing industries. Most recently Steve held management positions at Mitel Networks where he led financial planning and analysis for the Cloud division and led the company’s financial integration and business process optimization across 12 countries. Steve has an MBA from the University of Ottawa and boasts over 25 years of proven expertise in acquisitions, due diligence to integration, financial governance and process optimization

Donald Courtney – Chief Operating Officer

Mr. Courtney has over 20 years of experience in senior operations positions across several industries, including the cannabis industry. He brings extensive experience with several global food and beverage organizations including Marc Inc, Pepsi Bottling Group and Vincor International and experience in the technology sector with Christie Digital and LG Electronics. Most recently, Mr. Courtney served as the Chief Operating Officer for MedReleaf.

Roch Vaillancourt – General Counsel

Mr. Vaillancourt has been HEXO’s General Counsel since March 2018. Roch brings almost 25 years of business and legal experience to his role as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Roch has been involved in several successful business ventures, both as an executive and legal advisor which earned him inclusion as one of Canada’s top 100 General Counsels (Legal 500 GC Powerlist -2016). As General Counsel, Roch plays an integral role in crafting all aspects of the company’s business and legal strategy, including contract negotiations, ensuring regulatory compliance, managing legal and regulatory issues, and supporting management and the Board of Directors in all legal issues. Dominique Jones – Chief People Officer Ms. Jones offers more than 20 years’ experience in leading organizations through periods of exceptional growth, with a career spanning six industries and three continents. Most recently, Dominique served as Chief Operating Officer for an education software company and before that as Chief People Officer of Halogen Software, where she led the company’s people through an IPO to sale. Of particular note, Dominique led significant culture change initiatives and designed and implemented award-winning leadership and high-potential development programs. She brings to the team a passion for coaching and team-building.

53


Veronique Hamel – Chief Innovation Officer

Ms. Hamel brings more than 25 years of innovation expertise through her leadership roles in research and development, new product development, and in marketing and business development for global consumer goods and pharmaceutical companies in Europe, the U.S. and Canada. Most recently, Ms. Hamel has built strong innovative teams in Canada at Church & Dwight Co., Bausch & Lomb and Bausch Health Companies Inc. Ms. Hamel is a graduate from EDHEC Business school in France. Ms. Hamel has a track record for building and helping shape high growth and consumer-centric organizations through trusted and award-winning innovations. She brings a strong business acumen to the process of innovation as well as a passion for break-throughs and industry firsts.

Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

Other than as set out below, to the knowledge of the Company, no director or executive officer of the Company, or shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company:

1.

is, as of the date of this Annual Information Form, or has been within the last ten (10) years of the date of this Annual Information Form, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer or any company that while acting in such capacity, the company:


  (a)

was subject to a cease trade order, a similar order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation that was in effect for a period of more than thirty (30) consecutive days; or,

     
  (b)

was subject to a cease trade order, a similar order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation that was in effect for a period of more than thirty (30) consecutive days, that was issued after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer; or

     
  (c)

within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the proposed director, or


2.

has, within the ten (10) years before the date of this Annual Information Form, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a received, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the director, executive officer or shareholder.

On October 28, 2015, Stephen Burwash filed a consumer proposal with the official receiver. Under the terms of the proposal, Mr. Burwash made a proposal to creditors. The consumer proposal will be completed on November 15, 2020.

To the knowledge of the Company, no director or executive officer of the Company, or shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company, has been subject to:

1.

any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or

   
2.

any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision.

54


Conflicts of Interest

The Company may from time to time become involved in transactions which conflict with the interests of the directors and the officers of the Company. The interest of these persons could conflict with those of the Company. Conflicts of interest, if any, will be subject to the procedures and remedies provided under applicable laws. In particular, in the event that such a conflict of interest arises at a meeting of the directors of the Company, a director who has such a conflict will abstain from voting for or against the approval of such participation or such terms. In accordance with applicable laws, the directors of the Company are required to act honestly, in good faith and in the best interest of the Corporation.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

There are no material legal proceedings that HEXO is or was a party to, or that any of its property is or was the subject of, during the year ended July 31, 2019, and no such proceedings are known by HEXO to be contemplated.

The Company is not aware of any penalties or sanctions imposed against the Company by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority, any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body against the Company that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor making an investment decision, or any settlement agreements the Company has entered into before a court relating to securities legislation or with a securities regulatory authority.

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Information Form and in the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, no director or executive officer of HEXO, no shareholder who beneficially owns, or controls or directs, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the outstanding Common Shares, nor any associate or affiliate of such persons, has or has had any material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction within the three most recently completed financial years of the Company or during the current financial year that has materially affected or is reasonably expected to materially affect HEXO or any of its subsidiaries.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTAR

The transfer agent and registrar of the Company is TSX Trust Company at its offices in Toronto, Ontario. The co-transfer agent for the Company in the United States is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company at its offices in New York, New York.

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Except for the contracts noted below and contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, there are no material contracts entered into by the Company during the Company’s fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 or entered into before the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 and which are still in effect:

1.

the credit agreement dated February 14, 2019 between the Company and the Lenders with respect to the credit facility the Lenders have provided to the Company;

   
2.

the arrangement agreement dated March 12, 2019 between the Company and Newstrike;

   
3.

the warrant indenture dated January 30, 2018 between the Company and TSX Trust Company with respect to the Common Share purchase warrants of the Company which expire on January 30, 2020;

55



4.

the supplemental warrant indenture dated May 24, 2019 among the Company, Newstrike (now HEXO Operations) and TSX Trust Company with respect to the common share purchase warrants of Newstrike which expire on June 19, 2023; and

   
5.

the supplemental warrant indenture dated May 24, 2019 among the Company, Newstrike (now HEXO Operations) and TSX Trust Company with respect to the common share purchase warrants of Newstrike which expire on February 16, 2020.

AUDIT COMMITTEE INFORMATION

The Audit Committee has the primary function of fulfilling its responsibilities in relation to reviewing the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, financial disclosures and internal controls over financial reporting; monitoring the system of internal control; monitoring the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, selecting the external auditor for shareholder approval; reviewing the qualifications, independence and performance of the external auditor; and reviewing the qualifications, independence and performance of the Company’s internal auditors. The Audit Committee has specific responsibilities relating to the Company’s financial reports; the external auditor; the internal audit function; internal controls; regulatory reports and returns; legal or compliance matters that have a material impact on the Company; and the Company’s whistleblowing procedures. In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Audit Committee meets regularly with the internal and external auditor and key management members.

Composition and Relevant Education and Experience

As of the date hereof, the Audit Committee consists of Jason Ewart (chairman), Vincent Chiara and Nathalie Bourque, all of whom are “independent”, and all of whom are “financially literate” within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 — Audit Committees. Each of the Audit Committee members has an understanding of the accounting principles used to prepare the Company’s financial statements, experience preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating comparable financial statements and experience as to the general application of relevant accounting principles, as well as an understanding of the internal controls and procedures necessary for financial reporting. Information concerning the relevant education and experience of the Audit Committee members can be found in “Directors and Officers” above.

Audit Committee Charter

The full text of the Audit Committee’s charter is disclosed in Schedule “A”.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit Committee will pre-approve all non-audit services to be provided to the Company or any subsidiary entities by its external auditors or by the external auditors of such subsidiary entities. The Audit Committee may delegate to one or more of its members the authority to pre-approve non-audit services but preapproval by such member or members so delegated shall be presented to the full Audit Committee at its first scheduled meeting following such pre-approval.

External Auditor Service Fees

The following table sets forth, by category, the fees for all services rendered by the Company’s current external auditor, MNP LLP, for the financial year ended July 31, 2019 (including estimates) and the comparative period fiscal year ended July 31, 2018. The table is inclusive of the relevant fees for each service associated with the subsidiaries of Company.

56



  July 31, 2018 July 31, 2019
Audit Fees(1) $236,590 $949,933
Audit Related Fees(2) $Nil $Nil
Tax Fees(3) $22,475 $19,795
All Other Fees $Nil $Nil

Notes:
       (1)    Includes fees for the performance of the annual audit and quarterly reviews of the financial statements. 
       (2)    Denotes fees related to assurance services not included in (1), in regard to the performance of the annual audit and quarterly reviews of the financial statements. 
       (3)    Includes fees for services related to assistance with tax returns and amalgamation services.

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

MNP LLP is the auditor of the Company and is independent within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information relating to the Company may be found under its profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com http://www.sedar.com/ and on EGDAR at www.sec.gov.

Additional information relating to HEXO, including with respect to directors’ and officers’ remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of its securities, and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, will be contained in the Company’s information circular for its most recent annual meeting of security holders that involves the election of directors.

Additional financial information for HEXO is provided in the audited annual consolidated financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis of HEXO for the year ended July 31, 2019, which are available for viewing under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

57


SCHEDULE A
Audit Committee Charter

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

 

58


Approved: June 28, 2017
Reviewed and updated: June 12, 2019

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

1.        Purpose

The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) is a standing committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of HEXO Corp. (the “Corporation”) appointed for the purpose of assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for (i) the integrity of the Corporation’s financial statements, (ii) the Corporation’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (iii) the qualifications and independence of the auditor of the Corporation (the “external auditor”), and (iv) the performance of the internal audit function and the external auditor.

The Committee has been established to comply and function in accordance with applicable corporate and securities law requirements, including Section 158 of the Business Corporations Act (Ontario), National Instrument 52-110 - Audit Committees of the Canadian Securities Administrators and Rule 10A-3 under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules of the stock exchanges on which the Corporation’s shares are listed (“Applicable Laws and Rules”).

2.        Authority

The Committee has authority to conduct or authorize investigations into any matter within its scope of responsibility. It is empowered to:

  a.

Recommend to the Board the public accounting firm to be nominated for appointment by the Corporation’s shareholders as the external auditor, including the external auditor’s compensation, and oversee the work of the external auditor. The external auditor will report directly to the Committee.

     
  b.

Resolve any disagreements between management and the external auditor regarding financial reporting.

     
  c.

Pre-approve permitted non-audit services performed by the Corporation’s external auditor.

     
  d.

Retain independent counsel, accountants, or others to advise the Committee or assist in its duties and to set and pay their applicable compensation.

     
  e.

Meet and communicate with the Corporation’s officers, employees, external auditor or outside counsel, as necessary and communicate directly with the Corporation’s shareholders.

- 1 -



  f.

Delegate authority, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and Rules, to one or more designated members of the Committee, including the authority to pre- approve all permitted non-audit services, provided that such decisions are reported to the full Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

3.        Composition

  a.

The Committee shall consist of a minimum of three members, all of whom shall be directors of the Corporation.

     
  b.

Each Committee member shall be independent within the meaning of Applicable Laws and Rules.

     
  c.

Each Committee member shall be financially literate within the meaning of Applicable Laws and Rules, such that he or she has the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the issuer’s financial statements.

     
  d.

At least one Committee member shall have accounting or related financial management expertise as interpreted by the Board in its business judgment.

     
  e.

The Human Resource and Corporate Governance Committee will recommend to the Board applicable directors for appointment to the Committee and the Chair of the Committee.

     
  f.

If and whenever a vacancy exists on the Committee, the remaining members may exercise all of its powers so long as there continues to be at least three members on the Committee. If at any time a vacancy exists on the Committee that the Board is required to fill, the Board may appoint a new member to fill such vacancy by ordinary resolution of the Board.

     
  g.

The Board or the Committee may, from time to time, establish policies limiting the number of audit committees which Committee members may be appointed to. If a Committee member simultaneously serves on the audit committees of more than three public companies, the Board must determine that such simultaneous service would not impair the ability of such member to effectively serve on the Committee and shall disclose such determination.

4.        Meetings

  a.

The time and place of the meetings of the Committee, the calling of meetings and the procedure in all things at such meetings shall be determined by the [Chair of the Committee] [Committee].

- 2 -



  b.

The Committee must meet at least four times per year, and at least annually with each of management and the external auditor privately and in executive session without the presence of management.

     
  c.

A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting.

     
  d.

At any meeting, each Committee member shall have one vote and any question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast by the Committee members, except where only two members are present, in which case any question shall be decided unanimously.

     
  e.

Any decision or determination of the Committee reduced to writing and signed by all of the members of the Committee shall be fully as effective as if it had been made at a meeting duly called and held.

     
  f.

The Chair, if present, will act as the chair of meetings of the Committee. For any meeting at which the Committee Chair is absent, the Chair of the meeting shall be the person present who shall be decided upon by all members present.

     
  g.

The Committee may invite such officers, directors and employees of the Corporation as it deems necessary or advisable from time to time to attend meetings of the Committee and assist in the discussion and consideration of the duties of the Committee.

     
  h.

The external auditor shall receive notice of and have the right to attend any meetings of the Committee, at the Corporation’s expense, except such part of the meeting, if any, which is a private session not involving the external auditor.

     
  i.

Following a Committee meeting, the Committee Chair shall report on the Committee’s activities to the Board at the next Board meeting.

     
  j.

The Committee must keep and approve minutes of its meetings in which shall be recorded all decisions and actions taken by it, which minutes must be made available to the Board as soon as practicable after each meeting of the Committee.

5.        Chair

The Chair of the Committee has the powers and responsibilities set forth in Schedule “A” hereto.

6.        Responsibilities

The Committee must:

  a.

Recommend to the Board the public accounting firm to be nominated for appointment by the Corporation’s shareholders as the external auditor, including the external auditor’s compensation, and oversee the work of the external auditor.

- 3 -



  b.

Review and discuss the annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the external auditor, including the Corporation’s disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”), including the discussion of critical accounting estimates included therein.

     
  c.

Review and recommend to the Board for approval, prior to public disclosure, the annual and quarterly financial statements, MD&A and annual and interim financial results press releases.

     
  d.

Review and recommend to the Board for approval, prior to public disclosure, any financial information and earnings guidance provided externally, including to analysts and rating agencies if applicable. This review may be general (i.e., the types of information to be disclosed and the type of presentations to be made).

     
  e.

Review significant accounting and reporting issues and understand their impact on the financial statements, including but not limited to:


  (i)

complex or unusual transactions and highly judgmental areas;

     
  (ii)

major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, including any significant changes in the Corporation’s selection or application of accounting principles;

     
  (iii)

unusual or sensitive matters such as disclosure of related party transactions, significant non- recurring events, significant risks and changes in provisions, estimates or provisions included in any financial statements

     
  (iv)

any significant variances with comparative reporting periods; and

     
  (v)

the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on the financial statements of the Corporation.


  f.

Review analyses prepared by management and/or the external auditor relating to significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of the effects of the selection or application of the Corporation’s accounting principles.

     
  g.

Review disclosures made by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer during the certification process about significant deficiencies or material weakness in the design or operation of internal controls or any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Corporation’s internal controls and, if applicable, understand the basis upon which the certifying officers concluded that any particular deficiency or combination of deficiencies did or did not constitute a material weakness.

     
  h.

Review compliance with covenants under any loan agreements.

- 4 -



  i.

Review disclosure requirements for commitments and contingencies.

     
  j.

Review with management and the external auditor the results of the audit, including any problems or difficulties encountered. This review will include any restrictions on the scope of the external auditor’s activities or on access to requested information, management’s response to the external auditor and any significant disagreements with management, and adjustments raised by the external auditor, whether or not included in the financial reports.

     
  k.

Satisfy itself that adequate procedures are in place, and periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures, for the review of any public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the financial statements, other than the statements themselves, the MD&A or the press releases referred to above.

     
  l.

Annually review and assess the Corporation’s policies in effect from time to time, including its Disclosure and Confidentiality Policy, Disclosure Controls and Procedures, Disclosure Committee Charter and Whistleblower Policy and make recommendations to the Board.

7.        Internal Control

The Committee shall also:

  a.

Consider the effectiveness of the Corporation’s system for internal control over financial reporting, including information technology security and control.

     
  b.

Review the scope of the external auditor’s review of internal control over financial reporting, and obtain reports on significant findings and recommendations, together with management’s responses and any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies.

     
  c.

Review the external auditor’s management letters and management’s responses to such letters.

     
  d.

As requested by the Board, discuss with management and the external auditor the Corporation’s identifiable risks arising from any financial, operational or other deficiencies, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Corporation’s accounting and financial controls relating thereto, and the steps management has taken to monitor and control identified risks.

     
  e.

Quarterly review the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures, including any significant deficiencies in, or material non-compliance with same, and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such deficiencies or instances of non- compliance.

- 5 -


8.        External Audit

The Committee shall also:

  a.

Review the external auditor’s proposed audit scope and approach.

     
  b.

Review the performance of the external auditor.

     
  c.

Annually obtain and review the report of the external auditor on matters required to be communicated to the Committee under Section 5135 (auditors’ responsibility to consider fraud) and Section 5751 (communications with those having oversight responsibility for the financial reporting process - independence) of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants handbook, and including: the external auditor’s internal quality-control procedures; any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality control review, or peer review, of the external auditor, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the external auditor, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues; and (to assess the external auditor’s independence) all relationships between the external auditor and the Corporation.

     
  d.

Report any conclusions with respect to the external auditor to the Board.

     
  e.

Establish and periodically assess the Corporation’s hiring policies for partners, employees and former partners and employees of the current or prior external auditor.

     
  f.

At least once per year, meet privately with the external auditor to discuss any matters that the Committee or the external auditor believes should be discussed privately.

     
  g.

Resolve any disagreements between management and the external auditor regarding financial reporting.

     
  h.

Review and pre-approve, in accordance with Applicable Laws and Rules, all non- audit services to be provided by the Corporation’s external auditor, taking into consideration whether the delivery of non-audit services will interfere with the independence of the external auditor. The Committee may from time to time establish specific pre- approval policies and procedures in accordance with Applicable Laws and Rules.

     
  i.

The pre-approval of non-audit services may be delegated to one or more independent members of the Committee, provided that such pre-approval is presented to the Committee at its first scheduled meeting following such approval. The pre-approval requirement is satisfied with respect to the provision of de minimis non-audit services if:

- 6 -



  (i)

the aggregate amount of all such non-audit services provided to the Corporation which were not pre-approved constitutes not more than 5% of the total amount of fees paid by the Corporation and its subsidiaries to the external auditor during the fiscal year in which the non-audit services are provided;

     
  (ii)

the services were not recognized by the Corporation or its subsidiaries, at the time of the engagement, to be non-audit services; and

     
  (iii)

the services are promptly brought to the attention of the Committee and approved, prior to the completion of the audit, by the Committee or by one or more members of the Committee to whom authority to grant such approvals has been delegated by the Committee.

9.        Compliance

The Committee shall also:

  a.

Annually review the effectiveness of the Corporation’s system of monitoring compliance with laws and regulations and the results of management’s investigation and follow-up (including disciplinary action) of any instances of non- compliance.

     
  b.

Establish and periodically assess the adequacy of procedures for: (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; and (ii) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

     
  c.

Review findings of any examinations by regulatory agencies, and any external auditor’s observations made regarding those findings.

     
  d.

Review the process for communicating the Code of Business Ethics to Corporation personnel, and for monitoring compliance therewith.

10.      Reporting Responsibilities

The Committee shall also:

  a.

Report to the Board about Committee activities and issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of the Corporation’s financial statements, the Corporation’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the performance and independence of the Corporation’s external auditor and internal controls over financial reporting.

     
  b.

Report to the Board, at least quarterly, on the implementation of internal controls systems and provide a periodic update on the status of the Corporation’s internal control systems.

- 7 -



  c.

Review any other reports the Corporation issues that relate to Committee responsibilities.

     
  d.

Liaise with the external auditor and the Board to ensure that any material issues that have arisen related to compliance and governance have been addressed and that appropriate actions have been identified and undertaken to mitigate the issues identified.

     
  e.

The Committee shall at least annually evaluate its own performance and the contents of this Charter, including Schedule “A” attached hereto, and recommend to the Board such changes to the Charter as the Committee deems appropriate.

11.      Other responsibilities

The Committee shall also:

  a.

Review and discuss with management the Corporation’s major policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management.

     
  b.

Perform other activities related to this Charter as requested by the Board.

     
  c.

Institute and oversee special investigations as required with respect to the discharge of the Committee’s duties hereunder.

     
  d.

Ensure appropriate disclosure of this Charter as may be required by Applicable Laws and Rules.

- 8 -


Schedule “A”

HEXO Corp.

Audit Committee Chair Person Description

In addition to the duties and responsibilities set out in the by-laws and any other applicable charter, mandate or position description, the chair (the “Chair”) of the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) of HEXO Corp. shall be an independent director who has the duties and responsibilities described below.

1.

Provide overall leadership to enhance the effectiveness of the Committee, including:


  (a)

overseeing the structure, composition, membership and activities delegated to the Committee;

     
  (b)

chairing every meeting of the Committee and encouraging free and open discussion at the meeting of the Committee;

     
  (c)

scheduling and setting the agenda for Committee meetings with input from other Committee members, the Chair of the Board of Directors and management as appropriate;

     
  (d)

facilitating the timely, accurate and proper flow of information to and from the Committee;

     
  (e)

arranging for management, internal personnel, external advisors and others to attend and present at Committee meetings as appropriate;

     
  (f)

arranging sufficient time during Committee meetings to fully discuss agenda items;

     
  (g)

encouraging Committee members to ask questions and express viewpoints during meetings, and

     
  (h)

taking all other reasonable steps to ensure that the responsibilities and powers of the Committee, as outlined in its Charter, are well understood by the Committee members and executed as effectively as possible.


2.

Foster ethical and responsible decision making by the Committee and its individual members.

   
3.

Encourage the Committee members to meet separately from the scheduled Committee meetings to ensure that all members have an opportunity to be fully informed of information that will be addressed by the Committee during the meeting.

   
4.

Following each meeting of the Committee, report to the Board of Directors on the activities, findings and any recommendations of the Committee.

   
5.

Carry out such other duties as may reasonably be requested by the Board of Directors.

- 9 -







Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 1
   
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss 2
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shar eholders’ Equity 3
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 4
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 6– 40


Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s)

 As at   Note     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
                (Restated –  
                see note 26 )
 Assets                  
 Current assets                  
     Cash and cash equivalents   4   $  113,568   $  99,042  
     Restricted cash   5     22,350      
     Short-term investments   4     25,937     145,747  
     Trade receivables   17     19,693     644  
     Commodity taxes recoverable and other receivables   6     15,247     4,237  
     Convertible debenture receivable   15     13,354     10,000  
     Prepaid expenses         10,762     4,204  
     Inventory   7     86,271     10,415  
     Biological assets   8     7,371     2,332  
        $  314,553   $  276,621  
                   
 Property, plant and equipment   9   $  258,793   $  54,333  
 Intangible assets and other longer term assets   10     127,282     4,044  
 Investment in associate and joint ventures   19     52,849      
 License and prepaid royalty – HIP   27     1,409      
 Long term investments   20     14,277      
 Goodwill   11     111,877      
        $  881,040   $  334,998  
 Liabilities                  
 Current liabilities                  
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities       $  45,581   $  8,995  
     Excise taxes payable         3,494      
     Warrant liability   12, 13     493     3,130  
     Term loan – current   16     3,117      
        $  52,685   $  12,125  
                   
 Term loan   16     30,257      
 Deferred rent liability         946      
 Deferred tax liability   29     20,396      
        $  104,284   $  12,125  
 Shareholders’ equity                  
 Share capital   13   $  799,706   $  347,233  
 Share-based payment reserve   13     40,315     6,139  
 Warrants   13     60,433     12,635  
 Deficit         (124,698 )   (43,134 )
 Non-controlling interest   28     1,000      
        $  776,756   $  322,873  
        $  881,040   $  334,998  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 23)                  
Subsequent events (Note 33)                  

Approved by the Board

/s/ Jason Ewart, Director                                /s/ Michael Munzar, Director

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

1


Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s except share amounts)

 For the fiscal years ended   Note     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
 Gross revenue from sale of goods   31   $  59,256   $  4,934  
 Excise taxes         (11,914 )    
 Net revenue from sale of goods         47,342     4,934  
 Ancillary revenue   25     199      
Net revenue         47,541     4,934  
                   
   Cost of goods sold   7, 18     26,197     2,093  
Gross margin before fair value adjustments         21,344     2,841  
 Fair value loss adjustment on sale of inventory   7     16,357     2,289  
 Fair value gain adjustment on biological assets   8     (38,856 )   (7,340 )
 Adjustment to net realizable value of inventory   7         1,491  
 Impairment loss on inventory   7     16,918      
Gross margin       $  26,925   $  6,400  
Operating Expenses                  
 General and administrative         45,947     9,374  
 Marketing and promotion         31,191     8,335  
 Stock-based compensation   13, 18     28,008     4,997  
 Research and development         2,822      
 Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   9     1,747     896  
 Amortization of intangible assets   10     1,767     765  
    18   $  111,482   $  24,367  
Loss from operations         (84,557 )   (17,966 )
                   
Revaluation of financial instruments loss   12     (3,730 )   (5,091 )
Share of loss from investment in associate and joint ventures   19     (2,964 )    
Loss on investment   30         (650 )
Unrealized gain on convertible debenture receivable   15     1,737      
Unrealized loss on investments   20     (315 )    
Realized loss on investments   20     (215 )    
Foreign exchange loss         (78 )   (229 )
Interest and financing expenses         (469 )   (1,529 )
Interest income   4     5,187     2,115  
Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to shareholders before tax recovery     $  (85,404 ) $  (23,350 )
                   
Income tax recovery   29     3,840      
Total net loss       $  (81,564 ) $  (23,350 )
Net loss per share, basic and diluted       $  (0. 38 ) $  (0.17 )
Weighted average number of outstanding shares                  
     Basic and diluted   13     212,740,552     134,171,509  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s except share amounts)





For the fiscal year ended




Note
  Number
common
shares
   

Share
capital
    Share-based
payment
reserve
   



Warrants
   

Contributed
surplus
   
Non-
controlling
Interest
   



Deficit
   

Shareholders’
equity
 
Balance, August 1, 2018     193,629,116   $  347,233   $  6,139   $  12,635   $  –   $  –   $ (43,134 ) $  322,873  
Share issuance – January offering 13   8,855,000     57,558                         57,558  
Share issuance – Newstrike acquisition 11   35,394,041     322,439                         322,439  
Issuance fees 13       (3,827 )                       (3,827 )
Replacement stock options 11           7,134                     7,134  
Replacement warrants 11               12,229                 12,229  
Issuance of warrants 19               42,386                 42,386  
Exercise of stock options 13   3,567,867     7,044     (2,751 )                   4,293  
Exercise of warrants 12, 13   13,619,202     61,350         (5,204 )               56,146  
Exercise of Broker/Finder warrants 13   1,916,527     7,909         (1,613 )               6,296  
Stock-based compensation 13,18           29,793                     29,793  
Non-controlling interest 28                       1,000         1,000  
Total net loss                             (81,564 )   (81,564 )
Balance at July 31, 2019     256,981,753   $  799,706   $  40,315   $  60,433   $  –   $  1,000   $ (124,698 ) $  776,756  
                                                   
Balance, August 1, 2017     76,192,990   $  45,159   $  1,562   $  3,728   $  1,775       $ (19,785 ) $  32,439  
Issuance of 7% unsecured convertible debentures 12               3,530     7,283             10,813  
Issuance of units 13   37,375,000     139,029         10,471                   149,500  
Issuance costs 12       (5,870 )       (768 )   (506 )             (7,144 )
Issuance of Broker/Finder warrants 13       (1,472 )       2,352                   880  
Conversion of 8% unsecured convertible debentures 12   15,853,887     23,462             (1,743 )           21,719  
Conversion of 7% unsecured convertible debentures 12   31,384,081     61,555             (6,809 )           54,746  
Exercise of stock options 13   907,273     1,009     (419 )                     590  
Exercise of warrants 12, 13   27,897,087     75,254         (5,029 )                 70,225  
Exercise of Broker/Finder warrants 13   4,018,798     9,106         (1,647 )                 7,458  
Stock-based compensation 13           4,997                       4,997  
Net loss                               (23,350 )   (23,350 )
Balance at July 31, 2018     193,629,116   $  347,233   $  6,139   $  12,635   $  –         $ 43,134 ) $  322,873  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

3


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s)

For the fiscal years ended   Note     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
                (Restated –  
                see note 26 )
Operating activities                  
 Total net loss     $ (81,564 ) $  (23,350 )
 Items not affecting cash                  
           Income tax recovery   29     (3,840 )    
           Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   9     1,747     896  
           Amortization of intangible assets   10     1,767     765  
           Unrealized revaluation gain on convertible debenture   15     (1,737 )    
           Unrealized revaluation gain on biological assets   8     (38,856 )   (7,340 )
           Unrealized fair value adjustment on investments   20     315      
           Amortization of deferred financing costs   16     596      
           Accrued interest income   15     (397 )    
           License depreciation and prepaid royalty expenses – HIP   27     117      
           Impairment loss on inventory   7     16,918      
           Share of loss on investment in joint venture   19     2,964      
           Non-cash interest expense   11         312  
           Fair value adjustment on inventory sold   7     16,357     2,289  
           Stock-based compensation   13,18     28,008     4,997  
           Stock-based compensation expensed through cost of sales   7     936      
           Accretion of convertible debt   12         1,368  
 Changes in non-cash operating working capital items                  
           Trade receivables   17     (17,845 )   (292 )
           Commodity taxes recoverable         (6,425 )   (3,742 )
           Prepaid expenses         (4,927 )   (4,003 )
           Inventory   7     (90,748 )   (2,503 )
           Biological assets   8     37,108      
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities         6,630     3,399  
           Interest payable   12         (72 )
           Excise taxes payable         3,494      
           Deferred rent liability         946      
Cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities         (128,436 )   (27,276 )
Financing activities                  
 Share issuance – January offering   13     57,558      
 Issuance fees   13     (3,827 )   (6,393 )
 Issuance of units   12         149,500  
 Issuance of secured convertible debentures   12         69,000  
 Financing fees   13         (3,913 )
 Exercise of stock options   13     4,293     590  
 Exercise of warrants   13     62,442     74,366  
 Proceeds from term loan, net of financing costs   16     32,778      
 Revaluation of foreign currency denominated warrants exercised   12     (2,637 )   5,091  
Cash provided by financing activities         150,607     288,241  
Investing activities                  
 Disposal/(Acquisition) of short-term investments   4     119,810     (142,874 )
 Restricted cash   5     (22,350 )    
 Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   9     (138,034 )   (45,722 )
 Purchase of intangible assets   10     (3,010 )   (1,780 )

4



 Investment in associate and joint ventures   19     (13,427 )    
 Net cash acquired on business acquisition   11     49,366      
 Acquired convertible debenture   15         (10,000 )
Cash used in investing activities         (7,645 )   (200,376 )
Increase in cash and cash equivalents         (14,526 )   60,589  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year         99,042     38,453  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year        $ 113,568   $  99,042  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

5


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018
(Audited, expressed in CAD and in $000’s except share amounts or where otherwise stated)

1. Description of Business

HEXO Corp. (formerly The Hydropothecary Corporation) (the “Company”), is a publicly traded corporation, incorporated in Canada. HEXO is a producer of cannabis and its sites are licensed by Health Canada for production and sale. Its head office is located at 240-490 Boulevard Saint-Joseph, Gatineau, Quebec, Canada. The Company’s common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), both under the trading symbol “HEXO”.

Shareholder approval of the Company’s name change to HEXO Corp. formerly The Hydropothecary Corporation occurred August 28, 2018.

2. Basis of Presentation

Statement of Compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IFRS").

These consolidated financial statements were approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on October 23, 2019.

Basis of Measurement and Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis except for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short term investments, biological assets, convertible debentures receivable, long term investments, and the warrant liability, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and include the accounts of the Company and entities controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries.

Historical cost is the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services based upon the fair value at the time of the transaction of the consideration provided.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Company takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, Share-based payment and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realizable value in IAS 2, Inventories.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorized into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows: Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date; Level 2 - inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 - inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

(a) INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

When determining the appropriate basis of accounting for the Company’s interests in affiliates, the Company makes judgments about the degree of influence that it exerts directly or through an arrangement over the investees’ relevant activities.

Judgment was used to determine whether the joint venture arrangements described in Note 19 should be accounted for as a joint operation or a joint venture. Given the Company has rights to the net assets of the separate legal entities, the Company has concluded they will be accounted for as joint ventures. The Company will recognize the initial investment at cost and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the Company’s share of the profit or loss of the venture after the date of acquisition.

(b) FUNCTIONAL AND PRESENTATION CURRENCY

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries.

6


(c) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly and indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity and be exposed to the variable returns from its activities. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

MAJOR SUBSIDIARIES JURISDICTION INTEREST HELD
HEXO Operations Inc.1 Ontario, Canada 100%
Newstrike Brands Ltd.2 Ontario, Canada 100%
HEXO USA Inc. Deleware, USA 100%
Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc. (“KIT’’) Ontario, Canada 60%

1 Holds 100% interest in 8980268 Canada Inc., a company for which it holds a right to acquire the outstanding shares at any time for a nominal amount.

2 Holds one wholly-owned subsidiary 1977121 Ontario Inc., which wholly-owns the subsidiary Up Cannabis Inc. and holds a 60% interest in the joint venture Neal Up Brands Inc.

3. Significant Accounting Policies, Accounting Standards and Interpretations

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

Foreign currency transactions are translated into Canadian dollars at exchange rates in effect on the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the consolidated statement of financial position date are translated to Canadian dollars at the foreign exchange rate applicable at that date. Realized and unrealized exchange gains and losses are recognized through profit or loss.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and highly liquid investments that are readily convertibles into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three months or less.

SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS

Short term investments are comprised of liquid investments with maturities between 3 and 12 months. Short term investments are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value through profit or loss.

BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

The Company measures biological assets consisting of cannabis plants using the income approach at fair value less costs to sell up to the point of harvest, which becomes the basis for the cost of finished goods inventories after harvest. The Company capitalizes all the direct and indirect costs as incurred related to the biological transformation of the biological assets between the point of initial recognition and the point of harvest including labour related costs, grow consumables, materials, utilities, facilities costs, depreciation, overhead, stock-based compensation of applicable employees, quality and testing costs. The identified capitalized direct and indirect costs of biological assets are subsequently recorded within the line item ‘costs of goods sold’ on the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period that the related product is sold. Seeds are measured at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses arising from changes in fair value less cost to sell during the period are included in the results of operations and presented on a separate line of statement of comprehensive loss of the related period.

INVENTORY

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Inventories of harvested cannabis are transferred from biological assets at their fair value at harvest, which becomes the initial deemed cost of the inventory. Any subsequent post-harvest costs are capitalized to inventory to the extent that cost is less than net realizable value. Subsequent costs include materials, overhead, amortization, stock-based compensation of applicable employees and labour involved in packaging and quality assurance. The identified capitalized direct and indirect costs related to inventory are subsequently recorded within ‘cost of goods sold’ on the statement of loss and comprehensive loss at the time the product is sold, with the exclusion of realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold which are recorded as a separate line within gross margin. Net realizable value is determined as the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Packaging and supplies are initially valued at cost and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Amortization is provided using the following terms and method:

7



Land Not amortized No term
Buildings Straight line 5 to 20 years
Leasehold improvements Straight line lease term
Furniture and equipment Straight line 5 years
Cultivation and production equipment Straight line 5 to 20 years
Vehicles Straight line 5 years
Computers Straight line 3 years
Construction in progress Not amortized No term

An asset’s residual value, useful life and amortization method are reviewed at each financial year and adjusted if appropriate. When parts of an item of equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains and losses on disposal of an item of equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of the equipment and are recognized in profit or loss.

Construction in progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment when the assets are available for use and amortization of the assets commences at that point.

FINITE LIFE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Finite life intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the following terms:

Domain names Straight line 10 years
Health Canada licenses Straight line 20 years
Software Straight line 3 to 5 years
Patents Straight line 20 years

The estimated useful life and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

INDEFINITE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Indefinite intangible assets are deemed to have no foreseeable limit over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows. Following initial recognition, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. The Company intends to utilize the brand indefinitely.

Brand Not amortized Indefinite

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATE

Associates are entities over which the Company has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. Significant influence represents the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but does not represent the right to exercise control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Company and other parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control (i.e. when the strategic, financial and operating policy decisions relating to the activities of the joint venture require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control).

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method and are initially recognized at cost inclusive of transaction costs.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at the end of each financial reporting period or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the cash-generating unit, or "CGU"). The recoverable amount of an asset or a CGU is the higher of its fair value, less costs of disposal, and its value in use. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, an impairment charge is recognized immediately in profit or loss by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the lesser of the revised estimate of recoverable amount, and the carrying amount that would have been recorded had no impairment loss been recognized previously.

The Company assesses impairment of property, plant and equipment when an impairment indicator arises. When the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or group of assets, the asset is tested at the CGU level. In assessing an impairment, the Company compares the carrying amount of the asset or CGU to the recoverable amount, which is determined as the higher of the asset or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use. Value-in-use is assessed based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects applicable market and economic conditions, the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

8


Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are tested annually and the end of the fiscal year for impairment by comparing the carrying value of each CGU containing the assets to its recoverable amount. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGU’s for impairment testing based on the level at which it is monitored by management, and not at a level higher than an operating segment. Operating segments are components of the Company that engage in business activities which generate revenues and incur expenses. Goodwill is allocated to those CGUs or groups of CGUs expected to benefit from the business combination from which the goodwill arose, which requires the use of judgment. The Company has determined that goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are tested at the adult-use cannabis level representing the primary operations of the Company as described in note 1.

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the CGU’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amounts of the CGU’s assets have been determined based on its fair value less costs of disposal. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are first allocated to the carrying value of goodwill and any excess is allocated to the carrying value of assets in the CGU. In allocating a reversal of an impairment loss, the carrying amount of an asset shall not be increased above the lower of its recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior period. Impairment losses on goodwill are not subsequently reversed.

Impairment losses are recognized whenever the carrying amount of the asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount and is recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company estimated the recoverable amounts of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets by estimating the higher of their fair value less costs of disposal and value in use, which are level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. The key assumption that drove management’s determination of the recoverable amounts of the CGU’s were capacity multiples of comparable industry peers.

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid for the acquisition of the Company’s subsidiary Newstrike over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, and whenever events or circumstances that make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred, such as a significant adverse change in the business climate or a decision to sell or dispose all or a portion of a reporting unit.

LEASED ASSETS

Leases are classified as an operating lease whenever the terms of the lease do not transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. Lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed.

BUSINESS ACQUISITION

A business combination is a transaction or event in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses and is accounted for using the acquisition method. The total consideration paid for the acquisition is the aggregate of the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and equity instruments issued in exchange for control of the acquiree at the acquisition date. The acquisition date is the date when the Company obtains control of the acquiree. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized at their acquisition date fair values, except for deferred taxes and share-based payment awards where IFRS provides exceptions to recording the amounts at fair value. Goodwill represents the difference between total consideration paid and the fair value of the net-identifiable assets acquired. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed to profit or loss. Contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition date fair value and is included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination, subject to the applicable terms and conditions. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in profit or loss.

Based on the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date, management will perform a valuation analysis to allocate the purchase price based on the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date. Management has one year from the acquisition date to confirm and finalize the facts and circumstances that support the finalized fair value analysis and related purchase price allocation. Until such time, these values are provisionally reported and are subject to change. Changes to fair values and allocations are retrospectively adjusted in subsequent periods.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company has effectively applied the new IFRS 15 standard to the current fiscal year and retrospectively, see ‘New IFRS Effective August 1, 2018.’

COST OF GOODS SOLD

Cost of goods sold includes cost of inventory expensed, packaging costs, shipping costs and related labour.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures are capitalized only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Company intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development to use or sell the asset. Other development expenditures are recognized in profit and loss as incurred.

9


INCOME TAXES

The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities for accounting purposes, and the irrespective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in statutory tax rates is recognized in profit or loss in the year of change. Deferred income tax assets are recorded when their recoverability is considered probable and are reviewed at the end of each reporting period.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has an employee stock option plan. The Company measures equity settled share-based payments based on their fair value at the grant date and recognizes compensation expense over the vesting period based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. Forfeitures are adjusted for on an actual basis. The impact of the revision of the original estimate is recognized in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate. For stock options granted to non-employees the compensation expense is measured at the fair value of goods and services received except where the fair value cannot be estimated in which case it is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. Consideration paid by employees or non-employees on the exercise of stock options is recorded as share capital and the related share-based compensation is transferred from share-based payment reserve to share capital.

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

Non-controlling interest (“NCI”) is recognized at the NCI’s proportionate share of the net assets.

LOSS PER SHARE

Loss per common share represents loss for the period attributable to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing the applicable loss for the year by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and all additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares had been issued during the year. The calculation of diluted loss per share excludes the effects of various conversions and exercise of options and warrants that would be anti-dilutive.

BORROWING COSTS

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period which they are incurred.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provision of the respective instrument.

Fair value estimates are made at the consolidated statement of financial position date based upon the relevant market conditions and information about the financial instrument. The Company has made the following classifications:

  IFRS 9 Classification
Financial assets  
Cash and cash equivalents FVTPL
Restricted cash FVTPL
Short-term investments FVTPL
Trade receivables Amortized cost
Convertible debenture receivable FVTPL
Long term investment FVTPL
Financial liabilities  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Amortized cost
Warrant liability FVTPL
Deferred rent liability Amortized cost
Term loan Amortized cost

10


Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) Financial Assets

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTPL are those assets that do not meet the criteria to be classified at amortized cost or at FVTOCI. This category includes debt instruments whose cash flow characteristics are not solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) or are not held within a business model whose objective is either to collect contractual cash flows, or to both collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial asset.

Amortized Cost Financial Assets

Financial assets at amortized cost are non-derivative financial assets which are held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows and its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. A financial asset is initially measured at fair value, including transaction costs and subsequently at amortized cost.

Impairment of Financial Assets

Financial assets, other than those classified at fair value through profit and loss, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of the reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been affected.

Financial Liabilities and Other Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities at FVTPL or other financial liabilities. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with changes being recognized through the consolidated statements of income. Other financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Embedded Derivatives

Derivatives are initially measured at fair value in conjunction with the host contract; no bifurcation is performed, and any directly attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, the entire instrument, including the embedded derivative is measured at fair value and changes therein are recognised in profit or loss. The Company has a convertible loan receivable whereby the balance can be converted into equity. See Note 15 for transaction and valuation details.

Compound Instruments

The component parts of compound instruments (convertible debentures) issued by the Company are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. A conversion option that will be settled by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of the Company’s own equity instruments is an equity instrument.

At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability component is estimated using the prevailing market interest rate for similar non-convertible instruments. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortized cost basis using the effective interest rate method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity date.

The conversion option classified as equity is determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole. This is recognized and included in equity and is not subsequently remeasured. In addition, the conversion option classified as equity will remain in equity. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss upon conversion or expiration of the conversion option.

Transaction costs that relate to the issue of the convertible debentures are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of the gross proceeds. Transaction costs relating to the equity component are recognized directly in equity. Transaction costs relating to the liability component are included in the carrying amount of the liability component and are amortized over the term of the convertible debentures using the effective interest method.

For compound instruments with non-equity derivatives, the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined first based on the contractual terms, and the initial carrying amount of the host instrument is the residual amount after separating the embedded derivative.

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

11


Valuation of Biological Assets and Inventory

In calculating the value of the biological assets and inventory, management is required to make a number of estimates, including estimating the stage of growth of the cannabis, harvesting costs, selling costs, sales price and expected yields for the cannabis plant. In calculating final inventory values, management is required to determine an estimate of spoiled or expired inventory and compares the inventory cost versus net realizable value.

Estimated Useful Lives, Amortization and Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets

Amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are dependent upon estimates of useful lives, which are determined through the exercise of judgment. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions and the useful lives of assets. The impairment is amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. Management exercises judgement in the determination of the Company’s CGUs. Share-Based Compensation

In calculating the share-based compensation expense, key estimates such as the value of the common share, the rate of forfeiture of options granted, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the Company’s stock price and the risk-free interest rate are used. Warrants

In calculating the value of the warrants, key estimates such as the value of the common share, the expected life of the warrant, the volatility of the Company’s stock price and the risk free interest rate are used.

All broker/compensation warrants were measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted, as the fair value of the related services cannot be reliably measured.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation, legal or constructive as a result of a previous event, if it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the obligation. The amount recognized is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligations. Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate of the expected future cash flows.

Allocation of Purchase Price

In determining the allocation of the purchase price, estimates are used based on market research and appraisal values.

Joint Ventures and Investments in Associates

Joint ventures are joint arrangements whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Investments in associates are arrangements whereby the Company exercises significant influence. Judgement is required in the assessment of these arrangements and has been determined as follows:

Entity Assessment Classification
(as defined in Note 19)    
     
Truss Management has determined joint control is not present due to the inability to direct the day to day operations of the entity. Investment in associate
Belleville Complex Inc. Management has determined joint control is present based upon the board composition, decision making and the ability to direct the day to day operations of the entity. Joint venture
HEXO MED Management has determined joint control is present based upon the board composition, decision making and the ability to direct the day to day operations of the entity. Joint venture

Business Acquisitions

In determining the fair value of all identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the most significant estimates relate to private investments and intangible assets acquired. Management exercises judgment in estimating the probability and timing of when cash flows are expected to be achieved, which is used as the basis for estimating fair value.

Identified intangible assets are fair valued using appropriate valuation techniques which are generally based on a forecast of the total expected future net cash flows of the acquiree. Valuations are highly dependent on the inputs used and assumptions made by management regarding the future performance of these assets and any changes in the discount rate applied.

Acquisitions that do not meet the definition of a business combination are accounted for as asset acquisitions. Consideration paid for an asset acquisition is allocated to the individual identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values. Asset acquisitions do not give rise to goodwill.

12


Estimation on Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue streams include variable consideration as a result of return provisions and price concessions which require estimation based on historical results and forward looking expectations.

Expected Credit Losses (“ECL”) on Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company applies the simplified approach, as defined in IFRS, to measure expected credit losses, which requires the use of the lifetime expected credit loss provision for all trade receivables. To measure lifetime expected credit losses, trade receivables are first classified into groups with shared credit characteristics and the age of days past due, followed by an assessment of the Company’s historical experience of bad debts including the customers’ ability to pay and the impact of any relevant economic conditions which are expected during the life of the balance. The loss allowance is determined according to a provision matrix incorporating historical experiences adjusted for current and future conditions expected for the life of the balance.

Convertible debentures

The fair value of the convertible debentures is determined using the public market price. As the convertible debentures are classified as FVTPL, the subsequent interest as well as change in the fair value will flow through the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Deferred taxes

Significant estimates are required in determining the Company’s income tax provision. Some estimates are based on interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations. Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on the Company’s future effective tax rate. These include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, results of tax audits by tax authorities, changes in estimates of prior years’ items and changes in overall levels of pre-tax earnings.

Going Concern

Management has applied significant judgment in the assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern when preparing its consolidated financial statements for the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018. Management prepares the consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis unless management either intends to liquidate the entity or to cease trading or has no realistic alternative but to do so. The Company has considered the private placement subsequent to July 31, 2019 as disclosed in Note 33 in making this assessment.

New IFRS Effective August 1, 2018
IFRS 15, REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

IFRS 15 was issued by the IASB in May 2014 and specifies how and when revenue should be recognized based on a five-step model, which is applied to all contracts with customers. On April 12, 2016, the IASB published final clarifications to IFRS 15 with respect to identifying performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations, and licensing.

The Company has applied IFRS 15 retrospectively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption. The Company’s accounting policy for revenue recognition under IFRS 15 is as follows:

1.

Identifying the contract with a customer;

   
2.

Identifying the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

   
3.

Determining the transaction price;

   
4.

Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; and

   
5.

Recognizing revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s).

Revenue from the direct sale of cannabis to customers for a fixed price is recognized when the Company transfers the control of the good(s) to the customer upon delivery and acceptance by the customer, the timing of which is consistent with the Company’s previous revenue recognition policy under IAS 18. The Company recognizes revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to receive taking into account the impact which may arise from any rights of return on sales, price concessions or similar obligations. Net revenue is presented net of taxes, estimated returns, allowances and discounts.

Effective October 17, 2018, Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) began levying an excise taxes on the sale of medical and adult-us cannabis products. The Company becomes liable for these excise duties when cannabis products are delivered to the customer. The excise taxes payable is the higher of (i) a flat-rate duty which is imposed when a cannabis product is packaged, and (ii) an advalorem duty that is imposed when a cannabis product is delivered to the customer.

Effective May 1, 2019, excise tax calculated on edible cannabis products, cannabis extracts and cannabis topicals will prospectively be calculated as a flat rate based on the quantity of total tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) contained in the final product. There were no changes in the legislation in calculating excise taxes for fresh cannabis, dried cannabis, seeds and plants. Net revenue from sale of goods, as presented on the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income, represents revenue from the sale of goods less applicable excise taxes. Given that the excise tax payable/paid to CRA cannot be reclaimed and is not always billed to customers, the Company recognizes that the excise tax is an operating cost that affects gross margin to the extent that it is not recovered from its customers.

13


IFRS 9, FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company adopted IFRS 9 retroactively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption.

IFRS 9 was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") in November 2009 and October 2010 and will replace IAS 39. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is classified and measured at amortized cost or at fair value. The classification and measurement of financial assets is based on the Company’s business models for managing its financial assets and whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”). Financial assets under IFRS 9 are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at either amortized cost; fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) or; fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

Amortized Cost

Financial assets classified and measured at amortized cost are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI. Financial assets classified at amortized cost are measured using the effective interest method.

FVTOCI

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTOCI are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI.

This classification includes certain equity instruments where IFRS 9 allows an entity to make an irrevocable election to classify the equity instruments, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that would otherwise be measured at FVTPL to present subsequent changes in FVTOCI.

FVTPL

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTPL are those assets that do not meet the criteria to be classified at amortized cost or at FVTOCI. This category includes debt instruments whose cash flow characteristics are not SPPI or are not held within a business model whose objective is either to collect contractual cash flows, or to both collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial asset.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial instruments under IAS 39 and IFRS 9:

  IAS 39 Classification IFRS 9 Classification
Financial assets    
Cash and cash equivalents FVTPL FVTPL
Restricted cash FVTPL FVTPL
Short-term investments FVTPL FVTPL
Trade receivables Loans and receivables Amortized cost
Convertible debenture receivable FVTPL FVTPL
Long term investment N/A FVTPL
Financial liabilities    
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Other financial liabilities Amortized cost
Warrant liability FVTPL FVTPL
Deferred rent liability N/A Amortized cost
Term loan N/A Amortized cost

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a quantitative impact and did not have a material impact to the Company’s classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities.

IFRS 9 uses an expected credit loss impairment model as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The impairment model is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost where any expected future credit losses are provided for, irrespective of whether a loss event has occurred as at the reporting date. For trade receivables, the Company has measured the expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses taking into consideration historical credit loss experience and financial factors specific to the debtors and other factors. The carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced for any expected credit losses through the use of an allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss. At the point when the Company is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible, the amount is considered not recoverable and the financial asset is written off. Evidence of impairment may include indications that a debtor or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization and where observable data indicates that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. Trade receivables are reviewed qualitatively on a case-by-case basis to determine whether they need to be written off. The adoption of the new expected credit loss impairment model had a negligible impact on the carrying amounts of financial assets at amortized cost.

14


Classification and Measurement of Financial Liabilities

Accounting for financial liabilities remains largely the same under IFRS 9 and subsequently the Company’s liabilities were not significantly impacted by the adoption.

Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, and, where applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Company designates a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss. Subsequently, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method except for derivatives and financial liabilities designated at FVTPL, which are carried subsequently at fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss (other than derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedging instruments).

New and Revised IFRS in Issue but Not Yet Effective

IFRS 16, LEASES

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases, which will replace IAS 17 Leases. This standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term greater than twelve months, unless the underlying asset’s value is insignificant. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. Lessors will continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with lessor accounting remaining substantially unchanged from the preceding guidance under IAS 17, Leases.

The Company is currently executing its implementation plan and has completed the initial scoping phase to identify material lease contracts. The analysis of such contracts to quantify the transitional impact is ongoing. The most significant impact of IFRS 16 will be our initial recognition of the present value of future lease payments as right-of-use assets under property, plant and equipment and the corresponding recognition of a lease liability on the consolidated statement of financial position. All material, long-term property leases, which are currently treated as operating leases, are expected to be impacted by the new standard which will result in lower rent expense, higher depreciation expense and higher finance costs related to accretion and interest expense of the lease liability.

IFRS 16 will also impact the presentation of the consolidated statement of cash flows by decreasing operating cash flows and increasing financing cash flows. The standard will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year commencing August 1, 2019. The Company will be adopting the standard using the modified approach by recognizing the cumulative impact of initial adoption in opening retained earnings (i.e. the difference between the right-of-use asset and the lease liability). The Company will measure the right-of-use asset at an amount equal to the lease liability on the commencement date, apply a single discount rate to leases with similar remaining lease terms for similar classes of underlying assets and will not separate non-lease components from lease components for certain classes of underlying assets. Consistent with the guidance, the Company will not apply this standard to short-term leases and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.

4. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with a maturity of 3 months or less. Short term investments are comprised of liquid investments with maturities of less than 12 months. Short term investments are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value through profit or loss. The comparative period of July 31, 2018 has been restated – see note 26.

        July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
        Total     Total  
  Interest rate           (Restated–  
              see note 26 )
Operating cash   $  5,993   $  66,438  
High interest savings accounts 1.45%–2.10%     107,575     32,604  
Total cash and cash equivalents     $  113,568   $  99,042  
                 
Term deposits & GIC 2.85%–4.25% maturity of 3 to 12 months $  25,937   $  145,747  
Total short-term investments     $  25,937   $  145,747  

15


Interest income earned in the period amounted to $5,187 (July 31, 2018 - $2,115).

5. Restricted Cash

As at July 31, 2019, the Company had $22,350 of restricted funds. Of this, $3,433 is currently in escrow to facilitate the purchase of supply agreements with vendors. The amount of $433 shall be drawn down on a pro-rata basis based upon the delivery of goods to the Company. The remaining balance of $3,000 may be contributed to or drawn upon, in order to retain 15% of the future expected purchases.

A balance of $3,141 has been restricted to secure the implementation of greenhouse infrastructure with a vendor (Note 23). Additionally, the Company had a capital contribution of $4,076 held in trust as at July 31, 2019.

The remaining balance of $9,200 has been restricted due to a minimum balance to be held in a debt service reserve account as required under the Company’s term loan agreement (Note 23). A balance of $2,500 is held in trust related the Company’s joint venture Neal Brothers Inc (Note 28).

6. Commodity Taxes Recoverable and Other Receivables

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Commodity taxes recoverable $  14,415   $  4,237  
Accrued interest income   570      
Other receivables (Note 20)   262      
  $  15,247   $  4,237  

7. Inventory

                July 31, 2019  
    Capitalized     Biological asset fair        
    cost     value adjustment     Total  
Dried cannabis $  28,996   $  21,766   $  50,762  
Oils   17,377     5,366     22,743  
Hemp derived distillate   1,523         1,523  
Purchased dried cannabis   8,087         8,087  
Packaging and supplies   3,156         3,156  
  $  59,139   $  27,132   $  86,271  

The inventory expensed to cost of goods sold in the year ended July 31, 2019, was $18,565 (July 31, 2018 – $965). Total stock-based compensation expensed to costs of sales in the period as $936. The fair value adjustment on the sale of inventory during the period was $16,357 (July 31, 2018 – $2,289). The Company recorded an impairment loss on inventory of $16,918, realized on cannabis purchased in which the cost exceeds its net realizable value.

During the year ended July 31, 2018, the Company recorded an adjustment to the net realizable value of inventories of $1,491. This was due to the decrease in the estimated market selling price input of the inventory valuation which was caused by the onset of the adult-use market and is reflective of competitive market prices.

                July 31, 2018  
    Capitalized     Biological asset fair        
    Cost     value adjustment     Total  
Dried cannabis $  2,115   $  4,440   $  6,555  
Oils   2,281     882     3,163  
Packaging and supplies   697         697  
  $  5,093   $  5,322   $  10,415  

16


8. Biological Assets

The Company’s biological assets consist of cannabis plants from seeds all the way through to mature plants. The changes in the carrying value of biological assets are as follows:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
 Carrying amount, beginning of period $  2,332   $  1,504  
 Acquired through acquisition1   3,291      
 Production costs capitalized   19,215     993  
 Net increase in fair value due to biological transformation less cost to sell   38,856     7,340  
 Transferred to inventory upon harvest   (56,323 )   (7,505 )
 Carrying amount, end of period $  7,371   $  2,332  

1 Acquired through the Newstrike acquisition on May 24, 2019 (see Note 11)

As at July 31, 2019, the fair value of biological assets included $2 in seeds and $7,369 in cannabis plants ($6 in seeds and $2,326 in cannabis plants as at July 31, 2018). The significant estimates used in determining the fair value of cannabis plants are as follows:

yield by plant;

stage of growth estimated as the percentage of costs incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to the estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfilment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets, which have not yet been harvested;

percentage of costs incurred for each stage of plant growth.

fair value selling price per gram less cost to complete and cost to sell.

destruction/wastage of plants during the harvesting and processing process.

All biological assets are classified as current assets in the statement of financial position and are considered Level 3 fair value estimates. As at July 31, 2019, it is expected that the Company’s biological assets will yield approximately 17,571 kilograms of cannabis (July 31, 2018 – 4,374 kilograms of cannabis). The Company’s estimates are, by their nature, subject to change. Changes in the anticipated yield will be reflected in future changes in the fair values of biological assets.

The valuation of biological assets is based on an income approach in which the fair value at the point of harvesting is estimated based on selling prices less the costs to sell. For in process biological assets, the fair value at point of harvest is adjusted based on the stage of growth at period end. Stage of growth is determined by reference to the cost incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfilment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets, which have not yet been harvested.

Management’s identified significant unobservable inputs, their range of values and sensitivity analysis are presented in the tables below.

The following table summarizes the unobservable inputs for the period ended July 31, 2019:

Unobservable inputs Input values Sensitivity analysis
     
Average selling price   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average
Obtained through actual retail prices on a per $4.23 – $5.01 per dried gram. selling price would result in a change of approximately $480
strain basis.   to the valuation.
     
Yield per plant   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average yield
Obtained through historical harvest cycle results 15 – 123 grams per plant. per plant would result in a change up to approximately $344
on a per strain basis.   in valuation.
     
Stage of growth   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average stage
Obtained through the estimates of stage of Average of 29% completion. of growth per plant would result in a change of
completion within the harvest cycle.   approximately $1,148 in valuation.
     
Wastage   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the wastage
Obtained through the estimates of wastage 0%–30% dependent upon the expectation would result in a change of approximately $302
within the cultivation and production cycle. stage within the harvest cycle. in valuation.

17


The following table summarizes the unobservable inputs for the period ended July 31, 2018:

Unobservable inputs Input values Sensitivity analysis
     
Average selling price   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average
Obtained through actual retail prices on a per $4.66 per dried gram. selling price would result in a change of approximately $329
strain basis.   to the valuation.
     
Yield per plant    
Obtained through historical harvest cycle results 50–235 grams per plant. An increase of decrease of 5% applied to the average yield
on a per strain basis.   per plant would not result in a material change in valuation.
     
Stage of growth    
Obtained through the estimates of stage of Average of 32% completion. An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average stage
completion within the harvest cycle.   of growth per plant would result in a change of
    approximately $320 in valuation.
     
Wastage    
Obtained through the estimates of wastage 0%–30% dependent upon the An increase of decrease of 5% applied to the average yield
within the cultivation and production cycle. stage within the harvest cycle. per plant would not result in a material change in valuation.

9. Property, Plant and Equipment

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Cost   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Additions     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Land $  1,038   $  4,301   $  –   $  –   $  5,339  
Buildings   32,536     18,855     11,365     88,078     150,834  
Leasehold Improvements   206         421         627  
Furniture and equipment   1,661     119     4,576         6,356  
Cultivation and production equipment   4,031     9,913     28,085         42,029  
Vehicles   151         880         1,031  
Computers   659     529     1,793         2,981  
Construction in progress   15,433     12,286     117,909     (88,078 )   57,550  
  $  55,715   $  46,003   $  165,029   $  –   $  266,747  

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Accumulated depreciation   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Depreciation     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Land $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
Buildings   533         3,859         4,392  
Leasehold Improvements   9         121         130  
Furniture and equipment   527         585     (650 )   462  
Cultivation and production equipment   69         1,497     650     2,216  
Vehicles   56         77         133  
Computers   188         433         621  
  $  1,382   $  –   $  6,572   $  –   $  7,954  

18



    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business     Net Additions /              
Net Carrying Value   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     (Deductions)     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Land $  1,038   $  4,301   $  –   $  –   $  5,339  
Buildings   32,003     18,855     7,506     88,078     146,442  
Leasehold Improvements   197         300         497  
Furniture and equipment   1,134     119     3,991     650     5,894  
Cultivation and production equipment   3,962     9,913     26,588     (650 )   39,813  
Vehicles   95         803         898  
Computers   471     529     1,360         2,360  
Construction in progress   15,433     12,286     117,909     (88,078 )   57,550  
  $  54,333   $  46,003   $  158,457   $  –   $  258,793  

As at July 31, 2019, there was $21,265 (July 31, 2018 – $3,920) of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. During the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company capitalized $4,825 of depreciation to inventory and capitalized borrowing costs to buildings in the amount of $511 (July 31, 2018 – $994) at an average annual interest rate of 3.2% . During the period depreciation expensed to the statement of loss was $1,474 (July 31, 2018 - $876).

Adjustments during the period, reflect the activation of an asset’s useful life, transitioning from construction in progress to the appropriate property, plant and equipment classification. The Company has contractual commitments for remaining leasehold improvements of $33,455 payable in fiscal year 2020 as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 - $40,471).

    Balance at                 Balance at  
Cost   July 31, 2017     Additions     Adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Land $  358   $  680   $  –   $  1,038  
Buildings   3,745     3,930     24,861     32,536  
Leasehold Improvements       206         206  
Furniture and equipment   900     1,233     (472 )   1,661  
Cultivation and production equipment   380     3,165     486     4,031  
Vehicles   114     33     4     151  
Computers   234     425         659  
Construction in progress   605     39,707     (24,879 )   15,433  
  $  6,336   $  49,379   $  –   $  55,715  

    Balance at                 Balance at  
Accumulated depreciation   July 31, 2017     Depreciation     Adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Land $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
Buildings   194     339         533  
Leasehold Improvements       9         9  
Furniture and equipment   165     195     167     527  
Cultivation and production equipment   23     213     (167 )   69  
Vehicles   26     30         56  
Computers   78     110         188  
  $  486   $  896   $  –   $  1,382  

19



    Balance at     Net Additions /           Balance at  
Net Carrying Value               Adjustments        
    July 31, 2017     (Deductions)           July 31, 2018  
Land $  358   $  680   $  –   $  1,038  
Buildings   3,551     3,591     24,861     32,003  
Leasehold Improvements       197         197  
Furniture and equipment   735     1,038     (639 )   1,134  
Cultivation and production equipment   357     2,952     653     3,962  
Vehicles   88     3     4     95  
Computers   156     315         471  
Construction in progress   605     39,707     (24,879 )   15,433  
  $  5,850   $  48,483   $  –   $  54,333  

10. Intangible Assets and Other Longer Term Assets

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Cost   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Additions     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Cultivating and processing license $  2,545   $  113,888   $  –   $  –   $  116,433  
Brand       8,440             8,440  
Software   1,800     12     1,746         3,558  
Domain names   585                 585  
Patents           1,231         1,231  
Other longer term assets and capitalized   312             (312 )    
 transaction costs                              
  $  5,242   $  122,340   $  2,977   $  (312 ) $  130,247  

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Accumulated amortization   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Amortization     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Cultivating and processing license $  403   $  –   $  1,198   $  –   $  1,601  
Software   786         483         1,269  
Domain name   9         57         66  
Patents           29         29  
  $  1,198   $  –   $  1,767   $  –   $  2,965  

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business     Net Additions /              
Net Carrying Value   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     (Deductions)     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Cultivating and processing license $  2,142   $  113,888   $  (1,198 ) $  –   $  114,832  
Brand       8,440             8,440  
Software   1,014     12     1,263         2,289  
Domain names   576         (57 )       519  
Patents           1,202         1,202  
Other longer term assets and capitalized   312             (312 )    
 transaction costs                              
  $  4,044   $  122,340   $  1,210   $  (312 ) $  127,282  

Software includes $121 relating to managerial software (July 31, 2018 - $258) not yet available for use. Accordingly, no amortization has been taken during the year ended July 31, 2019 on these inactive assets. As at July 31, 2019, there was $422 (July 31, 2018 – $266) of intangible assets in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The adjustment represents $212 of capitalized transaction costs being allocated to the Truss investment in associate (Note 19a) and $100 other longer term investment has been reclassified to long term investments.

Research and development expenses in the period amounted to $2,822 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil).

20



    Balance at           Disposals/     Balance at  
Cost   July 31, 2017     Additions     adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Cultivating and processing license $  2,545   $  –   $  –   $  2,545  
Software   651     1,149         1,800  
Domain names       585         585  
Other longer term assets and capitalized       312         312  
 transaction costs                        
  $  3,196   $  2,046   $  –   $  5,242  

    Balance at           Disposals/     Balance at  
Accumulated amortization   July 31, 2017     Amortization     adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Cultivating and processing license $  277   $  126   $  –   $  403  
Software   156     630         786  
Domain name       9         9  
  $  433   $  765   $  –   $  1,198  

Net Carrying Value   Balance at
July 31, 2017
    Net Additions /
(Deductions)
    Disposals/
adjustments
    Balance at
July 31, 2018
 
Cultivating and processing license $  2,268   $  (126 ) $  –   $  2,142  
Software   495     519         1,014  
Domain names       576         576  
Other longer term assets and capitalized       312         312  
 transaction costs                        
  $  2,763   $  1,281   $  –   $  4,044  

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company conducted a review of its intangible assets, which resulted in changes in the expected usage of its software. Certain assets, which management previously intended to use for 5 years from the date of purchase were replaced during the fiscal year as well as September 2018. As a result, the expected useful lives of these assets decreased. The effect of these changes on actual and expected depreciation expense, in current and future years respectively is as follows.

    2019     2020     2021     2022     Later  
(Decrease) increase in amortization expense $  (87 ) $  (119 ) $  (100 ) $  (3 ) $  Nil  

11. Business Acquisition

Acquisition of Newstrike Brands Limited.

On May 24, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common shares of Newstrike Brands Limited (“Newstrike”) pursuant to an arrangement agreement entered into on March 13, 2019. Newstrike is a licensed producer of cannabis operating in Ontario, Canada and was acquired for additional production capacity, established sales relationships and its brand. Under the arrangement, each former Newstrike common share was exchanged for 0.06332 of a HEXO common share (the “Exchange Ratio”), subject to certain exceptions. In addition, all issued and outstanding stock options of Newstrike were replaced with stock options of HEXO having the same terms but adjusted for the Exchange Ratio, and all issued and outstanding common share purchase warrants of Newstrike became exercisable for HEXO common shares adjusted for the Exchange Ratio.

The following table summarizes the preliminary values of the net assets acquired from Newstrike on the acquisition date. The fair values of the acquired property, plant and equipment, deferred tax liability, private investments and intangible assets are preliminary are subject to change within the one-year measurement.

21



    Note     Number of Shares,     Share Price     Amount  
          Warrants and Options     ($)     ($)  
Consideration                        
   Shares issued   (i)     35,394,041     9.11     322,439  
   Warrants outstanding   (ii)     7,196,164           12,229  
   Replacement options issued   (iii)     2,002,365           7,134  
Total fair value of consideration                     341,802  
                         
Net assets acquired                        
Current assets                        
   Cash and cash equivalents                     49,366  
   Accounts receivable                     1,204  
   Other receivables                     4,585  
   Inventory                     22,359  
   Biological assets                     3,291  
                         
Long-term assets                        
   Property, Plant and Equipment                     46,003  
   Investments   (iv)                 14,492  
   Convertible debenture receivable                     1,220  
   Prepaid expenses                     1,631  
   Prepaid expense and license                     1,526  
   Software                     10  
   Cultivation and processing license                     113,888  
   Brand                     8,440  
   Goodwill                     111,877  
Total assets                     379,892  
                         
Current liabilities                        
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                     12,849  
   Payment received in advance                     5  
                         
Long-term liabilities                        
   Deferred tax liabilities                     24,236  
Total liabilities                     37,090  
                         
Non-controlling interest                     1,000  
Total net assets acquired                     341,802  
                         
Net accounts receivables acquired                        
Total accounts receivable                     5,789  
Expected uncollectible receivables                      
Net accounts receivables acquired                     5,789  

(i)

Share price based upon the TSX market price of common shares as at May 24, 2019.

(ii)

Warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as at the acquisition date May 24, 2019, using the following assumptions and inputs;


  Risk free rate of 1.48% – 1.57%
  Expected life of 0.73 – 4.07 years
  Volatility rate of 75%; determined using historical volatility data
  Exercise prices of $11.84 – $27.64
  Stock price of $9.11

(iii)

All replacement options were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as at the acquisition date of May 24, 2019, using the following assumptions and inputs;


  Risk free rate of 1.48% – 1.57%
  Expected life of 1.2 – 4.7 years
  Volatility rate of 75%; determined using historical volatility data
  Exercise prices of $6.00 – $17.37
  Stock price of $9.11

22



The fair value of the vested options as at the acquisition date was deemed consideration paid in the transaction. The fair value of those options not yet vested at the acquisition date was added to the Company’s share-based payment reserve to be expensed over the remaining vesting period of the options as permitted under IFRS 3 – Business Combinations.

   
(iv)

Included in total investments were two level 3 private company investments (see ‘Greentank Technologies’ and ‘Neal Brothers Inc.’ in Note 20). There existed limited financial information over both investments at the acquisition date. The preliminary fair values have been determined using the best available information.

The above acquisition contributed net revenue of $2,770 and a net loss of $13,699 to the Company’s consolidated results since the date of acquisition. If each acquisition had occurred on August 1, 2018, management estimates that the Company’s consolidated net revenue would have increased by $9,287 and the net loss would have increased by $19,096 for the year ended July 31, 2019.

Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the expected synergies, future income and growth, and other intangibles that do not qualify for separate recognition. None of the goodwill arising on these acquisitions are expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The NCI acquired at the acquisition date arises from Newstrike holding a 60% interest in Neal Brothers Inc. The net assets of Neal Brothers consist of cash only and the NCI was measured at its fair value (Note 28).

The NCI acquired at the acquisition date arises from Newstrike holding a 60% interest in Neal Brothers Inc. as the NCI relates to the joint venture Neal Up Brands Inc.

Total non-capitalized transaction expenses amounted to $3,958 in the period.

12. Convertible Debentures

    2017 unsecured     2018 unsecured        
    convertible     convertible        
    debentures 8%     debentures 7%     Total  
Balance at July 31, 2017   20,639         20,639  
   Gross proceeds       69,000     69,000  
   Issuance costs       (4,792 )   (4,792 )
   Warrants, net of issuance costs       (3,285 )   (3,285 )
   Conversion feature, net of issuance costs       (6,777 )   (6,777 )
   Accretion   814     554     1,368  
   Conversion of debenture   (21,453 )   (54,700 )   (76,153 )
Balance at July 31, 2018            

2017 Secured Convertible Debentures

During the year ended July 31, 2019, 863,693, warrants were exercised for total proceeds of $863 (US$656, based on an exercise price of US$0.76) . On the various dates of exercise, the warrant liability was revalued using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Overall, the liability value of the warrants exercised was $6,367 (US$4,819); using the following variables:

stock prices ranging from $5.90 to $10.36;
expected life of 12 months;
$Nil dividends;
75% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rates of 1.55% to 2.35%;
USD/CAD exchange rate of various.

The exercise of these warrants resulted in an increase to share capital of $6,367.

The remaining warrant liability was revalued on July 31, 2019 using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model (Level 2). The warrant liability was revalued to $493 (US$375); with a stock price of US$4.24; expected life of 12 months; $Nil dividends; 74% volatility based upon historical data; risk free interest rate of 1.61%; and USD/CAD exchange rate of 1.3148. The loss on the revaluation of the warrant liability for the year ended July 31, 2019 was ($3,730) (July 31, 2018 – ($5,091)), which is recorded in the revaluation of financial instruments account on the statement of loss and comprehensive loss.

The following table summarizes warrant liability activity during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 and fiscal year ended July 31, 2018.

23



    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Opening balance $  3,130   $  1,356  
Granted        
Expired        
Exercised   (6,367 )   (3,317 )
Revaluation due to foreign exchange   3,730     5,091  
Closing balance $  493   $  3,130  

2017 Unsecured Convertible Debentures 8%

Interest related to the 2017 8% unsecured convertible debentures (which were converted during fiscal 2017) expensed to the statement of loss and comprehensive loss amounted to $Nil and interest capitalized to property, plant, and equipment was $Nil for the year ended July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 –$922 respectively). Accretion for the year ended July 31, 2019 was $Nil (July 31, 2018 – $814).

2018 Unsecured Convertible Debentures 7%

On November 24, 2017, the Company issued $69,000 principal amount of unsecured debentures through a brokered private placement. The debentures bear interest at 7% per annum and mature on November 24, 2020. Interest will be accrued and paid semi-annually in arrears. The debentures were convertible into common shares of the Company at $2.20 at the option of the holder. The Company may force the conversion of the debentures on 30 days prior written notice should the daily weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $3.15 for any 10 consecutive trading days. The debenture holders received 15,663,000 warrants, 227 for every $1,000 unit. The warrants have a two-year term, expiring November 24, 2019, and have an exercise price of $3.00. The Company has the right to accelerate the expiry of the warrants should the closing trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $4.50 for any 10 consecutive trading days.

On initial recognition, the residual method was used to allocate the fair value of the warrants and conversion option. The fair value of the liability component was calculated as $58,187 using a discount rate of 14%. The residual proceeds of $10,813 were allocated between the warrants and conversion option on a pro-rata basis relative to their fair values. The fair values of the warrants and conversion option were determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.

The warrants were valued with a fair value $8,648 using the following assumptions:

The conversion option was valued with a fair value of $17,843 using the following assumptions:

Based on the fair value of the warrants and conversion option, the residual proceeds of $10,813 were allocated as $3,530 to the warrants and $7,283 to the conversion option, less allocation of issuance costs.

In connection with the closing of the debentures, the Company paid a placement fee of $3,450 from the gross proceeds of the financing and incurred an additional $476 of issuance costs. The Company also issued broker warrants exercisable to acquire 1,568 common shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

The broker warrants were attributed a fair value of $866 based on the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model with the following assumptions:

The total issuance costs amounted to $4,792 and were allocated on pro-rata basis as follows: Debt – $4,041, Conversion option – $506, and the Warrants – $245.

24


On December 15, 2017 the Company announced that it had elected to exercise its right to convert all of the outstanding principal amount of the Company’s 7.0% Debentures and unpaid accrued interest thereon into Common Shares. The Company became entitled to force the conversion of the 7.0% Debentures on December 13, 2017 on the basis that the VWAP of the Common Shares on the TSXV for 10 consecutive trading days was equal to or exceeded $3.15. For the 10 consecutive trading days preceding December 13, 2017, the VWAP of the Common Shares was $3.32. The Company provided the holders of the 7.0% Debentures with the required 30 days advance written notice of the conversion, and the effective date for the conversion was January 15, 2018.

Pursuant to the conversion of the 7.0% Debentures, holders of the 7.0% Debentures received 454.54 Common Shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 7.0% Debentures held. In addition, the accrued and unpaid interest on each $1,000 principal amount of the 7.0% Debentures for the period from December 31, 2017 (the interest payment scheduled for December 31, 2017 was paid in cash) up to, but excluding the conversion date, was $2.92 and 7.0% Debenture holders received an additional 1.33 Common Shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 7.0% Debentures held on account of accrued and unpaid interest, for a total of 455.87 Common Shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 7.0% Debentures held. Accordingly, at the date of conversion the carrying value of the debentures of $54,700, interest payable paid through shares of $46 and the conversion feature of $6,809 resulted in the cumulative increase to share capital of $61,555.

There exists no convertible debt as at July 31, 2019.

13. Share Capital

(a) Authorized

An unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited number of special shares, issuable in series.

(b) Issued and Outstanding

During the first quarter of fiscal 2018, 481,896 warrants with exercise prices of $0.75 and US$0.70 were exercised for proceeds of $406, resulting in the issuance of 481,896 common shares.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company issued 15,687,500 common shares from the conversion of the 8% unsecured convertible debentures and 166,387 common shares in lieu of accrued interest, as described Note 10 Convertible debentures.

On January 2, 2018, the Company announced that it had elected to exercise its right to accelerate the expiry date of the common share purchase warrants issued under the 8% convertible debentures. The Company became entitled to accelerate the expiry date of the warrants on December 27, 2017 on the basis that the closing trading price of the Common Shares on the TSXV exceeded $3.00 for 15 consecutive trading days. The expiry date for the warrants was accelerated from July 18, 2019 to February 1, 2018. During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company issued 7,799,960 common shares related to the exercise of warrants associated with the 8% convertible debentures.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company issued 31,363,252 common shares from the conversion of the 7% unsecured convertible debentures and 20,829 common shares in lieu of accrued interest, as described Note 10 Convertible debentures. The Company issued 2,922,393 common shares related to the exercise of warrants from the 7% unsecured convertible debentures. During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, in addition to common shares issued related to the exercise of warrants associated with the convertible debentures, 5,025,627 warrants with exercise prices of $0.75 and US$0.70 were exercised, resulting in the issuance of 5,021,940 common shares. Total proceeds from the exercise of warrants were $30,937.

On January 30, 2018 the Company closed a bought deal public offering of 37,375,000 units at a price of $4.00 per unit for gross proceeds of $149,500. Each unit consisted one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant of the Company. Each warrant is exercisable into one common share at a price of $5.60 per share for a period of two years. The fair value of the warrants at the date of grant was estimated at $0.56 per warrants based on the following weighted average assumptions:

stock price of $3.93;
expected life of 1 year;
$Nil dividends;
65% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.25%.

Total cash share issue costs amounted to $6,380 which consisted of underwriters’ commissions of $5,980, underwriters’ expenses of $10, underwriters’ legal fees of $97 and incurred $311 of additional cash issuance costs. In addition, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,495 compensation warrants to the underwriters at a fair value of $1,486. The compensation warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 and expire January 30, 2020. The fair value of the compensation warrants at the date of grant was estimated at $0.99 per warrant based on the following weighted average assumptions:

stock price of $3.93;
expected life of 1 year;
$Nil dividends;

25



65% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.25%.

The Company allocated $7,342 of the issuance costs to the common shares and $523 to the warrants.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2018, 2,475 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $4,423, resulting in the issuance of 2,475 common shares.

On May 24, 2018, the Company announced that it had elected to exercise its right to accelerate the expiry date governing the common share purchase warrants issued November 24, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant indenture the Company elected its right to accelerate the expiry date of the remaining 5,261,043 warrants from November 24, 2019 to June 25, 2018. As at the date of expiry all warrants were exercised. The accelerated expiry date also applied to the remaining 1,568,181 compensation warrants originally issued to certain investment banks on November 24, 2017. As at the date of expiry 1,505,453 compensation warrants were exercised and 62,728 warrants expired.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, 13,214,883 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $38,601, resulting in the issuance of 13,214,883 common shares.

On October 4, 2018 the Company closed its transaction with joint venture partner Molson Coors in which the Company granted 11,500,000 warrants at a price of $6.00 per warrant. Each warrant is exercisable into one common share at a price of $6.00 per share for a period of three years. The fair value of the warrants at the date of grant was estimated at $3.69 per warrant based on the following weighted average assumptions:

stock price of $8.45;
expected life of 1.5 years;
$Nil dividends;
65% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 0.75%.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, 3,137,746 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $5,589, resulting in the issuance of 3,137,746 common shares.

On January 30, 2019, the Company closed its offering of 7,700,000 common shares at a price of $6.50 per share for gross proceeds of $50,050. Included in the offering was an 1,155,000 over-allotment option pool with a price of $6.50 per share which was exercised in full on the closing date for $7,508 and total gross proceeds of $57,558 for total common shares issued of 8,855,000. Underwriting and legal fees accumulated to $3,827 for total net proceeds of $53,731.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2019, 682,678 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $1,307, which resulted in the issuance of 682,678 common shares.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2019, 3,661,761 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $8,425, resulting in the issuance of 3,661,761 common shares.

On May 24, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Newstrike Brands Ltd. (Note 11), resulting in the issuance of 35,394,041 common shares.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, 8,053,544 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $47,396, resulting in the issuance of 8,053,544 common shares.

In fiscal 2019 a total of 15,535,729 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for total proceeds of $69,259, resulting in the issuance of 15,535,729 common shares.

As at July 31, 2019, there were 256,981,753 common shares outstanding and 29,585,408 warrants outstanding.

26


The following is a consolidated summary of warrants on July 31, 2019.

    Number        
    outstanding     Book value  
Classified as Equity            
2018 Equity financing            
 Exercise price of $5.60 expiring January 30, 2020   10,512,208   $  5,673  
February 2018 financing warrants            
 Exercise price of $27.64 expiring February 16, 2020   4,413,498     1,331  
June 2019 financing warrants            
 Exercise price of $15.79 expiring June 19, 2023   2,184,540     9,998  
Broker / Consultant warrants            
 Exercise price of $20.85 expiring February 16, 2020   264,809     160  
 Exercise price of $11.84 expiring June 19, 2020   262,021     610  
 Exercise price of $0.75 expiring November 3, 2021   175,618     78  
 Exercise price of $0.75 expiring March 14, 2022   94,282     66  
 Exercise price of $15.79 expiring June 19, 2023   61     1  
Inner Spirit warrants            
 Exercise price of $15.63 expiring July 21, 2020   71,235     129  
Joint Venture Molson warrants            
 Exercise price of $6.00 expiring October 4, 2021   11,500,000     42,386  
Classified as Liability   29,478,272     60,432  
2017 secured convertible debenture warrants            
 Exercise price of USD$0.76 expiring November 14, 2019   107,136     493  
    29,585,408   $  60,925  

The following table summarizes warrant activity during the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018.

          July 31, 2019           July 31, 2018  
    Number of     Weighted average     Number of     Weighted average  
    warrants     exercise price     warrants     exercise price  
Outstanding, beginning of period   26,425,504   $  4.35     20,994,123   $  1.31  
Expired during the period   (531 )       (62,728 )   3.00  
Acquired and reissued through acquisition1   7,196,164     23.10          
Issued during the period   11,500,000     6.00     37,413,681     4.34  
Exercised during the period   (15,535,729 )   3.61     (31,919,572 )   2.33  
Outstanding, end of the period   29,585,408   $  9.95     26,425,504   $  4.35  

1 Warrants acquired on May 24, 2019, via the acquisition of Newstrike.

Exercised during the period were 1,916,527 broker compensation warrants.

Stock Option Plan

The Company has a share option plan (the “Plan”) adopted in July 2018, that is administered by the Board of Directors who establish exercise prices and expiry dates, which are up to 10 years from issuance as determined by the Board at the time of issuance. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, options issued under the Plan vest over a three-year period except for options granted to consultants or persons employed in investor relations activities (as defined in the policies of the TSX) which vest in stages over 12 months with no more than ¼ of the options vesting in any three-month period. The maximum number of common shares reserved for issuance for options that may be granted under the Plan is 25,698,175 common shares as at July 31, 2019. Options issued prior to July 2018 under the outgoing plan and the options assumed through the acquisition of Newstrike do not contribute to the available option pool reserved for issuance. As of July 31, 2019, the Company had 17,376,615 issued and outstanding under the Plan.

27


The following table summarizes the stock option grants during the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018.

          Options granted              
          Executive and     Non-executive              
Grant date   Exercise price     directors     employees     Vesting terms     Vesting period  
September 8, 2017 $  1.37     650,000     1,000     Terms A     10 years  
November 6, 2017 $  2.48     125,000     3,000     Terms A     10 years  
December 4, 2017 $  2.69     1,750,000     20,000     Terms B     10 years  
January 29, 2018 $  4.24         261,000     Terms A, C     10 years  
March 12, 2018 $  3.89     325,000         Terms A     10 years  
April 16, 2018 $  4.27     845,000     61,500     Terms A     10 years  
June 8, 2018 $  5.14         441,000     Terms A     10 years  
July 11, 2018 $  4.89     4,325,000     1,366,500     Terms A     10 years  
September 17, 2018 $  7.93     650,000     523,500     Terms A     10 years  
November 22, 2018 $  5.92         440,000     Terms A     10 years  
December 17, 2018 $  5.09     74,000     227,500     Terms A, D     10 years  
February 19, 2019 $  7.13     615,000     626,000     Terms A     10 years  
February 21, 2019 $  7.46     3,333,333         Terms E     10 years  
March 20, 2019 $  8.50     325,000     1,077,500     Terms A     10 years  
April 17, 2019 $  8.24         1,132,500     Terms A     10 years  
July 18, 2019 $  6.54     650,000     2,768,785     Terms A     10 years  
July 26, 2019 $  5.88     250,000         Terms A     10 years  

Vesting terms A –

One-third of the options will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the balance will vest quarterly over two years thereafter.

Vesting terms B –

Half of the options will vest immediately, and the balance will vest annually over three years thereafter.

Vesting terms C –

Based upon organizational milestones.

Vesting terms D –

54,000 of the options granted to a director will fully vest 6-months from the grant date.

Vesting terms E –

In addition to the standard vesting terms A, the grant defines an achievement condition in which vesting may only occur once a volume weighted average trading price of $10 or greater is achieved for a 20- day period prior to a vesting date. All unvested options will carry over and vest if the condition is met at a future vesting date.

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018.

          July 31, 2019           July 31, 2018  
    Options     Weighted average     Options     Weighted average  
    issued     exercise price     issued     exercise price  
Opening balance   14,388,066   $  3.02     5,748,169   $  0.68  
Granted   12,693,118     7.27     10,174,000     4.16  
Acquired and reissued through acquisition1   2,002,365     9.49          
Forfeited   (1,226,763 )   6.33     (626,830 )   3.44  
Exercised   (3,567,867 )   1.20     (907,273 )   0.65  
Closing balance   24,288,919   $  5.87     14,388,066   $  3.02  

1 Stock options assumed on May 24, 2019, via the acquisition of Newstrike.

28


The following table summarizes information concerning stock options outstanding as at July 31, 2019.

              Weighted average           Weighted average  
              remaining contractual           remaining contractual  
  Exercise price     Number outstanding     life (years)     Number exercisable     life (years)  
$  0.58     372,900     0.08     363,000     0.30  
  0.75     1,228,750     0.34     1,013,750     1.07  
  1.27     522,620     0.16     322,053     0.37  
  3.15     4,748     0.00     4,748     0.00  
  6.00     891,833     0.04     891,833     0.14  
  1.37     352,866     0.12     82,304     0.10  
  2.48     86,332     0.03     22,342     0.03  
  2.69     853,333     0.29     313,335     0.41  
  4.24     258,000     0.09     122,519     0.16  
  17.37     253,270     0.04     253,270     0.14  
  3.89     325,000     0.12     135,418     0.18  
  16.58     31,659     0.00     15,828     0.00  
  16.74     56,985     0.00     28,488     0.01  
  4.27     879,002     0.32     366,852     0.50  
  16.10     63,319     0.00     63,319     0.00  
  4.89     5,513,497     2.03     2,046,567     2.87  
  5.14     107,666     0.04     35,680     0.05  
  10.42     162,295     0.01     138,549     0.04  
  10.42     142,467     0.01     71,230     0.02  
  11.84     44,322     0.00     11,079     0.00  
  7.93     1,058,500     0.40          
  8.21     94,979     0.01     23,744     0.01  
  5.92     310,000     0.12          
  5.09     276,500     0.11     54,000     0.08  
  6.94     94,979     0.02          
  8.84     94,979     0.02          
  7.13     1,136,000     0.45          
  7.46     3,333,333     1.31          
  8.50     1,222,500     0.49          
  8.24     857,500     0.34          
  6.54     3,408,785     1.40          
$  5.88     250,000     0.10          
        24,288,919     8.49     6,379,908     6.48  

Stock-based Compensation

For the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company recorded $28,008 (July 31, 2018 – $4,997) in stock-based compensation expense related to employee options, which are measured at fair value at the date of grant and are expensed over the vesting period (See Note 18 for stock based compensation allocation by expense group). In determining the amount of stock-based compensation, the Company used the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to establish the fair value of options granted by applying the following assumptions:

  July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
Exercise price $0.75–$8.95 $1.37–$5.14
Stock price $5.09–$8.50 $1.37–$5.14
Risk-free interest rate 1.54%–2.42% 2.06%-2.37%
Expected life of options (years) 5-7 7
Expected annualized volatility 64%–76% 65%

29


Volatility was estimated using the average historical volatility of the Company and comparable companies in the industry that have trading history and volatility history.

For the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company allocated to inventory $1,724 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) of stock-based compensation applicable to direct and indirect labour in the selling and production process.

14. Net Loss per Share

The following securities could potentially dilute basic net loss per share in the future but have not been included in diluted loss per share because their effect was anti-dilutive:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Options   24,288,919     14,388,066  
Warrants issued with $0.75 units       3,234,960  
2015 Secured convertible debentures warrants       1,318,332  
2016 Unsecured convertible debenture warrants       100,002  
2017 Secured convertible debenture warrants   107,136     928,542  
2018 Equity warrants   10,512,208     18,570,500  
2018 February 2018 financing warrants   4,413,498      
2019 June financing warrants   2,184,540      
Joint venture and Inner Spirit issued warrants   11,571,235      
Convertible debenture broker/finder warrants   796,791     2,273,168  
    53,874,327     40,813,570  

15. Convertible Debentures Receivable

12% CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE

On July 26, 2018, the Company purchased $10,000 in the form of unsecured and subordinated convertible debentures to an unrelated entity, Fire and Flower (“F&F”). The convertible debenture bears interest at 8%, paid semi-annually, matures July 31, 2020 and includes a conversion feature to convert the debenture into common shares of F&F at the lower of $1.15 and the share price as defined within the agreement. The Company obtained the debenture as a part of a strategic investment into the private retail cannabis market. The debentures may be converted into common shares or a loan on July 31, 2020, which bears interest at 12%, at the holders option.

For the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company’s debenture increased by $1,627 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) due to fair value adjustments. At period end, the level 2 instrument convertible debenture receivable was fair valued using the F&F July 31, 2019 public market rate of $1.33 and totalled $12,024 (July 31, 2018 – $10,000). Accrued unpaid interest and the unrealized gain amounted to $397 and $1,627 respectively.

ZERO INTEREST CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE

On February 13, 2019, the Company purchased $800 in the form of unsecured and subordinated convertible debentures to F&F. The convertible debenture bears zero interest and matures November 30, 2019 and includes a conversion feature to convert the debenture into common shares of F&F at $0.80 as defined within the agreement. The debentures may be partially or converted in-full into common shares at the maturity date at the holder’s option.

The Company acquired the zero interest convertible debenture through the acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019 which carried a fair value of $1,220. Since acquisition, for the stub period ended July 31, 2019, the Company’s zero interest debenture increased by $110 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) due to fair value adjustments. At period end, the level 2 instrument convertible debenture receivable was fair valued using the F&F July 31, 2019 public market rate of $1.33 and totalled $1,330 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil).

16. Term Loan

Term Loan

On February 15, 2019, the Company entered into a syndicated credit facility with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”) as Sole Bookrunner, Co-Lead Arranger and Administrative Agent and Bank of Montreal as Co-Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent (together “the Lenders”). The Lenders will provide the Company up to $65 million in secured debt financing at a rate of interest that is expected to average in the mid-to-high 5% per annum range. The credit facility consists of a $50 million term loan and a $15 million revolving loan with an uncommitted option to increase the facility up to $135 million. Both loans mature in 2022. The Company may repay the loan without penalty, at any time and contains customary financial and restrictive covenants. The Company shall repay at minimum 2.5% of the outstanding balance each quarter per the terms of the credit facility agreement. The term loan possess several covenants which the Company has met as of July 31, 2019.

On February 14, 2019, the Company received $35,000 and incurred financing costs to secure the loan of $1,347.

30


As of July 31, 2019, the Company has drawn a total of $35,000 on the term loan, of which $3,500 is due within 12 months in according with the terms of the credit facility. Carrying value net of deferred financing costs of total term loan is $33,374.

The total interest expense and total interest capitalized was $252 and $511, respectively. The total accretion of deferred financing costs was $387 for the year ended July 31, 2019.

The following table illustrates the continuity schedule of the term loan:

Term Loan   Current     Long term  
July 31, 2018 $  –   $  –  
Term loan            
Additions       35,000  
Adjustments   3,500     (3,500 )
Repayments   (87 )   (788 )
  $  3,413   $  30,712  
Deferred financing costs            
Additions   (296 )   (1,347 )
Adjustments       296  
Realized expense       596  
July 31, 2019 $  3,117   $  30,257  

17. Financial Instruments

Market Risk

Interest Risk

The Company has exposure to interest rate risk related to any investments of surplus cash. The Company may invest surplus cash in highly liquid investments with short terms to maturity that would accumulate interest at prevailing rates for such investments. The Company also has exposure to interest rate risk related to the outstanding balance of the term loan. The fluctuation of the interest rate may result in a material increase to the associated interest. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had short term investments and a convertible debenture of $517 and a long term loan of $33,374. All interest rates are fixed. An increase or decrease of 5% to the applicable interest rates would not result in a material variance to net loss.

Price Risk

Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s level 1 and 2 investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of marketable securities and derivatives held in publicly traded entities are based on quoted market prices which the shares of the investments can be exchanged for.

If the fair value of these financial assets were to increase or decrease by 10% as of July 31, 2019, the Company would incur an associated increase or decrease in comprehensive loss of approximately $340 (2018 - $Nil). The price risk exposure as at July 31, 2019 is presented in the table below.

    $  
Financial assets   16,756  
Financial liabilities   (493 )
Total exposure   16,263  

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Company’s trade receivables, promissory note receivable and convertible debenture receivable. As at July 31, 2019, the Company was exposed to credit related losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparties.

The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk. Since the majority of the medical sales are transacted with clients that are covered under various insurance programs, the Company has limited credit risk.

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held by some of the largest cooperative financial groups in Canada. Since the inception of the Company, no losses have been incurred in relation to cash held by the financial institution. The majority of the trade receivables balance are held with crown corporations of Quebec, Ontario and Alberta as well as one of the largest medical insurance companies in Canada. Credit worthiness of a counterparty is evaluated prior to the granting of credit. The Company has estimated the expected credit loss using a lifetime credit loss approach. The current expected credit loss for the year ended July 31, 2019 is $37 (July 31, 2018 - $94).

31


In measuring the expected credit losses, the adult-use cannabis trade receivables have been assessed on a per customer basis as they consist of a low number of material contracts. Medical trade receivables have been assessed collectively as they possess share credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the days past due.

Credit risk from the convertible debenture receivable arises from the possibility that principal and/or interest due may become uncollectible. The Company mitigates this risk by managing and monitoring the underlying business relationship.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, trade receivables and convertible debentures receivable represents the maximum exposure to credit risk and as at July 31, 2019; this amounted to $194,902. The following table summarizes the Company’s aging of trade receivables as at July 31, 2019 and 2018:

    July 31,     July 31,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
0–30 days   14,102     262  
31– 60 days   1,826     188  
61– 90 days   166     91  
Over 90 days   3,599     103  
Total   19,693     644  

The following table summarizes the Company’s ECL by aging group as at July 31, 2019 and 2018:

    July 31,     July 31,  
    2019     2018  
        $  
0–30 days   3     -  
31– 60 days   7     -  
61– 90 days   3     -  
Over 90 days   24     94  
Total   37     94  

Economic Dependence Risk

Economic dependence risk is the risk of reliance upon a select number of customers which significantly impact the financial performance of the Company. The Company recorded sales from three crown corporations representing 81% (July 31, 2018 – Nil%) of total sales in the year ended July 31, 2019.

The Company holds trade receivables from three crown corporations representing 79% of total trade receivables as of July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – Nil%).

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company manages its liquidity risk by reviewing on an ongoing basis its capital requirements. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had $139,505 of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

The Company is obligated to pay accounts payable and accrued liabilities, excise taxes payable and current portions of the term loan with total carrying amounts and contractual cash flows amounting to $52,685 due in the next 12 months.

The carrying values of cash, trade receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short term to maturity. The carrying value of the term loan approximates its fair value as there has been no change the Company’s risk profile and no changes to the market interest rate.

32


18. Operating Expenses by Nature

For the years ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Stock based compensation $  28,008   $  4,997  
Marketing and promotion   22,308     2,447  
Salaries and benefits   25,349     6,992  
Consulting   11,176     3,659  
Professional fees   8,258     1,761  
Facilities   5,697     919  
General and administrative   4,462     1,442  
Travel   2,710     488  
Amortization of intangible assets   1,767     765  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   1,747     896  
Total $  111,482   $  24,367  

The following table summarizes the nature of stock based compensation in the period:

For the year ended   July 31, 2019  
General and administrative related stock -based compensation $  26,322  
Marketing and promotion related stock -based compensation   1,686  
Total operating expense related stock-based compensation   28,008  
Stock based compensation capitalized to inventory   1,724  
Total stock-based compensation $  29,732  

The following table summarizes the total payroll related wages and benefits by nature in the period:

For the year ended   July 31, 2019  
General and administrative related wages and benefits $  17,975  
Marketing and promotion related wages and benefits   6,162  
Research and development related wages and benefits   1,212  
Total operating expense related wages and benefits   25,349  
Wages and benefits expensed through cost of sales   10,905  
Total wages and benefits expensed in the period $  36,254  

19. Investment in Associate and Joint Ventures

The following is a summary of financial information for the Company’s joint ventures for the periods presented based on the latest publicly available information. Note that the numbers have not been pro-rated for the Company’s ownership interest.

    Truss     Belleville Complex Inc     HEXO MED  
Period   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2019  
Statement of Financial Position       $     $  
Cash and cash equivalents   14,318     278     542  
Current assets   5,701     2,604     59  
Non- current assets   7,880     19,906     22  
                   
Current liabilities   7,477     1,155     26  
Non-current labilities       21,909      
                   

33



Period   11 months ended
July 31, 2019
    August 21, 2018 to
July 31, 2019
    December 22, 2018
to July 31, 2019
 
                   
Statement of Comprehensive Loss                  
Revenue       4,018      
                   
Operating expenses excluding depreciation                  
 and amortization   (6,579 )   (3,716 )    
Depreciation and amortization       (578 )    
Other expenses           (503 )
                   
Loss from operations   (6,579 )   (276 )   (503 )
Income tax expenses            
Total comprehensive loss   (6,579 )   (276 )   (503 )

(a) Truss – Investment in Associate

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Opening Balance $  –   $  –  
Cash consideration of investment   11,476      
Fair value of warrant consideration   42,386      
Capitalized transaction costs   721      
Share of net loss   (2,796 )    
Ending Balance $  51,786   $  –  

On October 4, 2018, the formation of the entity Truss between the Company and Molson Coors Canada (the “Partner”) was finalized. Truss is a standalone start-up company with its own board of directors and an independent management team and is incorporated in Canada. Truss is private company and its principle activities consist of pursuing opportunities to develop non-alcoholic, cannabis-infused beverages and is currently operating in Gatineau, Quebec.

The Partner holds 57,500 common shares representing 57.5% controlling interest in Truss with the Company holding 42,500 common shares and controlling the remaining 42.5% . In connection with the transaction the Company has granted the Partner 11,500,000 common share warrants at an exercise price of $6.00 for a period of 3 years.

Included in the initial investment cost is the capitalized fair value $42,386 of warrant consideration (see Note 11 for fair value inputs and assumptions).

Transaction costs of $721 in respect to the definitive agreement to form the joint venture were capitalized.

The joint venture is accounted for using the equity method. During the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company’s share in the net loss of Truss was ($2,796) (July 31, 2018 – $Nil).

(b) Belleville Complex Inc - Joint Venture

On October 31, 2018, the Company acquired a 25% interest in the joint venture Belleville Complex Inc. (“BCI”) with a related party Olegna Holdings Inc., owned and controlled by a director of the Company, holding the remaining 75% in BCI. The joint venture purchased a configured 1.5 million sq. ft. facility through a $20,279 loan issued by the Company on September 7, 2018, bearing an annual 4% interest rate and interest payable monthly. The loan and all remaining accrued interest were repaid in full during the period and interest income of $454 was realized.

As a part of the agreement, the Company will be the anchor tenant for a period of 20 years. Consideration for the 25% interest on the joint venture is deemed $Nil. The carrying value of BCI as at July 31, 2019 is $Nil (July 31, 2018 - $Nil).

34


(c) HEXO MED - Joint Venture

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Opening Balance $  –   $  –  
Cash consideration of investment   1,106      
Capitalized transaction costs   125        
Share of net loss   (168 )    
Ending Balance $  1,063   $  –  

HEXO MED is a Greece based joint venture established with partner QNBS P.C. (formerly Qannabos) and will serve as the Company’s entry point into the European medical cannabis markets. During the fiscal year 2019, the Company contributed a total of EUR$250 for a 33.34% interest in HEXO MED in cash. As of July 31, 2019, the Company has also accrued an additional EUR$500 per the terms of the shareholders agreement. Once remitted, the Company’s interest will increase to 51% (see Note 32). The carrying value of HEXO MED as at July 31, 2019 is $1,063 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil).

20. Long-term Investments

  Cost
July 31,
2018
    Fair value
July 31,
2018
    Investment     Divesture/
Transfer
    Subtotal
July 31,
2019
    Change in
fair value
    Fair value
July 31,
2019
 
        $     $     $     $     $     $  
Level 1 Investments                                          
Fire & Flower Inc. common shares           2,970     (2,493 )   477     (477 )    
Fire & Flower Inc. common share purchase warrants1           505     (262 )   243     (243 )    
Inner Spirit common shares1           2,850         2,850     150     3,000  
Level 2 Investments                                          
Inner Spirit common share purchase warrants1           414         414     (11 )   403  
Level 3 Investments                                          
Greentank Technologies1           6,723         6,723     (149 )   6,574  
Neal Brothers Inc. 1           4,000         4,000         4,000  
Segra International Corp.       100             100     200     300  
Total       100     17,462     2,755     14,807     (530 )   14,277  

1 Acquired in the Newstrike acquisition on May 24, 2019 at fair market value

Fire & Flower Inc.

Common Shares

On November 1, 2018, the Company obtained 1,980,000 subscription receipts in the entity F&F for proceeds of $2,970. The subscription receipts converted to common shares of F&F at a 1:1 ratio on February 19, 2019 upon the commencement of trading on the TSX Venture and held an initial fair value of $2,970. On July 25, 2019, the Company liquidated the investment in full resulting in a cash injection net of fees of $2,493. The Level 1 long term investment and associated realized loss as at July 30, 2019, were $Nil and ($477), respectively.

Common Share Purchase Warrants

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company obtained 1,000,000 common share purchase warrants in the entity F&F. Each warrant entitles the Company to a common share at a ratio of 1:1. The warrants held an initial fair value of $505. The investment was fair valued through the Black Scholes-Merton model at $243 and disposed of as at July 30, 2019. The Company realized a loss of ($243) as at July 30, 2019 based upon the following assumptions and inputs:

market price of $1.33;
expected life of 0.70 year;
$Nil dividends;
100% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.46%.

35


Inner Spirit Holding Inc.

Common Shares

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company obtained 15,000,000 common shares in the entity Inner Spirit Holdings Inc. which held a fair value of $2,850. The investment held an unrealized gain of $150 as at July 31, 2019 based upon the market price of $0.20 per common share.

Common Share Purchase Warrants

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company obtained 7,500,000 common share purchase warrants in the entity Inner Spirit Holdings Inc. Each warrant entitles the Company to a common share at a ratio of 1:1. The warrants held an initial fair value of $414. The investment was fair valued through the Black Scholes-Merton model and held an unrealized loss of ($11) as at July 31, 2019 based upon the following assumptions and inputs:

market price of $0.20;
expected life of 1.00 year;
$Nil dividends;
100% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.48%.

Greentank Technologies.

On February 22, 2019, Newstrike acquired 1,953,125 preferred shares of Greentank Technologies for cash consideration of $6,622 (USD$5,000). The investment is strategic and long term in nature. The investments initial fair value upon the acquisition of Newstrike was $6,723 and is measured through fair value through profit and loss. The fair value was established using the information from a recent financing which demonstrates the same underlying preferred share value as the original investment consideration. During the stub period ended July 31, 2019, there was a decrease in fair value of $149 due to a reduction of CAD/USD rate (July 31, 2018 - $Nil). A variance of 5% to the underlying preferred share price would result in a change of $331 to the investments fair value.

Neal Brothers Inc.

The Company also acquired 19.9% of the shares of Neal Brothers Inc. through the acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019. The Company holds no board seat. The initial investment was for cash consideration of $5,604. The Company has measured these investments at fair value upon the date of acquisition which was determined to be $4,000. During the stub period ended July 31, 2019, there was no change in fair value (July 31, 2018 - $Nil). A variance of 5% to the underlying investment would result in a change of $200 to the investments fair value.

Segra International Corp.

The Company holds 400,000 shares in the private entity Segra International Corp. The investment represents a strategic long term investment in the cannabis micropropogation entity. The initial investment was made for $0.25 per share. The Company has measured this investment to its fair value of $0.75 per share which totalled $300 as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – $100). The fair value measurement was based upon the most recent financing information and the associated unrealized gain of $200 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil) was recorded through profit and loss. A variance of 5% to the underlying share price would result in a nominal change to the investments fair value.

21. Related Party Disclosure

Key Management Personnel Compensation

Key management personnel are those persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the Company’s operations, directly or indirectly. The key management personnel of the Company are the members of the executive management team and Board of Directors, and they control approximately 6.15% of the outstanding shares of the Company as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – 8.77%) .

Compensation provided to key management during the period was as follows:

For the years ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Salary and/or consulting fees $  3,550   $  1,969  
Bonus compensation   481     275  
Stock-based compensation   16,235     3,836  
Total $  20,266   $  6,080  

36


These transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties.

Unless otherwise stated the below granted stock options will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the balance will vest quarterly over two years thereafter.

On July 26, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 250,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.88

On July 18, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $6.54. On March 20, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.50.

On February 21, 2019, the Company granted the CEO 3,333,333 stock options with an exercise price of $7.46. Additional to the standard vesting terms as defined in Note 11, is an achievement condition in which vesting may only occur once a volume weighted average trading price of $10 or greater is achieved for a 20-day period prior to a vesting date. All unvested options will carry over and vest if the condition is met at a future vesting date.

On February 19, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 615,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.13.

On December 17, 2018, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 74,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.09. Of which, 54,000 stock options will fully vest at the 6-month anniversary of the grant date.

On September 17, 2018, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.93.

On July 11, 2018, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 4,325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.89. Within the grant there exist 350,000 stock option which fully vest on April 30, 2019.

On April 16, 2018, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 845,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.27.

On March 12, 2018, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $3.89.

On December 4, 2017, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 1,750,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.69, of which half of the options will vest immediately, and the balance will vest annually over three years thereafter with the exception of 75,000 stock options which vest in full by April 30, 2019.

On November 6, 2017, the Company granted certain directors of the Company a total of 125,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.48.

On September 8, 2017, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $1.37.

The Company loaned $20,279 on September 7, 2018, to the related party BCI to be used in the purchase of a facility in Belleville, Ontario and was repaid in full during the third quarter of fiscal 2019.

22. Capital Management

The Company’s objective is to maintain sufficient capital so as to maintain investor, creditor and customer confidence and to sustain future development of the business and provide the ability to continue as a going concern. Management defines capital as the Company’s shareholders’ equity. The Board of Directors does not establish quantitative return on capital criteria for management. The Company has not paid any dividends to its shareholders. The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

As at July 31, 2019 total managed capital was comprised of shareholders’ equity of $776,756 (July 31, 2018 – $322,873). There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the period.

23. Commitments and Contingencies

COMMITMENTS

The Company has certain contractual financial obligations related to service agreements, purchase agreements, rental agreements and construction contracts.

Some of these contracts have optional renewal terms that the Company may exercise at its option. The annual minimum payments payable under these obligations over the next five years is as follows:

37



2020 $  93,647  
2021   7,332  
2022   5,804  
2023   5,259  
2024   4,970  
Thereafter   75,218  
  $  192,230  

Inclusive of the commitments balance is $99,652 related to the Belleville Complex Inc 20-year anchor tenant agreement ending September 7, 2038 (Note 17) and additional lease commitments amounting to $2,089.

The following table summarizes the Company’s proportionate share of the annual minimum payments and commitments held by its investment in associate and joint ventures.

2020 $  26,962  
2021   1,794  
2022   26  
2023   26  
2024   27  
  $  28,835  

Letter of Credit

On June 28, 2018, the Company executed a letter of credit with a Canadian credit union as required under an agreement with a public utility provider entitling the Company up to a maximum limit of $3,141 subject to certain operational requirements. The letter of credit has a one-year expiry from the date of issuance with an autorenewal feature and was still in effect as at July 31, 2019. The credit facility is secured by a guaranteed investment certificate (“GIC”). As at July 31, 2019, the letter of credit has not been drawn upon (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) and is in compliance with the specified requirements.

Surety Bond

On June 28, 2018, the Company entered into an indemnity agreement to obtain a commercial surety bond with a North American insurance provider entitling the Company up to a maximum of $2,000. The bond bears a premium at 0.1% annually. The Company obtained the surety bond as required under the Canada Revenue Agency’s excise tax laws for the transporting of commercial goods throughout Canada.

CONTINGENCIES

The Company may be, from time to time, subject to various administrative and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Contingent liabilities associated with legal proceedings are recorded when a liability is probable, and the contingent liability can be reasonably estimated.

24. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of the financial instruments as at July 31, 2019 are summarized in the following table:

38



                Financial assets     Financial liabilities        
          Amortized     designated as     designated        
    Note     costs     FVTPL     as FVTPL     Total  
Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents   4         113,568         113,568  
Restricted cash   5         22,350         22,350  
Short-term investments   4         25,937         25,937  
Trade receivables         19,693             19,693  
Commodity taxes recoverable and other receivables   6     15,247             15,247  
Convertible debenture receivable   15         13,354         13,354  
Long term investments   20         14,277         14,277  
Liabilities              
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities         45,581             45,581  
Warrant liability   12             493     493  
Deferred rent liability         946             946  
Term loan   16     33,374             33,374  

The carrying values of trade receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and the term loan approximate their fair values due to their relatively short periods to maturity.

The carrying values of the financial instruments as at July 31, 2018 are summarized in the following table:

                Financial assets     Financial liabilities        
          Amortized     designated as     designated        
    Note     costs     FVTPL     as FVTPL     Total  
Assets         $     $     $     $  
Cash and cash equivalents (Restated)   4, 26         99,042         99,042  
Short-term investments (Restated)   4, 26         145,747         145,747  
Trade receivables         644             644  
Commodity taxes recoverable and   6     4,237             4,237  
 other receivables                              
Convertible debenture receivable   15         10,000         10,000  
Liabilities         $     $     $     $  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities         8,995             8,995  
Warrant liability   12             3,130     3,130  

25. Ancillary Revenue

Ancillary revenues are those sales outside of the primary business of the Company as outlined in Note 1. During the year ended July 31, 2019 the Company realized net revenues of $199 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) related to management fees.

26. Comparative Amounts

The Company identified an error in relation to the classification of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments for the year ended July 31, 2018. The Company has identified $98,209 of high interest-bearing cash accounts previously classified as short-term investments as well as $38,509 of term deposits, previously classified as cash and cash equivalents. Accordingly, the Company has increased cash and cash equivalents and decreased short term investments by the net amount of $59,700 in the consolidated statements of financial position as at July 31, 2018. The Company has increased cash and cash equivalents and reduced disposal/(acquisition) of short-term investments by $59,700 in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended July 31, 2018.

39


27. License and Prepaid Royalty – HIP

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company inherited a royalty agreement with the Tragically Hip (the “Hip Agreement”) with an effective date of January 12, 2017, expiring after five years with an option of renewal for a two-year period. Newstrike’s initial consideration was 3,000,000 common shares with an initial fair value of $2,655 and an ongoing royalty of 2.5% of revenues of cannabis products sold by the Company inspired by the Tragically Hip. The issuance of the 3,000,000 common shares includes a payment of 1,000,000 common shares that will be applied against future royalties’ payable. The fair value of the license and prepaid asset as at the acquisition date of May 24, 2019 was $926 and $600, respectively.

During the stub period ended July 31, 2019, the Company recorded amortization of $59 using the straight-line method over a five-year term from the effective date of the License, and $58 was drawn down on the prepaid royalty.

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
License – HIP, net of amortization $  867   $  –  
Prepaid Royalty – HIP   542      
License and prepaid royalty – HIP $  1,409   $  –  

28. Non-Controlling Interest

The following table summarizes the information relating to the Company’s subsidiary Neal Up Brands Inc., before intercompany eliminations.

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Current assets $  2,500   $  –  
Non-current assets        
Current liabilities        
Non-current liabilities        
Net assets   2,500      
Non-controlling interest (%)   40%        
Non-controlling interest $  1,000   $  –  

29. Income Taxes

Income tax expense recognized in comprehensive loss consists of the following components:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Current tax for the year $  –   $  –  
Adjustments of previous years        
Total $  –   $  –  

Components of deferred income tax expense (recovery):

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Origination and reversal of temporary differences $  (12,988 ) $  (6,780 )
Difference between statutory tax rate and deferred tax rate   152     (7 )
Change in temporary difference for which no deferred tax assets are recorded   6,996     6,787  
Deferred income tax recovery $  (3,840 ) $  –  

40


The Company's expected tax rate is different from the combined federal and provincial income tax rate in Canada. These differences result from the following elements:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Expected tax rate   26.64%     26.9%  
Earnings before income taxes $  (85,404 ) $  (23,350 )
             
Expected tax benefit resulting from loss   (22,732 )   (6,281 )
             
Adjustments for the following items:            
     Tax rate differences   152     (7 )
     Permanent differences   9,454     3,095  
     Change in temporary differences for which no tax assets are recorded   6,622     2,401  
     True up and other   664     792  
  $  (3,840 ) $  –  

The following is a reconciliation of the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized by the Company:

    Opening     Recognized in     Recognized in     Ending  
    August 1, 2018     income     goodwill     July 31, 2019  
    $     $     $     $  
Deductible temporary differences       119     (220 )   101  
Taxable temporary differences   (117 )           (117 )
Biological assets   (458 )   81     (292 )   (669 )
Inventory   (1,432 )   1,560     (559 )   (431 )
Loss carryforward   2,007     1,886     7,303     11,196  
Share issue costs       (89 )   1,724     1,635  
Intangible assets       284     (32,193 )   (31,909 )
        3,840     (24,236 )   (20,396 )

    Opening     Recognized in     Recognized in     Ending  
    August     Income     Equity/OCI     July 31, 2018  
    $     $     $     $  
Deferred tax assets   813         (813 )    
Taxable temporary differences       (117 )       (117 )
Biological assets       (458 )       (458 )
Inventory       (1,432 )       (1,432 )
Loss carryforward       2,007         2,007  
Revaluation of financial instruments - Equity   (813 )       813      
                 

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of loss carryforwards and of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws. At July 31, 2019 deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses for which no deferred tax assets have been recognized are attributable to the following:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
    $     $  
Losses carried forward   52,554     20,672  
Research and development expenditures   266     266  
Fixed Assets   6,021      
Share issue costs   10,089     13,352  
    68,929     34,289  

41


The Company has approximated non-capital losses available to reduce future years' federal and provincial taxable income which expires as follows:

     
2031   118  
2032   562  
2033   281  
2034   1,420  
2035   3,510  
2036   6,030  
2037   10,669  
2038   33,395  
2039   52,909  
    108,510  

30. Loss on Investment

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company realized a loss on investment activities in the amount of $650. The Company continues to take legal action to recover the loss.

31. Gross Revenue

Year ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Gross Cannabis Revenue        
Retail   53,590      
Medical   5,288     4,934  
Wholesale   378      
Total gross revenue from sale of goods   59,256     4,934  

Gross revenue is inclusive of sales returns and recoveries. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, the Company incurred $6,718 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil) of sales provisions.

32. Segmented Information

The Company operates in one operating segment. All property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are located in Canada.

33. Subsequent Events

Amalgamation of Subsidiaries

On August 1, 2019, the Company completed the amalgamation of the subsidiaries 8980268 Canada Inc and Newstrike Brands Ltd into HEXO Operations Inc. The resulting entity retained the name HEXO Corp.

Letter of Credit

On August 2, 2019, the Company amendedthe letter of credit (Note 23) that was issued in favor of a public utility provider. The amount of the letter was reduced to $2,581 from $3,142. This amended letter is secured against the company’s revolving loan and no longer secured by a GIC.

Increased Ownership in HEXO MED

On September 24, 2019, the Company increased its ownership in its European based joint venture HEXO MED from 33.3% to 51% which an additional capital injection of $729.

$70 Million Private Placement

On October 23, 2019, the Company announced it has entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70,001 principal amount of 8.0% unsecured debentures of the Company (the “Debentures”).

The Debentures will bear interest from the date of closing at 8.0% per annum payable quarterly and will mature on the date which is three years from issuance. Following the date, which is one year from issuance, the Debentures will be convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $3.16 per share (the “Conversion Price”), subject to adjustment in certain events.

42


Beginning on the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may force the conversion of all of the principal amount of the then outstanding Debentures at the Conversion Price on not less than 30 days’ notice should the daily volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $7.50 for any 15 consecutive trading days.

At any time on or before the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may repay all, but not less than all, of the principal amount of the Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Upon any repayment of the principal amount of the Debentures, the Company shall have the right to satisfy the repayment of the principal amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, through the conversion of such amounts into common shares of the Company at the Conversion Price.

Upon a change of control of the Company, holders of the Debentures will have the right to require the Company to repurchase their Debentures, in whole or in part, on the date that is 30 days following the giving of notice of the change of control, at a price equal to 115% of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures then outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (the “Offer Price”). If 90% or more of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures outstanding on the date of the notice of the change of control have been tendered for redemption, the Company will have the right to redeem all of the remaining Debentures at the Offer Price.

The Debentures and any common shares of the Company issuable upon conversion thereof will be subject to a statutory hold period lasting four months and one day following the closing date.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about November 15, 2019. The private placement is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary regulatory and stock exchange approvals, including the approvals of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

43



 

MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS

For the three and twelve months ended July 31, 2019

 

 

 


Management’s Discussion & Analysis

For the year ended July 31, 2019
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts, and where otherwise noted)

This management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of operations of HEXO Corp (formerly The Hydropothecary Corporation) and our wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “we” or “us” or “our” or “Company” or “HEXO”) is for the year ended July 31, 2019 and 2018. HEXO is a publicly traded corporation, incorporated in Ontario, Canada. The common shares of HEXO trade under the symbol “HEXO” on both the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). This MD&A is supplemental to, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. All amounts presented herein are stated in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

This MD&A has been prepared by reference to the MD&A disclosure requirements established under National Instrument 51-102, Continuous Disclosure Obligations, of the Canadian Securities Administrators. Additional information regarding the Company is available on our websites at hexocorp.com/investors or through the SEDAR website at sedar.com or the EDGAR website at www.sec.gov/edgar.

Certain information in this MD&A contains or incorporates comments that constitute forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. Forward-looking information, in general, can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “should”, “plans”, “continue”, “objective”, or similar expressions suggesting future outcomes or events. They include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances; our objectives, goals, strategies, beliefs, intentions, plans, estimates, projections and outlook, including statements relating to our plans and objectives; estimates or predictions of actions of customers, suppliers, competitors or regulatory authorities; and statements regarding our future economic performance.

• the competitive and business strategies of the Company;

• the intention to grow the business, operations and potential activities of the Company, including entering into joint ventures and leveraging the brands of third parties through joint ventures and partnerships;

• the ongoing expansion of the Company’s facilities, its costs and receipt of approval from Health Canada to complete such expansion and increase production and sale capacity;

• the expansion of business activities, including potential acquisitions;

• the integration of our acquisition of Newstrike Brands Ltd. (“Newstrike”) into our operations;

• the expected production capacity of the Company;

• the expected sales mix of offered products;

• the development and authorization of new products, including cannabis edibles and extracts (“cannabis derivatives”);

• the competitive conditions of the industry, including the Company’s ability to maintain or grow its market share;

• the establishment of the Company’s investment in association with Molson Coors Canada and the future impact thereof;

• the establishment of the Company’s joint venture with QNBS P.C. (formerly Qannabos) for the Company’s Eurozone processing, production and distribution centre in Greece and the future impact thereof;

• the expansion of the Company’s business, operations and potential activities outside of the Canadian market, including but not limited to the U.S., Europe, Latin America and other international jurisdictions;

• whether the Company will have sufficient working capital and its ability to raise additional financing required in order to develop its business and continue operations;

• the applicable laws, regulations and any amendments thereof;

• the grant, renewal and impact of any licence or supplemental licence to conduct activities with cannabis or any amendments thereof;

• the anticipated future gross margins of the Company’s operations; and

• the performance of the Company’s business and operations.

Such statements are not historical facts but instead represent management beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond management control. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations about future events and certain assumptions including, but not limited to:

• the Company’s ability to implement its growth strategies;   • the Company’s ability to maintain and renew required licenses;
     
• the Company’s ability to complete the conversion or buildout of its facilities on time and on budget; • the Company’s ability to maintain good business relationships with its customers, distributors and other strategic partners;
   
• the Company’s competitive advantages;   • the Company’s ability to keep pace with changing consumer preferences;
     
• the development of new products and product formats for the Company’s products; • the Company’s ability to protect intellectual property;
     
• the Company’s ability to obtain and maintain financing on acceptable terms; • the Company’s ability to manage and integrate acquisitions, particularly Newstrike;
     
• the impact of competition;   • the Company’s ability to retain key personnel; and
   
• the changes and trends in the cannabis industry; • the absence of material adverse changes in the industry or global economy.
     
• changes in laws, rules and regulations;    

Although the forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A are based on what we believe are reasonable assumptions, these assumptions are subject to a number of risks beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that actual results will be consistent with these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements and information include, but are not limited to, financial risks; industry competition; general economic conditions and global events; product development, facility and technological risks; changes to government laws, regulations or policies, including tax; agricultural risks; supply risks; product risks; dependence on senior management; sufficiency of insurance; and other risks and factors described from time to time in the documents filed by us with securities regulators. For more information on the risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ from current expectations, see “Risk Factors”. All forward-looking information is provided as of the date of this MD&A. We do not undertake to update any such forward-looking information whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

This MD&A is dated October 28, 2019.

2 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



COMPANY OVERVIEW
     

HEXO Corp is helping shape an entirely new legal cannabis market – in Canada and abroad. We are working to change the world; and we are just getting started.

Just six years ago, two entrepreneurs set out to corner the cannabis market in Canada. Laying roots in the province of Quebec, the Company was influential in stimulating market acceptance and support, raising significant capital in the public markets since the beginning of fiscal year 2018. We have agreements and arrangements in place to supply cannabis in nine provinces, including a five-year supply contract with Quebec’s Société québécoise du cannabis (“SQDC”). In total, we have governmental or private retail distribution agreements covering most major Canadian markets, reaching over 95% of the Canadian population. Our brands – HEXO and Up – are available to Canadians across the country.

Today, HEXO is a consumer-packaged goods (“CPG”) cannabis technology company that has increased its focus globally. We believe that building a brand comes primarily from a strong distribution system and product quality, and from making a meaningful commitment to sustainability. Through our Hub and Spoke strategy, we are centralizing our intellectual property and branding it “powered by HEXO” and as we have done with Molson Coors Canada (“Molson”) we plan to partner with Fortune 500 companies in different facets of the CPG market, to participate in the cannabis market beginning in Canada and around the world. Fundamentally, we bring our brand value, cannabinoid isolation, formulation and delivery technology, licensed infrastructure and regulatory expertise to established companies, and in turn, we plan to leverage their international distribution, base products and their deep understanding of consumer markets.

 

We aim to provide a clear, legal regulatory path into worldwide markets and best in class technology to our current and future partners. We believe the U.S. represents a significant market in the evolution of the cannabis industry, and that to establish global cannabis brands, our goal is to be successful there. As the U.S. market continues to develop, we intend to bring American consumers innovative, consistent, and high-quality hemp-derived cannabidiol (“CBD”) infused products “powered by HEXO”. Through these partnerships, we plan to focus on large-scale CBD extraction from hemp, providing high quality ingredients to our current and future Fortune 500 partners, as well as hemp derivative wholesaling.

We have a history of innovation driven by our experienced management team. Under their leadership, we are building a robust research and development team to deliver the cannabis experiences sought by the market. We are among the cannabis industry’s top innovators, with award-winning products such as Elixir, Canada’s first line of cannabis peppermint oil sublingual sprays, and decarb, an activated cannabis powder designed for oral consumption. We are also pioneering a line of sexual health products with Fleur de Lune and have won top awards for the quality of our pre-rolled cannabis products. Our ability to develop consistent advanced cannabis formulations for use in world-renowned brands – beverages, food, cosmetics, and more – has already garnered the attention of Molson and resulted in the creation of Truss, an exclusive venture to develop non-alcoholic, cannabis-infused beverages. Our Innovation team is structured across three pillars, Clinical Evaluation, Advanced Research and Applied Research. We employ researchers and PHDs from extensive product development backgrounds driving the execution of better, scientifically supported, cannabis-based experiences.

3 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS

Our goal is to become a top global cannabis company with top market share in Canada. After establishing a strong presence within our home market of Quebec, we are expanding nationally on a larger scale. Our objective is to execute on our existing supply agreements and arrangements with entities across nine provinces, and to successfully manage our distribution centre responsible for all SQDC online sale cannabis distribution. We also possess a strategic relationship with the private cannabis retailer Spirit Leaf. This private retail presence will allow us to expand our expected distribution presence within these provinces.

During the period we completed the acquisition of Newstrike Brands Ltd (“Newstrike”). This acquisition further strengthens HEXO’s presence within Canada by adding Up, a reputable brand already established within the cannabis adult-use market, to HEXO’s house of brands. Along with the brand, HEXO acquired several supply agreements and an additional private retail partnership to its national distribution network.

Ultimately, we know that if we want to achieve our goals, we need to think about more than just our products and prices. We must also examine the way our operations impact the natural and social environment on a local, provincial and national level. HEXO is monitoring and reporting on its greenhouse gas emissions, setting targets to reduce them, and offsetting its footprint. As members of the Global Cannabis Partnership, we will also be reporting on other Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) impact areas based on Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) standards.

The global cannabis market is estimated to reach $250 billion in the next ten years. HEXO believes that in a few years, a handful of companies will control 70% of global market share and we believe HEXO is poised to be one of those companies.

 

To date, we have sold over 10.8 million grams of adult-use and medical cannabis to thousands of Canadians who count on us for safe and reputable, high-quality products. We have developed an extensive and award-winning product range, and gained valuable experience and knowledge, while serving our customers.

We currently hold approximately 1.3 million sq. ft. of operating space at our home base Gatineau campus. In addition, we have leased 579,000 sq. ft. of industrial real estate for manufacturing, distribution and product research and development needs in Belleville, Ontario, with rights of first offer and first refusal to lease the remaining space in the 1.5 million sq. ft. facility; another 58,000 sq. ft. of leased distribution space in Montreal, Quebec, and an additional 469,000 sq. ft. in Brantford and Niagara once fully retrofitted. Once licensed, HEXO also plans to operate a 14,200 sq. ft. food research laboratory in Vaughan, Ontario and a 19,600 sq. ft. laboratory in Montreal, Quebec.

We are currently dual listed on the TSX and the NYSE and in doing so have increased HEXO’s access to the United States and global investors.

We do not, and do not intend to, engage in direct or indirect business with any business that derives revenue, directly or indirectly, from the sale of cannabis, cannabis products or cannabinoid-containing products in any jurisdiction where the sale of cannabis is unlawful under applicable laws. HEXO does not currently engage in any unlawful U.S. marijuana-related activities as defined in Canadian Securities Administrators Staff Notice 51-352, and will only do so in the future to the extent fully legal under all applicable U.S. federal and state laws.

4 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

Since inception, we have laid the foundation to be a world leader that serves both adult-use and medical cannabis markets. In everything we do – innovation, cultivation, production, product development, distribution – we exercise rigor in order to offer adult-use consumers and medical cannabis patients uncompromising quality and safety. We believe that we can leverage our demonstrated success in Canada as we expand to global cannabis markets.

Our strategy sees us becoming part of the top three global cannabis companies, with a top two market share in Canada. Our strategy is built on three pillars: operational scalability, innovative products and brand leadership. To achieve brand leadership, we will set up the legal, physical, and human capital infrastructure to participate in legal markets across the globe. We plan to invest in even better, science- backed cannabis experiences, and we look to partner with Fortune 500 companies to leverage their base products, international distribution platforms and deep understanding of the consumer occasion in their respective verticals.

Given the different regulations governing the sale of adult-use cannabis across Canada, the number of large- scale licensed producers and today’s limited but growing cultivation capacity, among other factors, we believe the initial years following legalization will be the most

critical in determining the future shape of the cannabis industry in Canada, and that early distribution and financial performance will be critical to securing a market leader position.

For this and other reasons, we have deliberately set out to build a strong position in our initial jurisdiction, Quebec, while making strategic inroads in select other markets across the country through provincial supply agreements and private retail partnerships. Now having entered the adult- use market as one of the largest producers and suppliers by market capitalization, we are looking beyond the Canadian border to take HEXO international, where regulations permit. We are making continuous efforts to assess global opportunities in current and future medical and adult-use markets.

We have positioned ourselves to meet the smokeless cannabis demand through our venture with Molson, our first partner within our Hub and Spoke business model. We expect to launch a full line of beverage products in partnership with Molson through our venture, Truss. We currently expect regulations to allow these products to be made available for consumption during the first six months of calendar 2020. We continue to explore other opportunities for analogous ventures to introduce into the


5 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



cannabis market. Even as we continue to execute on our business plans in Quebec, Ontario and across the country, we believe we have established ourself as a desirable business partner for cannabis control authorities, private retail, and potential Fortune 500 joint-arrangement partners in Canada.

As the cannabis and cannabis derivative markets evolve, we are constantly assessing and implementing ways to integrate our quality products with the product offerings of Fortune 500 companies and become a premium branded partner for CPG companies. We will seek to accomplish this through several means: by providing our prospective partners regulatory access to legal markets as well as distribution infrastructure and delivery systems across most provinces; by offering best in class technology through innovative product development and a strong IP portfolio.

We have taken significant steps to ensure that we are prepared to meet the future demand of the CBD derivative product markets within Canada and globally. This includes having secured a large and steady supply of quality hemp for product transformation at our Belleville Centre of Excellence, once the facility is licensed and completed.

During the period, we established the joint entity Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc. (“KIT”) of which HEXO holds a 60% interest. Through KIT we have obtained high capacity, top echelon technology for cleaning outdoor field hemp of harmful pesticides, which we believe gives us an edge in bringing quality extracts to the U.S. We believe KIT will provide the Company with high quality extraction technology to facilitate an efficiently processed and consistent supply of CBD and THC to supply the Canadian and U.S. markets for cannabis derivatives.

We have eight high CBD hemp strains in tissue culture in partnership with the University of Guelph as we are preparing the groundwork to evolve to a field sourced, forward contract supply model in the U.S., applying our strong quality assurance, control protocols, and hemp genetics to our farming partnerships.

Our commitment to quality and safety is supported by our compliance with Health Canada’s stringent quality control requirements, our top of the line production system, full seed-to-sale traceability, third party independent testing and an online system to post our product testing results.


6 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Our commitment to quality and safety is supported by our compliance with Health Canada’s stringent quality control requirements, our top of the line production system, full seed-to-sale traceability, third party independent testing and an online system to post our product testing results.

HEXO U.S.

The U.S. cannabis market represents the Company’s next significant growth opportunity.

During the period the Company established its wholly owned U.S. based entity HEXO USA Inc on May 19, 2019, to be a leading partner for CPG expansion.

KIT will allow HEXO to supply future American CPG partners with “powered by HEXO” hemp-derived cannabidiol (“CBD”) experiences and enter the market in a strategic position to begin generating revenues by leveraging the Company’s experience in cannabis. KIT’s purpose is to provide a scalable, efficient, cost effective and reliable extraction and isolation of CBD from hemp to fulfil demand for our powered by HEXO emulsifications.

We believe that strategic partners will be able to benefit from HEXO’s innovative product development, advanced research and development, intellectual property portfolio (pending patent approvals), low production cost, licensed infrastructure and regulatory know-how. These same strategic partnerships will provide the Company with established global distribution platforms and product expertise.

The Company is aiming to enter select U.S. states over the course of the next fiscal year and is taking important strides to offer its “powered by HEXO” products through KIT and our future partners, to the U.S. CBD markets, to the extent that such activities fully comply with applicable U.S. federal and state laws, including U.S. Food and Drug Administration requirements.

Scalability

We have been cultivating cannabis for five years under the Cannabis Act of 2018 regulatory regime and its predecessor (“Cannabis Regulations”), growing and producing high- quality cannabis with consistent yields. We are constantly evaluating and updating our cultivating practices and technology to further drive efficiencies.

We chose to initially locate in Gatineau, Quebec, because we believe the province offers the ideal conditions for cannabis production: is an abundant supply of renewable electricity at competitive rates, combined with abundant water resources and the availability of skilled people. We have expanded our cultivation footprint into Ontario through the acquisition of Newstrike.

On the border of Canada’s two largest consumer markets, Quebec and Ontario, our main campus in Gatineau positions us in close proximity to two of the country’s major urban areas, Greater Montreal and the National Capital Region. Furthermore, our 579,000 sq. ft. Centre of Excellence in Belleville, Ontario which is currently undergoing leasehold retrofitting and Health Canada licensing, is ideally situated between the National Capital Region and Toronto.

Our Gatineau campus includes several facilities representing a total of 1,310,000 sq. ft. The Gatineau campus includes our original 7,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a 35,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a 250,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a warehouse, two stand-alone laboratories, two modular buildings for final packaging and customer service, and our 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse all located on our 143-acre land parcel.

Our Newstrike campuses located in Brantford and Niagara Ontario contribute 14,000 sq. ft. and 455,000 sq. ft. (once fully retrofitted) respectively, across 17.6 acres of land.

We have expanded into Europe through HEXO MED S.A. (“HEXO MED”), a venture with our partner QNBS P.C. HEXO MED will result in potential additional production

7 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



capacity and a Eurozone foothold to serve the legal cannabis markets in the United Kingdom, France and other jurisdictions where regulations permit. HEXO MED’s plans include the development of a 350,000 sq. ft. licensed facility in Greece. HEXO Corp currently holds a 51% interest in the venture. We have accumulated a strong and skillful workforce, as well as a top management group which provides cannabis- specific industry expertise and other relevant business knowledge derived from a variety of industries and markets.


8 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Product Innovation

Empowering the world to have safe and pleasurable cannabis experiences powered by HEXO technology.

Our strategic priorities reflect our belief that companies that achieve large-scale distribution and high brand awareness will drive long-term shareholder value in our industry. We aim to be the best partner for provincial cannabis distribution and retail authorities, while being recognized for delivering our “powered by HEXO” experiences across the full spectrum of products, price points and delivery methods.

As we develop our consumer-focused product innovation plan, we continue to build on our cannabis experience concepts such as sleep, sport, focus, diet, sex and fun, which will deliver fast on-set response and reliable off-set timing. These experience concepts will provide a valuable resource for consumers selecting appropriate products for their respective needs.

Sleep – to relax and quiet the mind

Sport – to be active and energetic, recover quicker and reduce inflammation
 
Focus – to be alert, concentrated and more productive

Diet
– to help curb desire for food

Sex – to bring intimacy and arousal

Fun
– to enjoy social gatherings

 

During the period, we acquired two new research facilities to further strengthen our IP portfolio and produce unique value-added products to the cannabis derivative market. Once licensed and completed, the new 14,200 sq. ft facility in Vaughan, Ontario will serve as the Company’s food laboratory in which confectionary and edible product research and development will take place. The second additional facility in Montreal, Quebec will also house general research and development activity in the 19,600 sq. ft. space when licensed and completed.

The cannabis industry has already recognized us as an innovative leader, as demonstrated by our award-winning products Elixir and decarb. We also offer Fleur de Lune, one of Canada’s first intimate-use cannabis oils.

Beyond the funds required for our currently planned investments in cultivation, distribution and processing capacity, we expect to allocate the majority of our capital to branding, product innovation, international expansion and production, while remaining alert for strategic transactions that create shareholder value. An element of this focus is the development of our Belleville, Ontario facility, which, once licensed and completed will house manufacturing, distribution and product research and development activities for the Company and its future products, as well as the operations of our Truss venture. This approach will directly support our continued leadership position in the Canadian cannabis market – as both a distributor and a product innovator.


We continue to prepare to take advantage of opportunities in the edibles market, which is expected to launch in Canada in late calendar 2019 or early 2020. Products that we intend to introduce include, but are not limited to vapes, edibles such as confectionary and baked goods, cosmetics, and non-alcoholic beverages through our venture with Molson Coors Canada.

Our focus on research, innovation and product development also reflects our strategic priorities. Our Chief Innovation Officer who benefits from 25 years of experience in CPG innovation and her team are actively exploring ways to increase our expertise related to cannabis applications and forms of delivery, and to expand our product range and brand portfolio. Activities include current and potential partnerships, ventures and strategic acquisitions of intellectual property and related transactions.

To date the Company has filed 38 patent applications related to various formulations, vape devices, beverages, cultivation and extraction technologies as well as other areas.

 

Brand Leadership

Striving to create a sustainable, notable and beloved brand.

HEXO shares the broad industry view that brands will win long term; however, we have a controversial view that brands don’t exist today in the cannabis industry. Our companies have logos but little brand recognition in our markets, due in great part to highly restrictive marketing rules as set out by our regulators. The best brands have achieved less than 10% spontaneous awareness, based on the Company’s analysis of third-party research data. HEXO tracks consumer awareness of all the major cannabis brands and, although we believe HEXO is in the top tiers of awareness compared to peers, all cannabis companies are completely underrecognized relative to large CPG global brands. We believe that HEXO can build a global house of brands, but we will only declare success once we have 80% spontaneous awareness in select markets.

9 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



The goal of HEXO Corp is to continue to offer a diverse house of brands, representing innovation, quality and consistency of experience, and become a top two Canadian market share brand with a top three global market share   position. We believe that the key to doing this is by creating brands that resonate with consumers across market segments.


10 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



11 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



12 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


DISTRIBUTION

Processing and distribution capacity has significantly increased over the past fiscal year, with the activation and full licensing of our 250,000 sq. ft. greenhouse and a new 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse, each at our Gatineau campus. Additionally, through our acquisition of Newstrike, we acquired a state-of-the-art greenhouse and an indoor production facility with production and distribution capabilities currently being retrofitted and estimated to be completed for the end of Q1 to early Q2 of fiscal 2020.

The Company has acquired an interest in a 1.5 million sq. ft. facility in Belleville, Ontario, through the venture Belleville Complex Inc. established with a related party. The Company received the renewal of its Health Canada licensing for the Gatineau facilities on October 16, 2019 and continues to retrofit the Belleville Centre of Excellence ahead of licensing for the purposes of manufacturing value-added cannabis products, increasing capacity for distribution and storage and research and development activities. The Company currently holds a lease to 579,000 sq. ft. of the Belleville facility and has rights of first offer and first refusal to lease the remaining space in the building. Once licensed and completed, the Belleville Centre of Excellence will act as the main research, development and processing facility for HEXO’s cannabis derivative products.

The process of licensing the full 1.5 million sq. ft Belleville Centre of Excellence in phases and ensuring it meets the requirements of the Cannabis Regulations may impact the initial operational timeline of the facility. However, this will provide the Company with the opportunity to

 

offer its prospective partners with turn-key access to a cannabis sector ready facility. The centralized location of the facility, the Company’s first outside of Quebec is ideally situated along primary shipping routes to distribute our products and fulfill commitments across Canada. This facility further delivers on our national expansion strategy and ensures necessary capacity for the manufacture of advanced cannabis products, including vapes, non-alcoholic beverages, other edible cannabis products and cosmetics.

The Company has also bolstered its distribution capacity with the establishment of a distribution and storage centre in Montreal, Quebec formed with Metro Supply Chain Inc. This 58,000 sq. ft. facility was strategically acquired for logistical purposes. Through it, we supply cannabis for all direct-to-customer sales placed in Quebec through the SQDC’s online store. Additionally, we house, supply and distribute direct-to-customers the cannabis products of all licensed producers who have contracts with the SQDC through this distribution centre.

The Company now holds supply agreements and arrangements with entities across nine provinces. The Company is present within 23 private cannabis retailers across Ontario and has a strategic alliance agreement with the cannabis retailer Spirit Leaf.


13 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


CANADIAN CANNABIS MARKET

On October 17, 2018, Canada became the largest nation in the world to offer medical and non-medical, adult- use cannabis nationally. The legalization of the adult-use market on this date resulted in $43 million of sales within the first two weeks according to Statistics Canada. In the 10 weeks between October 17th and December 31, 2018, Canadians purchased more than 20,650 kg of dried cannabis and 20,096 liters of cannabis oil according to Statistics Canada. As demand continues to grow, public and private distribution channels become fully established and with the legalization of the edibles market on the horizon, HEXO believes it is strategically positioned to serve these markets through our partnerships, production capacity and supply contracts.   All provinces and territories have established their respective cannabis market retail approach, ranging from private entities to government-owned retail, as well as a combined approach in several jurisdictions. We have positioned ourselves through supply agreements and arrangements for distribution within Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Quebec, where we hold Canada’s largest single supply agreement. We have also made strategic investments in the private cannabis retail sector. The result: our award-winning and innovative products are available in nine provinces in Canada.

Quebec

In Quebec, which has a population of 8.4 million, or approximately 23% of the Canadian population, the SQDC operates the sale and distribution of adult-use cannabis. The SQDC has established 21 retail locations throughout the province, for in-store cannabis sales. It expects to increase this number to 43 locations by March 2020. It also sells cannabis online.

The SQDC originally contracted 58 tons for Year 1 purchases from all licensed producers of cannabis. Due to supply shortages, initial sell-through is expected to be a little less than half of that amount. During this start-up phase, HEXO sold in 10 tons, achieving approximately 33% market share based on volume, and that is line with our goal.

Our contract required SQDC to purchase 20 tons in the first year, while we did not achieve these quantities during this

 

period, we believe that exercising the committed 20 feature under the contract would be short sighted. We are, and will remain, a preferred supplier of the SQDC as we continue to expand our product offerings based on the demands of consumers.

We currently supply the SQDC with HEXO’s Elixir, THC and CBD formulas, and dried cannabis products. In addition, we hold a distribution agreement with the SQDC, which provides the storage and distribution all of the SQDC’s online product sales to end-users. This includes the product of all licensed producers with established supply agreements held with the SQDC. Operations of the distribution centre began in October 2018.

14 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Ontario

In Ontario, which has a population of 14.4 million, or approximately 39% of the Canadian population, the government currently offers consumers a variety of cannabis products through online sales by the Ontario Cannabis Store (“OCS”). The province also allows privately owned retail including 23 initially licensed locations that serve the adult-use market. Initial product listings include dried cannabis, oil and capsule products, pre-rolled, and clones and seeds.

We currently hold supply agreements with the OCS, in which we supply the province with HEXO’s Elixir, THC and CBD formulas and Fleur de Lune, and dried cannabis products, as well as a variety of dried flower products under the Up brand. HEXO and Up also are currently present within over 23 private retailers throughout the province. This approach will allow us to serve the diverse market demand of Ontario with a variety of combustible and smokeless cannabis products.

British Columbia

British Columbia, which has a population of 5.0 million, or approximately 13% of the Canadian population, serves the adult-use cannabis market through a dual private–government approach. The British Columbia Liquor Distribution Branch (“BCLDB”) manages the distribution

 

of cannabis and cannabis-based products. We hold supply agreements with the BCLDB, in which we supply our HEXO THC and CBD oil-based Elixir and HEXO Fleur de Lune products and Up brand products.

Alberta

The Company has received cannabis representative status with the Alberta Gaming, Liquor and Cannabis Board to supply it with products offered online and in stores. This will allow HEXO to supply our award-winning THC and CBD oil-based Elixir products as well as nine dried flower cannabis products. HEXO and Up products will be made available to the 4.3 million residents or approximately 12% of the total Canadian population.

Other Obtained Canadian Markets

We currently have established distribution channels within 5 additional provincial markets including Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Manitoba and Prince Edward Island which represent 12% of the Canadian population. These channels include both supply agreements and supplier arrangements with provincial governments and private retailers.

CANADIAN ADULT-USE MARKET 2.0

Canadian legalization of additional cannabis derivative product categories occurred in October 2019, and distribution is expected to commence during the first six months of calendar 2020. The Company is working to ensure it meets expected market demands and continues to prepare for its edibles market product offerings. Initially, HEXO intends to meet the cannabis derivative market with our premium vapes and beverage products, followed by the roll out of our gummies and chocolate product offerings. We plan to add product offerings to the portfolio over time. Through HEXO’s proven innovation capability and quality cannabis that the current adult-use market has come to expect, this new platform for cannabis derivative products offers us the ability to target curious new adult- use clientele and attract consumers who may otherwise purchase cannabis from unlicenced dispensaries and black market participants. We will do this by offering legal, safe, consistent, tested and appealing new product options.  

Having previously announced its intention to focus on research, development and innovation, HEXO took another step towards this goal in establishing two new laboratory and development centres in Montreal, Quebec and Vaughan, Ontario. Once licensed and complete, the locations will serve as global research and development hubs for the Company’s Innovation, Development and Engineering (IDE) led by HEXO’s Chief Innovation Officer, Veronique Hamel. The team brings together extensive experience in research and development, sensory science, clinical evaluation, biotechnology and food engineering.

The HEXO IDE team has sweeping experience in the food, pharma and CPG industries with accumulated career experience with Coca Cola, Altria Group, Mondelez International, Kellogg’s, Unilever, Church and Dwight, Shopper’s Drugmart, Loblaws, Kerr’s Bros. and Campbell’s Soup Company. For example, the team’s Director of

15 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Research & Development – Edibles, Trina Farr, has more than 20 years of experience in food innovation and product development and was most recently the Director of Research and Development at Smuckers Foods of Canada. HEXO is also proud to have its own in-house cannabis- infused chocolates expert. Focused on creating a cannabis chocolates experience, Canna Chocolatier Todd Neault is working on formulating fast-acting, consistent and delectable chocolates.

HEXO is focused on developing a product portfolio that is guided by a deep understanding of consumer needs. To better understand these needs, a variety of research methodologies have been deployed by a third-party research provider in select markets in Canada and the U.S. These methodologies include, but are not limited to:

•     Segmentation: A way of viewing the market as a series of sub-groups rather than a whole. Members of each sub-group had similar traits but were distinct from other sub-groups.

•     Qualitative Research & Ethnographies: A methodology of collecting consumer insights which involves face- to-

 

face interaction and the observation (and questioning) of behaviours to better understand the person.

Leveraging the insights we’ve collected – and will continue to collect – HEXO is committed to developing products and formulations that not only meet, but exceed, the evolving needs of consumers.

Recognizing that innovation is always evolving, HEXO will make significant investments in fine-tuning our technologies to enhance consistency, predictability, and safety across our range of cannabis products and experiences.

To ensure it can bring an expanded offering to market, the Company boasts a multi-year extraction agreement with Valens GroWorks Corp. Once licensed and completed, the Company will also have mass-scale extraction capabilities at its centre of excellence in Belleville, Ontario. HEXO also recently announced the appointment of Donald Courtney as Chief Operating Officer, who has extensive experience with several global food and beverage organizations including Mars Inc, Pepsi Bottling Group and Vincor International.



16 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


ACQUISITION OF NEWSTRIKE BRANDS LTD.

The Transaction

On May 24, 2019, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Newstrike through a plan of arrangement. Under the arrangement, each former Newstrike common share was exchanged for 0.06332 of a HEXO common share (the “Exchange Ratio”), subject to certain exceptions. In addition, all issued and outstanding stock options of Newstrike were replaced with stock options of HEXO having the same terms but adjusted for the Exchange Ratio, and all issued and outstanding common share purchase warrants of Newstrike became exercisable for HEXO common shares adjusted for the Exchange Ratio.

Following the acquisition, the Newstrike shares were delisted from the TSX Venture Exchange (“TSXV”) as at the close of trading on May 29, 2019. Certain classes of Newstrike warrants which were listed for trading on the TSXV under the symbol HIP.WT and HIP.WT.A will continue to trade on the TSXV until the earliest to occur of their exercise, expiry or delisting.

As a result of the acquisition, the Company issued a total of 35,394,041 common shares to the former shareholders of Newstrike, and reserved an additional 1,935,881 and 7,196,166 common shares for issuance to the former holders of the Newstrike options and the holders of the Newstrike warrants, respectively.

Introduction

Newstrike is the parent company of Up Cannabis Inc (“Up”), a licensed producer of cannabis based out of Ontario that is licensed under the Cannabis Regulations to both cultivate and sell cannabis in all acceptable forms. Newstrike, through Up and together with select strategic partners, including Canada’s iconic musicians The Tragically Hip, has established of a diverse network of high-quality cannabis brands.

Acquisition Highlights

Facilities & Cultivation Boost

The acquisition of Newstrike added two additional facilities to the HEXO group, one in Niagara, Ontario and the other in Brantford, Ontario.

 

The Niagara facility is a 240,000 sq. ft fully automated, modern “Dutch-Tray” facility, consisting of 186,400 sq. ft licensed for production and cultivation, with the remaining space allocated to administration, packaging and shipping/ receiving areas. The facility is currently capable of producing up to 20,000 kg of dried cannabis annually. This facility is situated on approximately 16.6 acre of land and received its cultivation licence under the Cannabis Act on March 29, 2018.The Niagara facility is currently undergoing a retrofit which is expected to be completed during the end of Q1 to early Q2, fiscal 2020. Once completed, the retrofit will add approximately 215,000 sq. ft. of additional space and will bring the total Niagara campus to approximately 455,000 sq. ft. of cultivation, production, packaging, shipping and administrative space.

On October 24, 2019, the Company announced that it has taken steps to reduce its workforce. The Company is rightsizing its operations to adjust to a changing market and regulatory environment with a view towards profitability and long-term stability. The actions taken are intended to rightsize the organization to the revenue the Company expects to achieve in fiscal 2020. As part of the changes to its operations, cultivation has been suspended at the Niagara facility acquired from Newstrike, and in 200,000 sq. ft. at the Company’s main facility in Gatineau. The Company determined that this cultivation space is not required at this time given the current market conditions in Canada. HEXO continues to drive improvements in yields and processing facilities. Operations in the suspended areas can be recommenced when required.

The Brantford facility is fully operational and licensed with an annual estimated production capacity of 2,000 kg of dried cannabis. It was designed and engineered to permit the application of the same pharmaceutical-quality management-standards utilized by Canada’s pharmaceutical manufacturers, to the production of cannabis in all acceptable forms. The Brantford facility has one mothering room; five grow-rooms used for propagation, vegetation and flowering; one trimming room; one drying room; one packaging room; one extraction room and two discrete shipping rooms, a “level-8” vault for the storage of dried and finished product and, if required, an aggregate of approximately 1,800 sq. ft. that can be repurposed for manufacturing, packaging and/or additional production facilities, all of which are supported and monitored by state-of-the-art automated hydroponic cultivation, climate, security and control systems with additional layers of redundancy and back-up to mitigate the impact of systems

17 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



or power failure. Each area within the Brantford facility is independently controlled and monitored, and each strain of cannabis produced in the Brantford Facility is subjected to rigorous and ongoing analytical testing.

Once retrofitting is completed and efficiencies of scale are reached across both of the Newstrike facilities, the total boost to HEXO’s production is estimated at 42,000 kg of annual dried cannabis, bringing HEXO’s total anticipated annual production capacity to 150,000 kg. Total consolidated facility space across HEXO’s five campuses will amount to approximately 2.4 million sq. ft. following licensing and completion.

Domestic Distribution Channels

Newstrike has secured supply agreements with entities in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick and Ontario. Saskatchewan selected Newstrike to be a registered cannabis supplier for the province and Newstrike has received orders for products from the Nova Scotia Liquor Corporation and the Prince Edward Island Cannabis

 

Management Corporation. In addition, Newstrike has entered into a strategic alliance agreement with Spirit Leaf, a private cannabis retailer.

These additional established distribution channels provide HEXO with domestic market penetration within nine provinces.

UP Brand

Within the Canadian cannabis market, Newstrike has developed a unique platform through its Up suite of products and partnership with the iconic band The Tragically Hip. This has been instrumental to its growth to date as an independent company. The Up brand has proven its concept through its presence across nine provincial markets in both public and private retailers. The acquisition of Newstrike provides HEXO the opportunity to implement Up brand products within its branding strategy and product offerings hierarchy as well as the flexibility to increase the variety of products it offers to the adult-use market.

CORPORATE SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY

At HEXO Corp, our goal is to be one of Canada’s leading cannabis producers and processors. We know that if we want to achieve our goal, we need to think about more than just our products and prices. We must also examine the way our operations impact the natural and social environment on a local, provincial and national level. HEXO is monitoring and reporting on its greenhouse gas emissions, setting targets to reduce them, and offsetting its footprint. As members of the Global Cannabis Partnership, we will also be reporting on other Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) impact areas based on Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) standards. Our Corporate Social Responsibility Charter focuses on four priorities: People, Public, Products and Planet. 

 

People

•   Job creator award
•   Significant contribution to the local economy of Masson-Angers, QC and Belleville, ON
•   Career development, profit sharing and shareholder programs for employees
•   Volunteer and team building opportunities for employees
•   Reduced pricing on products for employee medical clients

 

Products

•   Naturally grown and rigorously tested cannabis
•   Innovative smoke-free options
•   Excise tax absorbed on products for medical clients
•   Cannabis product of the year at the 2018 Canadian Cannabis Awards for our Elixir CBD

18 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


  

 
Public   Planet
•   Academic education and research investments   •   Use of solar energy to minimize electricity consumption
•   Education programs for our retail partners   •   Recycling and composting programs
•   Responsible use program investments   •   Greenhouse gas (GHG) Inventory and Reporting (based on ISO14064 standards)
•   Support to food security organizations   •   Water conservation (rainwater capture and water recycling)
•   Support to health organizations   •   Reforestation project with Tree Canada
•   Community emergency support via the Red Cross   •  Solar energy project with Ottawa Food Bank
•   Support to social justice initiatives   •   Sustainability partner of Ottawa Riverkeeper

OTHER CORPORATE HIGHLIGHTS

Supply Agreements of Hemp Secured for CBD Extraction

During the quarter, the Company entered into several hemp supply agreements/arrangements which are expected to provide a sufficient supply of hemp to meet the Company’s needs during fiscal 2020. These arrangements were established to facilitate a consistent and reliable supply of top-quality hemp for CBD extraction purposes. We believe such a supply will become increasingly important as the

 

CPG industry trends towards hemp-derived CBD infused products. This positions the Company to help meet the expected demand of the edibles and concentrates market.

Executive Appointments

On May 22, 2019, the Company further strengthened its leadership team by appointing Donald Courtney as its Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Courtney has over 20 years of experience in senior operations positions across several industries, including the cannabis industry. He brings

19 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



extensive experience with several global food and beverage organizations including Mars Incorporated, Pepsi Bottling Group and Vincor International and experience in the technology sector with Christie Digital and LG Electronics. Most recently, Mr. Courtney served as the Chief Operating Officer for MedReleaf.

HEXO MED Secures Medical Cannabis License in Europe

On June 12, 2019, the Company’s European subsidiary HEXO MED received its medical cannabis installation license. The license, issued by the Greek government, will allow HEXO MED to establish cultivation, processing and manufacturing facilities in the region of Thessaly, Greece. The future world-class facilities will be based on a 67,000 square meter (or 721,182 sq. ft.) plot in Larissa, Greece. On August 22, 2019, HEXO’s ownership in HEXO MED was increased to 51%, through an additional investment by HEXO in HEXO MED of €500, completed on September 27, 2019. HEXO MED’s board of directors comprises 5 members, 2 of which are appointed by HEXO and the remaining 3 are appointed by QNBS. Opportunities for HEXO MED are being considered and discussions between HEXO and its Greek partner, QNBS, remain ongoing. Going forward, HEXO and QNBS have agreed to fund its operations through third party debt or capital participation.

 

Transfer of NYSE-A listing to NYSE

Effective July 16, 2019, the Company began trading on the NYSE after receiving approval to transfer the listing of the common shares from the NYSE-A on July 10, 2019. Concurrently, the Company voluntarily delisted its shares from the NYSE-A. HEXO’s common shares continue to trade under the symbol HEXO on both the TSX and the NYSE.

HEXO launches new cannabis value brand, Original Stash, with 1 oz product

On October 16, 2019, the Company announced the launch of its new value brand Original Stash which became publicly available in Quebec on October 17, 2019. Original Stash is the Company’s low-cost product line, aiming to attract consumers who may otherwise purchase cannabis from unlicenced dispensaries and black market participants. Original stash will be offered in 28 gram (1 oz) quantities at black market prices.


20 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Truss announces first product offering – Flow Glow

On October 17, 2019, Truss announced its first partnership with Flow Glow Beverages Inc. – the team behind Flow Alkaline Spring Water – to manufacture and distribute a CBD-infused spring water. Flow Glow Beverages’ flavoured CBD-infused spring water will be one of six cannabis beverage brands within the Truss product portfolio. Expected to be launched during the first six months of calendar 2020, Flow Glow will be available in two flavours: Goji+Grapefruit and Raspberry+Lemon. Each unit will contain 10mg of CBD. Flow Glow is sourced from natural spring water and natural ingredients and is packaged in nearly 70% renewable-resource-based, 100% recyclable paperboard containers. Flow Glow will be manufactured and distributed at HEXO’s Centre of Excellence in Belleville, Ontario.

$70 Million Private Placement

On October 23, 2019, the Company announced it has entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70,001 million principal amount of 8.0% unsecured debentures of the Company (the “Debentures”).

The Debentures will bear interest from the date of closing at 8.0% per annum payable quarterly and will mature on the date which is three years from issuance. Following the date, which is one year from issuance, the Debentures will be convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $3.16 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about November 15, 2019. The private placement is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary regulatory and stock exchange approvals, including the approvals of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Reduction of Cost Structure

On October 24, 2019, the Company announced it has taken steps to reduce its workforce. The Company is rightsizing its operations to adjust to a changing market and regulatory environment with a view towards profitability and long-term stability. The actions taken are intended to rightsize the organization to the revenue Company expects to achieve in fiscal 2020. As part of the changes to its operations, the Company has eliminated approximately 200 positions across its departments and locations.

21 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Non-IFRS Measures

We have included certain non-IFRS performance measures in this MD&A, including adjusted gross margin, as defined in this section.

We employ these measures internally to measure our operating and financial performance.

We believe that these non-IFRS financial measures, in addition to conventional measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, enable investors to evaluate our operating results, underlying performance and future prospects in a manner similar to management.

As there are no standardized methods of calculating these non-IFRS measures, our methods may differ from those used by others, and accordingly, these measures may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures used by others. Accordingly, these non-IFRS measures are intended to provide additional information and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS.

GROSS SALES

Gross sales are the revenues derived from the sale of adult-use, medical and whole sale cannabis under the normal course of business and are inclusive of sales return provisions and exclusive of excise taxes.

ADJUSTED GROSS MARGIN

We use adjusted gross margin to provide a better representation of performance in the period by excluding non-cash fair value measurements as required by IFRS. We believe this measure provides useful information as it represents the gross margin for management purposes based on cost to produce, package and ship inventory sold, exclusive of any fair value measurements as required by IFRS. The metric is calculated by removing all amounts related to biological asset fair value accounting under IFRS, including gains on transformation of biological assets and the cost of finished harvest inventory sold, which represents the fair value measured portion of inventory cost (“fair value cost adjustment”) recognized as cost of goods sold.

EXPECTED PLANT YIELD

The expected plant yield is utilized in the valuation of biological assets on hand as at the period end. This represents an unobservable input to a level 3 fair value estimate and is derived from the Company’s historical harvests as well as the expertise of the appropriate personnel. A sensitivity analysis over this input was performed and included in the ‘Biological Assets – Fair Value Measurement’ section below.

PRODUCTION CAPACITY

The production capacity disclosed throughout this report represents management’s best estimate and is derived from the historical actual output of production as well as the use of cultivation expertise existing within the Company.

KILOGRAMS PRODUCED

The kilograms harvested during the period representing the amount of dried gram and dried gram equivalents harvested and produced from biological assets but not necessarily sold during the period.

22 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Operational and Financial Highlights
KEY FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Summary of results for the three and twelve months period ended July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018:

  For the three months ended For the twelve months ended
Income Statement Snapshot July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018 July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
  $ $ $ $
Gross cannabis revenue 20,517 1,410 59,256 4,934
Excise taxes (5,122) (11,914)
Net revenue from sale of goods 15,395 1,410 47,342 4,934
Ancillary revenue 29 199
Gross margin before fair value adjustments 5,133 711 21,344 2,841
Gross margin (13,748) 519 26,925 6,400
Operating expenses 46,902 10,713 111,482 24,367
Loss from operations (60,650) (10,194) (84,557) (17,967)
Other income/(expenses) 125 (315) (847) (5,383)
Net loss before tax recovery (60,525) (10,509) (85,404) (23,350)
Tax recovery 3,840 3,840
Total net loss (56,685) (10,509) (81,564) (23,350)

For the three months ended

         
  July 31, April 30, January 31, October 31,
Operational Results 2019 2019 2019 2018
Avg. gross selling price of adult-use dried gram & gram equivalents ($) 4.74 5.29 5.83 5.45
Kilograms sold of adult-use dried gram & gram equivalents (kg) 4,009 2,759 2,537 952
Avg. gross selling price of medical dried gram & gram equivalents ($) 8.34 9.11 9.15 9.12
Kilograms sold of medical dried gram & gram equivalents (kg) 137 145 152 158
Avg. gross selling price of wholesale gram & gram equivalents ($) 0.56
Kilograms sold of wholesale gram & gram equivalents (kg) 672
Total kilograms produced of dried gram equivalents (kg) 16,824 9,804 4,938 3,550

Q4 PERIOD HIGHLIGHTS

Total gross revenue in the quarter increased approximately of 13x to $20,517 when compared to the same quarter of fiscal 2018.
   
Adult -use grams and gram equivalents sold increased 45% to 4,009 kg from the previous quarter as the Company continues to deliver on its existing supply agreements.
   
During the quarter ended July 31, 2019, the Company produced approximately 16,824 kg of dried cannabis, an 72% increase from the previous quarter. This is attributable to higher yields in the 250,000 sq. ft. B6 facility, the additional harvests of the 1 million sq. ft. B9 greenhouse and the contribution of the acquired Newstrike greenhouses.

FINANCIAL POSITION

As at July 31, 2019, the Company held cash, cash equivalents and short -term investments of $139,505 and working capital of $261,868.
   
The Company obtained a $65,000 credit facility with a syndicate of Canadian chartered banks. This consists of $50,000 available term credit and a $15,000 revolving line of credit which will be used in part to finance the continuing expansion of the Gatineau campus as well as the leasehold improvements at the Belleville Centre of Excellence without diluting the shareholders of HEXO.

23 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Summary of Results
Revenue

    Q4’ 19     Q3 ’19     Q2 ’19     Q1 ’19     Q4 ’18  
                               
 ADULT-USE                              
 Adult-use cannabis gross revenue $  18,997   $  14,607   $  14,792   $  5,194   $  –  
 Adult-use excise taxes   (4,937 )   (2,741 )   (2,587 )   (970 )    
 Adult-use cannabis net revenue   14,060     11,866     12,205     4,224      
 Dried grams and gram equivalents sold (kg)   4,009     2,759     2,537     952      
 Adult-use gross revenue/gram equivalent $  4.74   $  5.29   $  5.83   $  5.45   $  –  
 Adult-use net revenue/gram equivalent $  3.51   $  4.30   $  4.81   $  4.44   $  –  
                               
 MEDICAL                              
 Medical cannabis gross revenue $  1,142   $  1,323   $  1,387   $  1,436   $  1,410  
 Medical cannabis excise taxes   (185 )   (233 )   (216 )   (44 )    
 Medical cannabis net revenue   957     1,090     1,171     1,392     1,410  
 Dried grams and gram equivalents sold (kg)   137     145     152     158     152  
 Medical gross revenue/gram equivalent $  8.34   $  9.11   $  9.15   $  9.12   $  9.26  
 Medical net revenue/gram equivalent $  6.99   $  7.52   $  7.73   $  8.84   $  –  
                               
 WHOLESALE                              
 Wholesale cannabis gross revenue $  378   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
 Wholesale cannabis excise taxes                    
 Wholesale cannabis net revenue   378                  
 Dried grams and gram equivalents sold (kg)   672                  
 Wholesale gross revenue/gram equivalent $  0.56   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
 Wholesale net revenue/gram equivalent $  0.56   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
 ANCILLARY REVENUE1 $  29   $  61   $  62   $  47   $  –  
Total net sales $  15,424   $  13,017   $  13,438   $  5,663   $  1,410  
1 Revenue outside of the primary operations of the Company.                          

Total net revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 increased to $15,424 from $1,410 in the same period of fiscal 2018. The main contributor is the addition of adult-use sales which the Company is realizing in its first fiscal year of legalization in Canada. Adult-use sales in the quarter accounted for 91% of total revenue. Adult-use and wholesale revenues were reduced by sales provisions incurred in the quarter. These provisions are derived from managements estimates based upon price concessions and expected returns (see Note 3 of the audited annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018).

Non-cannabis ancillary sales which began in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 decrease to $29 from $61 in the previous quarter. This revenue is derived from a management agreement held by the Company with arms-length partners.

OUTLOOK

The Company expects net revenue for the first quarter to fiscal year 2020 to be $14,000 to $18,000, subject to retroactive adjustments required on inventory held by provinces, which is subject to price adjustments as the result of a re-evaluating of pricing strategy. Furthermore, the Company expects to be EBITDA positive in calendar 2020, subject to certain assumptions regarding store count, operational improvements and cost saving initiatives.

ADULT-USE SALES

During the period, adult-use gross sales increased to $18,997 in the three months ended July 31, 2019. Contributing to the increase is the additional sales for the stub period of May 24, 2019 to July 31, 2019 from the acquired Newstrike during the period. This contributed $2,770 in additional gross cannabis sales in the period. HEXO also began to realize sales to the AGLC in the quarter which contributed $4,828. Quarterly sales increased 30% when compared to the prior quarter and increased $17,587 relative to the same period of fiscal 2018, (which included medical sales only during that period).

24 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


The Company’s gross adult-use sales for the year ended July 31, 2019 totaled $53,590, an increase of $48,656 as compared to the total (medical only) sales of $4,934 in fiscal 2018. The increase is due to fiscal 2018 containing medical sales only.

Sales volume in the fourth quarter of 2019 increased 45% to 4,009 kg from 2,759 kg equivalents sold in the previous quarter of fiscal 2019. New in the quarter was the contribution of 971 kg sold to the AGLC and the 396 kg sold through Newstrike. Dried flower and milled products represented 89% of gram equivalents sold during the period, a 4% increase from the third quarter of fiscal 2019 and oil product sales comprising the balance of the quantity sold.

During the quarter, gross adult-use revenue per gram equivalent decreased to $4.74 from $5.29 reflective of the price concessions and provision for sales returns recorded in the period. The provision is reflective of a general best estimate provision for returns and price adjustments based on the Company’s assessment of sell-through and slow moving inventory. This was partially countered by the addition of the premium brand Up which commands revenue of $6.80 per gram on dried flower. The adult-use net revenue per gram equivalent decreased to $3.51 from $4.30 in the previous quarter reflecting the impact the provision above as well as the 971 kg of sales in Alberta which imposes on average a 16% higher exercise tax rate than Ontario and Quebec. In future periods as the sales mix shifts towards oil and other value-added products from lower valued dry flower products the impact of these excise taxes on revenue per gram is expected to decrease.

MEDICAL SALES

Gross medical revenue in the three months ended July 31, 2019 decreased 19% to $1,142 compared to $1,410 in the same period in fiscal 2018. Grams and gram equivalents sold decreased marginally to 137 kg from 152 kg in the fourth quarter of 2018. The relative stability in gram and gram equivalents sold with a corresponding decrease in sales is due to increased sales of oil products with sales prices, as well as the decrease to medical sales prices per gram incurred after legalization occurred in Q1 of the fiscal year. Compared to the prior quarter, the sequential revenue decreased by 14% from $1,323, reflecting lower total dried grams sales, offset by a marginal increase to oil based gram equivalents sold.

The Company realized $5,288 of gross medical sales during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 which is an increase of 7% from the $4,934 of gross medical sales during the comparative fiscal year 2018. This increase is due to 54 kg of additional gram and gram equivalents sold, offset by on average lower dried gram sales prices.

Net medical revenues decreased during the quarter by 12% to $957 as compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2019, due to the reasons described above.

WHOLESALE SALES

New in the fiscal year are the introduction of wholesale revenues realized in the quarter. These sales pertain to transactions held between the Company and other licensed producers. The characteristics of such sales are generally large quantities at reduced prices per gram and gram equivalent. These sales are also free of excise taxes as this burden belongs to the acquirer and ultimately the seller of the cannabis products.

Wholesale revenues in the quarter contributed $378 to the Company’s net revenues. A total of 672 kg of dried cannabis was sold through the wholesale channel at an average net revenue per gram of $0.56. Prior to the provision for sales returns, the average contribution of wholesale revenue per gram was $4.36.

Cost of Sales, Excise Taxes and Fair Value Adjustments

Cost of goods sold includes the direct and indirect costs of materials and labour related to inventory sold, and includes harvesting, processing, packaging, shipping costs, depreciation and applicable stock-based compensation and direct and indirect overhead.

Fair value adjustment on sale of inventory includes the fair value of biological assets included in the value of inventory transferred to cost of sales.

Fair value of biological assets represents the increase or decrease in fair value of plants during the growing process less expected cost to complete and selling costs and includes certain management estimates.

25 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



    For the three months ended     For the twelve months ended  
    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
  $   $      $   
Excise taxes   5,122         11,914      
Cost of sales   10,291     700     26,197     2,093  
Fair value adjustment on sale of inventory   7,285     455     16,357     2,289  
Fair value adjustment on biological assets   (5,322 )   (1,171 )   (38,856 )   (7,340 )
Adjustment to net realizable value of inventory       906         1,491  
Impairment loss on inventory   16,918         16,918      

Cost of sales for the quarter ended July 31, 2019 were $10,291, compared to $700 for the same quarter ended in fiscal 2018. The increase in cost of sales is the result of increased sales volumes due to the legalized adult-use market not present in the comparative period. Also impacting the cost of sales were higher overhead allocated costs to inventory and increases to transformation costs were incurred as oil and other value-added products production mix has increased from the same quarter of fiscal 2018.

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, cost of sales increased to $26,197 from $2,093 from the comparable period of fiscal 2018 for the reasons as noted above.

The fair value adjustment on the sale of inventory for the fourth quarter ended July 31, 2019 was $7,285 compared to $455 for the same quarter ended July 31, 2018. This variance is due to increased sales volume of inventory sold when compared to the same quarter in fiscal year 2018. Which was offset by the introduction of the adult-use market which commands a lower fair value per gram when compared to the exclusively medical market-based sales in the three months ended July 31, 2018.

Fair value adjustment on biological assets for the current quarter was ($5,322) compared to ($1,171) for the same quarter ended in fiscal 2018. This variance is due to the increase in the total number of plants on hand as well as increased yields when compared to the comparative period. The increase in plants is due to the fully licensed 250,000 sq. ft. greenhouse which began harvests in Q1 of fiscal 2019 as well as the activation of the 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse during the second and third quarter of fiscal 2019. This results in significantly increased expected gram yields in the quarter and increased production costs of operating newly in-use facilities. The increase in scale and total plants on hand is the result of meeting the demand of the adult-use market.

For the year ended, the fair value adjustments on the sale of inventory and biological assets increased to $16,357 and ($38,856) respectively from $2,289 and ($7,340) respectively in the comparative period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as noted above.

The Company incurred an impairment loss on inventory of $16,918 during the three months ended July 31, 2019, due to price compression in the market. The impairment loss was realized on cannabis purchased in fiscal 2019 to help meet the demands of the adult-use market in which the cost is now exceeding its net realizable value.

New in fiscal 2019 are excise taxes associated with the new adult-use revenues and medical sales incurred after October 17, 2018. These taxes totaled $5,122 an increase of 72% from the prior quarter which in part, is consistent with the increase to underlying gross revenues and gram and gram equivalents sold in the quarter. Further adding to the increase were the approximate $6,871 sales incurred in Alberta which drives on average 16% higher excise tax burden than Quebec and Ontario. Excise taxes are a function of fixed provincial and territorial rates based upon the gram equivalents sold as well as a variable ad valorem component which is dependent upon the selling price of the products.

Operating Expenses

    For the three months ended     For the twelve months ended  
    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
General and administration $  22,950   $  4,300   $  45,947   $  9,374  
Marketing and promotion   9,520     3,807     31,191     8,335  
Stock-based compensation   10,197     1,933     28,008     4,997  
Research and development   2,247         2,822      
Amortization of intangible assets   1,407     252     1,767     765  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   581     421     1,747     896  
Total $  46,902   $  10,713   $  111,482   $  24,367  

Operating expenses include general and administrative expenses, marketing and promotion, stock-based compensation, research and development, and depreciation/amortization expenses. Marketing and promotion expenses include customer acquisition costs, customer experience costs, salaries for marketing and promotion staff, and general corporate communications expenses. General and administrative expenses include salaries for administrative staff and executive salaries as well as general corporate expenditures including legal, insurance and professional fees.

26 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

General and administrative expenses increased to $22,950 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, compared to $4,300 for the same period in fiscal 2018. This increase reflects the significant increase to the scale of our operations, including an increase in management, general, finance and administrative staff which lead to an increase of $3,149 to wages and payroll related expenses. Total professional and legal expenses increased by $7,557, as a result of merger and acquisition activity, additional corporate development initiatives and the increased financial reporting and control-based regulatory requirements accompanying public company status and listing on the TSX and NYSE. Increased insurance pertaining to commercial property and directors and officers increased in total by $3,577 due to increased property, plant and equipment balances and the listing on the NYSE, respectively.

Total general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $45,947 from $9,374 in the same period of fiscal 2018 due to the general growth of the operational scale of the corporation for the same reasons as outlined above.

MARKETING AND PROMOTION

Marketing and promotion expenses increased to $9,520 in the current quarter, compared to $3,807 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase reflects the expenses incurred from our adult-use marketing and promotional events undertaken in the quarter as we build brand recognition and establish HEXO in the adult-use cannabis market. This is inclusive of higher staff and travel-related expenses, increases to printing and promotional materials, market research efforts as well as advertisement costs.

Total marketing and promotion expenses for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 significantly increased to $31,191 from $8,335 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018. This significant increase reflects the Company’s marketing and branding campaign which began in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 as we prepared for the launch of the adult-use brand HEXO into the legalized Canadian market.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (“R&D”)

The Company realized its first significant quarter of R&D expenses during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. The increased R&D is correlated to the cannabis 2.0 edible cannabis market preparation, including vape formulas, confectionary prototypes and sensory testing. The Company also incurred expenses of $575 in market research and product studies. Additionally, expenses related to the establishment of the recently announced brand, Original Stash were realized.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation increased to $10,197 when compared to $1,933 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase is a function of the increased number of outstanding stock options which has a direct correlation to the increased headcount of the Company. Underlying market prices of those options granted subsequent the third quarter of fiscal 2018 were significantly higher, resulting in an increase to the expensed value on a per stock option basis during the period. On May 24, 2019, the Company added the unvested outstanding stock options of Newstrike to its outstanding balance. This contributed $981 of additional expenses in the period.

Total stock-based compensation for the year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $28,008 from $4,997 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as outlined above.

DEPRECIATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Amortization of property, plant and equipment increased to $581 in the quarter, compared with $421 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase is due to the additions to office furniture, vehicles and other equipment in which the associated depreciation is not capitalized to inventory. These additions represent the Company’s general growth and increase to the scale of the operations.

Total depreciation of property, plant and equipment for the year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $1,747 from $896 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as outlined above.

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Amortization of intangible assets increased significantly to $1,407 in the quarter, compared with $252 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase is the result of amortization incurred on the identified $113,888 cultivation and license intangible asset acquired through the acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019.

Total amortization of intangible assets for the year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $1,767 from $765 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as outlined above.

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations for the fourth quarter was ($60,650), compared to ($10,194) for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increased operating expenses due to the expanding scale of operations of the Company and increased stock-based compensation expense due to higher cannabis market value. The Company also incurred increased R&D expenditures and an impairment loss on inventory. The higher expenses were offset by higher revenues and increased biological fair value adjustments as our production capacity continues to increase.

27 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Other Income/Expenses

Other income/(expense) was $125 for the three months ended July 31, 2019 compared to ($315) in the same period of fiscal 2018. Revaluation of financial instruments of $543 in the latest quarter reflects the revaluation of an embedded derivative related to USD denominated warrants issued in the prior year. During the period we earned $1,575 of interest and other income on our various highly liquid interest generating assets as well as the interest earning convertible debenture. Additionally, we incurred ($1,252) of unrealized of equity loss pickups on the ventures HEXO MED and Truss. The unrealized losses on the convertible debenture revaluation and other investments were ($124) and ($315), respectively. Interest expenses amounted to ($305) in the period.

Total other income/(expense) was ($847) for the year ended July 31, 2019 compared to ($5,383) of the same period of fiscal 2018. The decrease in expenses is primarily due to the Interest income of $5,187 due to increased cash holdings, convertible note interest and interest earned on a public security investment. The cumulative gain on convertible debenture amounted to $1,737 for the year ended. This was offset by the loss on revaluation of the USD denominated warrant liability of ($3,730) and the cumulative equity pick up losses from ventures of ($2,964).

Biological Assets – Fair Value Measurements

As at July 31, 2019, the changes in the carrying value of biological assets are as follows:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Carrying amount, beginning of period $  2,332   $  1,504  
Acquired through acquisition   3,291        
Production costs capitalized   19,215     993  
Net increase in fair value due to biological transformation less cost to sell   38,856     7,340  
Transferred to inventory upon harvest   (56,323 )   (7,505 )
Carrying amount, end of period $  7,371   $  2,332  
1Acquired through the Newstrike acquisition on May 24, 2019            

Our biological assets consist of cannabis plants, from seeds all the way through to mature plants. As at July 31, 2019, the carrying amount of biological assets consisted of $2 in seeds and $7,369 in cannabis plants ($6 in seeds and $2,326 in cannabis plants as at July 31, 2018). The increase in the carrying amount of biological assets is attributable to an increase in production costs and offset by the market selling price decrease as a result of the adult-use market. The significant estimates used in determining the fair value of cannabis on plants are as follows:

yield by plant;
   
stage of growth estimated as the percentage of costs incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to the estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfillment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets which have not yet been harvested;
   
percentage of costs incurred for each stage of plant growth;
   
fair value selling price per gram less cost to complete and cost to sell; and
   
destruction/wastage of plants during the harvesting and processing process.

We view our biological assets as Level 3 fair value estimates and estimate the probability of certain harvest rates at various stages of growth. As at July 31, 2019, it is expected that our biological assets will yield approximately 17,571 kilograms (July 31, 2018 – 4,374 kilograms). Our estimates are, by their nature, subject to change. Changes in the anticipated yield will be reflected in future changes in the fair values of biological assets.

The valuation of biological assets is based on an income approach in which the fair value at the point of harvesting is estimated based on selling prices less the costs to sell. For in-process biological assets, the fair value at point of harvest is adjusted based on the stage of growth at period end. Stage of growth is determined by reference to the plant’s life relative to the cost incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfilment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets, which have not yet been harvested.

Management’s identified significant unobservable inputs, their range of values and sensitivity analysis for the period ended July 31, 2019 are presented in the table below:

Unobservable inputs Input values Sensitivity analysis
     
Average selling price    
Obtained through actual retail prices on a per strain basis $4.23 – $5.01 per dried gram An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average selling price would result in a change of approximately $480 to the valuation.

28 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Yield per plant    
Obtained through historical harvest cycle results on a per strain basis 15 – 123 grams per plant An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average yield per plant would result in a change up to approximately $344 in valuation.
     
Stage of growth    
Obtained through the estimates of stage of completion within the harvest cycle Average of 29% completion An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average stage of growth per plant would result in a change of approximately $1,148 in valuation.
     
Wastage    
Obtained through the estimates of stage of wastage within the cultivation and production cycle 0%–30% dependent upon the stage within the harvest cycle An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the wastage expectation would result in a change of approximately $302 in valuation.

Quarterly Results

The following table presents certain unaudited financial information for each of the eight fiscal quarters up to and including the quarter ended July 31, 2019. The information has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which in management’s opinion have been prepared on a basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019. Past performance is not a guarantee of future performance, and this information is not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

    Q4 ’19     Q3 ’19     Q2 ’19     Q1 ’19  
    July 31, 2019     April 30, 2019     January 31, 2019     October 31, 2018  
Net revenue $  15,424   $ 13,017   $ 13,438   $ 5,663  
Total Net loss   (56,685 )   (7,751 )   (4,325 )   (12,803 )
Loss per share – basic   (0.28 )   (0.04 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )
Loss per share – fully diluted   (0.28 )   (0.04 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )

    Q4 ’18     Q3 ’18     Q2 ’18     Q1 ’18  
    July 31, 2018     April 30, 2018     January 31, 2018     October 31, 2017  
Net revenue $  1,410   $ 1,240   $ 1,182   $ 1,102  
Total Net loss   (10,509 )   (1,971 )   (8,952 )   (1,918 )
Loss per share – basic   (0 .05 )   (0. 01 )   (0.10 )   (0.03 )
Loss per share – fully diluted   (0.05 )   (0.01 )   (0.10 )   (0.03 )

The Company’s net revenues have increased considerably during the current fiscal year when compared to the previous fiscal year. This is due to the legalization of adult-use cannabis in Canada and the Company’s introduction into this market. As a result, the net loss in the three months ended July 31, 2019 increased primarily due to approximately $23 million in additional operating expenses as discussed in ‘Operating Expenses’ and the $16,918 impairment loss on inventory discussed in ‘Cost of Sales, Excise Taxes and Fair Market Value Adjustments’. The third quarter of fiscal 19 saw increased general, administrative and stock based compensation expenses due to the growth of scale in the Company’s operations. In the second quarter of fiscal 19 a stabilization in marketing/branding expenses occurred from the previous quarter thus reducing the net loss, offset by increased gross margin due to the Company’s first full quarter of adult-use sales. The Company experienced a ramp up of expenses to prepare for the legalized adult-use market primarily in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and quarter four of fiscal 2018 resulting in increased net losses. The four quarters of fiscal year 2018 ended July 31, 2018 pertain to the Company’s operations within the medical market only and included in the first quarter of fiscal 18 were tremendous scaling efforts to meet the coming demand of the adult-use market which was legalized October 17, 2018.

Financial Position

The following table provides a summary of our interim condensed financial position as at July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Total assets $  881,040   $  334,998  
Total liabilities   104,284     12,125  
Share capital   799,706     347,233  
Share-based payment reserve   40,315     6,139  
Warrants   60,433     12,635  
Non-controlling interest   1,000     -  
Deficit $ (124,698)   $ (43,134)  

29 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Total Assets

Total assets increased to $881,040 as at July 31, 2019 from $334,998 as at July 31, 2018. The Company raised $53,791 in net proceeds from the January 30, 2019 marketed public offering. Property plant and equipment increased by $204,460 due to the construction of the 1 million sq. ft B9 facility, leasehold improvements to the Belleville Centre of Excellence and the associated required additional production equipment required within those facilities. The Company also acquired $46,003 of property, plant and equipment through the Newstrike acquisition. Also due to the aforementioned addition production facilities, there has been a significant increase in scale of operations. Inventory and biological assets increased $75,856 and $5,039, respectively. New in the fiscal year, also contributing to the variance is the addition of the investment in associate Truss and joint venture HEXO MED which increased total assets by $52,849. Intangible assets increased by $123,237 primarily due to the acquisition of the Newstrike Up brand and cultivation licenses. Also generated through the acquisition of Newstrike was goodwill of $111,877.

Total Liabilities

Total liabilities increased to $104,284 as at July 31, 2019 from $12,125 as at July 31, 2018. During the current fiscal year, the Company entered into a term loan with CIBC which contributed $33,374 in net outstanding debt as at July 31, 2019. An increase in trade accounts payable and accruals of $36,585 due to continued growth in operations and scalability, specifically the retrofitting and leasehold improvement activity underway at the Centre of Excellence in Belleville, Ontario. There exists $3,494 of excise taxes payable due to the onset of the new taxation policy instituted at the legalization date October 17, 2018.

Share Capital

Share capital increased to $799,706 as at July 31, 2019 from $347,233 at July 31, 2018, due to the marketed equity financing which contributed $53,791 in net proceeds to share capital. The acquisition of Newstrike added an additional $322,439 and the remaining balance of the increase was realized from the exercising of warrants, broker warrants and stock options during the fiscal year.

Share-Based Payment Reserve

The share-based payment reserve increased to $40,315 as at year end from $6,139 as at July 31, 2018. This increase is due to a full fiscal year of stock-based compensation resulting in an increase of $11,768, as a result from the 5.7 million issued employee stock options in July 2018. A total of 12,693,118 employee stock options were granted during the 12 months ended July 31, 2019, inclusive of 3,668,785 which were granted during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. The acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019 increased the share-based payment reserve by $7,134.

Warrants Reserve

The warrant reserve increased significantly to $60,433 as at July 31, 2019 from $12,635 as at July 31, 2018, primarily due to the $42,386 addition of the fair valued Molson warrants reserve established for the 11,500,000 share purchase warrants issued to an affiliate of Molson Coors Canada as consideration in the Truss venture in early October 2018. The warrants possess a strike price of $6.00 and a term of 3 years. This is offset by warrant exercise activity during the three quarters to date of fiscal 2019. The acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019 increased the warrants reserve by $12,229.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity

Our objectives when managing our liquidity and capital structure are to maintain sufficient cash to fund international growth initiatives, innovation strategies and to meet contractual obligations. Our ability to reach profitability is dependent on successful implementation of our business strategy. While management is confident in the future success of the business, there can be no assurance that our products will gain adequate market penetration or acceptance or generate sufficient revenue to reach profitability.

  For the twelve months ended
Liquidity July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
  $ $
Operating activities (128,436) (27,276)
Financing activities 150,607 288,241
Investing activities (7,645) (220,376)

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the twelve months ended July 31, 2019 was $128,436 as a result of the net loss for the period ended of $81,564, and a decrease in non-cash working capital of $71,768, as well as net non-cash expenses of $27,863. In the same prior year period, cash used in operating activities was ($22,185), reflecting the net loss of ($23,350), net non-cash expenses add back of $7,632, and an increase in working capital of ($7,665). The change in cash flow reflects ($39,628) of an unrealized change in the fair value of biological assets. Increases to inventory and biological assets of ($53,640) and an increase to trade receivables of ($17,845). These increases to operating cashflows were offset by the stock-based compensation add back of $28,944. Operating activities reflect the general increased size and scale of the Company’s operations when compared to the same fiscal period of the fiscal year 2018, as well as the additional operations obtained through the acquisition of Newstrike.

30 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Financing Activities

Net cash received from financing activities for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 was $150,607. On January 30, 2019, the Company closed the marketed equity financing in which a total of 8,855,000 common shares were issued for net proceeds of $53,731. The additional cash generated from the exercised warrants in the amount of $62,442 and excised stock options of $4,293 incurred during the period. The warrant activity was significantly higher in the fourth quarter due to all time high market prices. The Company's term loan forming part of its syndicated credit facility contributed net $33,374.

Investing Activities

For the twelve months ended July 31, 2019, $7,645 was used for investing activities. The Company gained net cash of $49,366 through its business acquisition. Contributing to the increase is cash was the transfer of short-term investments of $119,810 and its reinvestment into high interest generating vehicles. This is offset by the cash consideration and capitalized transaction costs of ($13,427) of the investment in associate and joint ventures. During the period, we continued additions of ($138,034) to our property, plant and equipment as scalability increases as the new 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse was completed and significant leasehold improvements continue to be made at the Belleville facility. Cash in the amount of ($22,350) was restricted for the purposes of satisfying supply and debt service agreements or held in escrow.

Capital Resources

As at July 31, 2019, working capital totaled $261,868. The exercise of all the issued and outstanding warrants, as at July 31, 2019, would result in an increase in cash of approximately $225,394, and the exercise of all stock options would increase cash by approximately $142,491. During the quarter, the Company realized an increase in cash of $39,932 due to the exercise of 7,130,782 January 2018 warrants which contribute $5.60 per warrant. An additional $3,386 was generated due to the exercise of 2,122,689 options during the quarter end.

On October 23, 2019, the Company announced it has entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70 million principal amount of 8.0% unsecured debentures of the Company (the “Debentures”).

The Debentures will bear interest from the date of closing at 8.0% per annum payable quarterly and will mature on the date which is three years from issuance. Following the date, which is one year from issuance, the Debentures will be convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $3.16 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events.

Beginning on the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may force the conversion of all of the principal amount of the then outstanding Debentures at the Conversion Price on not less than 30 days’ notice should the daily volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $7.50 for any 15 consecutive trading days.

The Debentures and any common shares of the Company issuable upon conversion thereof will be subject to a statutory hold period lasting four months and one day following the closing date.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about November 15, 2019. The private placement is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary regulatory and stock exchange approvals, including the approvals of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

On February 15, 2019, the Company entered into a syndicated credit facility with Canadian chartered banks for a total of $65,000. This access to capital will provide the Company with additional capital to fund future growth and expansion as well as its strategic initiates without the dilution of current and future shareholders.

On January 30, 2019, the Company closed the marketed public offering which generated gross proceeds of $57,500 for the issuance of 8,855,000 common shares at a price of $6.50 per share. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering to fund general corporate operations, global growth initiatives and research and development activity to further advance the Company’s innovation strategies.

As of the date of this MD&A, the Company sits on a consolidated cash position of approximately $64,000, exclusive of the expected cash from the debentures of the recently announced private placement. The primary cash burn activities since the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 relate to capital expenditures, capital contributions to our joint arrangement partners and standard operating activities such as payroll.

31 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Management believes that current working capital along with the recently completed financings, sufficiently provides the level of funding required for current expansion projects and meet contractual obligations for the next 12 months. We periodically evaluate the opportunity to raise additional funds through the public or private placement of equity capital to strengthen our financial position and to provide sufficient cash reserves for growth and development of the business.

Our authorized share capital is comprised of an unlimited number of common shares. The table below outlines the number of issued and outstanding common shares, warrants and options as at July 31, 2018, July 31, 2019 and October 24, 2019.

  October 23, 2019 July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
Common shares 257,018,560 256,981,753 193,629,116
Warrants 24,016,422 29,585,408 26,425,504
Options 22,326,430 24,288,919 14,388,066
Total 303,361,412 310,856,080 234,442,686

As a result of the Newstrike acquisition the following balances were contributed the Company’s common shares, warrants and stock option balances as at the closing date May 24, 2019.

  May 24, 2019
Common shares 35,394,041
Warrants 7,196,166
Options 2,011,863
Total 44,602,070

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

As of the date of this MD&A, the Company has a $65,000 credit facility in place with a syndicate of Canadian chartered banks of which $35,000 has been drawn upon and is outstanding.

We have certain contractual financial obligations related to service agreements and construction contracts for the construction in progress shown in Note 9 of the audited financial statements and the accompanying notes for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019. Commitments are inclusive of $99,652 related to the 20-year anchor rental commitment regarding the Belleville facility.

These contracts have optional renewal terms that we may exercise at our option. The annual minimum payments payable under these contracts over the next five years are as follows:

  $
2020 93,647
2021 7,332
2022 5,804
2023 5,259
2024 4,970
Thereafter 75,218
  192,230

Financial Risk Management

We are exposed to risks of varying degrees of significance which could affect our ability to achieve our strategic objectives for growth. The main objectives of our risk management process are to ensure that risks are properly identified and that the capital base is adequate in relation to these risks. The principal financial risks to which we are exposed are described below.

32 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Interest Risk

The Company has exposure to interest rate risk related to any investments of surplus cash. The Company may invest surplus cash in highly liquid investments with short terms to maturity that would accumulate interest at prevailing rates for such investments. The Company also has exposure to interest rate risk related to the outstanding balance of the term loan. The fluctuation of the interest rate may result in a material increase to the associated interest. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had short term investments and a convertible debenture of $517 and a long term loan of $33,374. All interest rates are fixed. An increase or decrease of 5% to the applicable interest rates would not result in a material variance.

Price Risk

Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of marketable securities and derivatives held in publicly traded entities are based on quoted market prices which the shares of the investments can be exchanged for.

If the fair value of these financial assets were to increase or decrease by 10% as of July 31, 2019, the Company would incur an associated increase or decrease in comprehensive loss of approximately $188 (2018 - $Nil). The price risk exposure as at July 31, 2019 is presented in the table below.

  $
Financial assets 16,756
Financial liabilities (493)
Total exposure 16,263

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Company’s trade receivables, promissory note receivable and convertible debenture receivable. As at July 31, 2019, the Company was exposed to credit related losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparties.

The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk. Since the majority of the medical sales are transacted with clients that are covered under various insurance programs, the Company has limited credit risk.

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held by some of the largest cooperative financial groups in Canada. Since the inception of the Company, no losses have been incurred in relation to cash held by the financial institution. The majority of the trade receivables balance are held with crown corporations of Quebec, Ontario and Alberta as well as one of the largest medical insurance companies in Canada. Credit worthiness of a counterparty is evaluated prior to the granting of credit. The Company has estimated the expected credit loss using a lifetime credit loss approach. The current expected credit loss for the year ended July 31, 2019 is $37 (July 31, 2018 - $94).

In measuring the expected credit losses, the adult-use cannabis trade receivables have been assessed on a per customer basis as they consist of a low number of material contracts. Medical trade receivables have been assessed collectively as they possess share credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the days past due.

Credit risk from the convertible debenture receivable arises from the possibility that principal and/or interest due may become uncollectible. The Company mitigates this risk by managing and monitoring the underlying business relationship.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, trade receivables and convertible debentures receivable represents the maximum exposure to credit risk and as at July 31, 2019; this amounted to $194,902.

The following table summarizes the Company’s aging of receivables as at July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018:

  July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
0–30 days $ $
0–30 days 20,469 262
31–60 days 1,826 188
61–90 days 166 91
Over 90 days 3,599 103
Total 26,060 644

33 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Economic Dependence Risk

Economic dependence risk is the risk of reliance upon a select number of customers which significantly impact the financial performance of the Company. The Company recorded sales from three crown corporations representing 81% (July 31, 2018 – Nil%) of total sales in the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019.

The Company holds trade receivables from three crown corporations representing 79% of total trade receivables as of July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – Nil%).

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company manages its liquidity risk by reviewing on an ongoing basis its capital requirements. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had $139,505 of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

The Company is obligated to pay accounts payable and accrued liabilities, excise taxes payable and current portions of the term loan and other liabilities with total carrying amounts and contractual cash flows amounting to $52,685 due in the next 12 months.

The carrying values of cash, trade receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short term to maturity.

Critical Accounting Assumptions

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Management makes estimates and assumptions and uses judgment in applying these accounting policies and reporting the amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates in the accompanying financial statements relate to the valuation of biological assets and inventory, stock-based compensation, warrants, the estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Our critical accounting assumptions are presented in Note 3 of the Company’s annual audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, which is available under HEXO’s profile on SEDAR and EDGAR.

Adopted and Upcoming Changes in Accounting Standards
IFRS 15, Revenues from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 was issued by the IASB in May 2014 and specifies how and when revenue should be recognized based on a five-step model, which is applied to all contracts with customers. On April 12, 2016, the IASB published final clarifications to IFRS 15 with respect to identifying performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations, and licensing.

The Company has applied IFRS 15 retrospectively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption. The Company’s accounting policy for revenue recognition under IFRS 15 is as follows:

1.

Identifying the contract with a customer;

   
2.

Identifying the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

   
3.

Determining the transaction price;

   
4.

Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; and

   
5.

Recognizing revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s).

Revenue from the direct sale of cannabis to customers for a fixed price is recognized when the Company transfers the control of the good(s) to the customer upon delivery and acceptance by the customer, the timing of which is consistent with the Company’s previous revenue recognition policy under IAS 18.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments

The Company adopted IFRS 9 retroactively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption.

IFRS 9 was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") in November 2009 and October 2010 and will replace IAS 39. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is classified and measured at amortized cost or at fair value. The classification and measurement of financial assets is based on the Company’s business models for managing its financial assets and whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”). Financial assets under IFRS 9 are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at either amortized cost; fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) or; fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

AMORTIZED COST

Financial assets classified and measured at amortized cost are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI. Financial assets classified at amortized cost are measured using the effective interest method.

34 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


FVTOCI

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTOCI are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI.

This classification includes certain equity instruments where IFRS 9 allows an entity to make an irrevocable election to classify the equity instruments, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that would otherwise be measured at FVTPL to present subsequent changes in FVTOCI.

FVTPL

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTPL are those assets that do not meet the criteria to be classified at amortized cost or at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVTOCI”). This category includes debt instruments whose cash flow characteristics are not SPPI or are not held within a business model whose objective is either to collect contractual cash flows, or to both collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial asset.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial instruments under IAS 39 and IFRS 9:

  IAS 39 Classification IFRS 9 Classification
Financial assets    
Cash and cash equivalents FVTPL FVTPL
Restricted cash FVTPL FVTPL
Short-term investments FVTPL FVTPL
Trade receivables Loans and receivables Amortized cost
Convertible debenture receivable FVTPL FVTPL
Long term investment N/A FVTPL
Financial liabilities    
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Other financial liabilities Amortized cost
Warrant liability FVTPL FVTPL
Deferred rent liability N/A Amortized cost
Term loan N/A Amortized cost

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a material impact to the Company’s classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities.

IFRS 9 uses an expected credit loss impairment model as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The impairment model is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost where any expected future credit losses are provided for, irrespective of whether a loss event has occurred as at the reporting date. For trade receivables, the Company has measured the expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses taking into consideration historical credit loss experience and financial factors specific to the debtors and other factors. The carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced for any expected credit losses through the use of an allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income. At the point when the Company is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible, the amount is considered not recoverable and the financial asset is written off. The adoption of the new expected credit loss impairment model had a negligible impact on the carrying amounts of financial assets at amortized cost.

CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT OF FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Accounting for financial liabilities remains largely the same under IFRS 9 and subsequently the Company’s liabilities were not significantly impacted by the adoption.

Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, and, where applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Company designates a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss. Subsequently, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method except for derivatives and financial liabilities designated at FVTPL, which are carried subsequently at fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss (other than derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedging instruments).

35 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


IFRS 16, Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases, which will replace IAS 17 Leases. This standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term greater than twelve months, unless the underlying asset’s value is insignificant. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. Lessors will continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with lessor accounting remaining substantially unchanged from the preceding guidance under IAS 17, Leases.

The Company is currently executing its implementation plan and has completed the initial scoping phase to identify material lease contracts. The analysis of such contracts to quantify the transitional impact is ongoing. The most significant impact of IFRS 16 will be our initial recognition of the present value of future lease payments as right-of-use assets under property, plant and equipment and the corresponding recognition of a lease liability on the consolidated statement of financial position. All material, long-term property leases, which are currently treated as operating leases, are expected to be impacted by the new standard which will result in lower rent expense, higher depreciation expense and higher finance costs related to accretion and interest expense of the lease liability.

IFRS 16 will also impact the presentation of the consolidated statement of cash flows by decreasing operating cash flows and increasing financing cash flows. The standard will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year commencing August 1, 2019. The Company will be adopting the standard using the modified approach by recognizing the cumulative impact of initial adoption in opening retained earnings (i.e. the difference between the right-of-use asset and the lease liability). The Company will measure the right-of-use asset at an amount equal to the lease liability on the commencement date, apply a single discount rate to leases with similar remaining lease terms for similar classes of underlying assets and will not separate non-lease components from lease components for certain classes of underlying assets. Consistent with the guidance, the Company will not apply this standard to short-term leases and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.

Related Party Transactions
Key Management Personnel Compensation

Key management personnel are those persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling our operations, directly or indirectly. Our key management personnel are the members of the executive management team and Board of Directors, who collectively control approximately 6.15% of the outstanding common shares as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – 8.77%) .

Compensation provided to key management for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

For the fiscal year ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Salary and/or consulting fees $  3,550   $  1,969  
Bonus compensation   481     275  
Stock-based compensation   16,235     3,836  
Total $  20,266   $  6,080  

Unless otherwise stated, the below granted stock options will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the balance will vest quarterly over two years thereafter.

On July 26, 2019, the Company granted certain of its directors a total 250,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.88.

On July 18, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $6.54.

On March 20, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.50.

On February 21, 2019, the Company granted the CEO 3,333,333 stock options with an exercise price of $7.46. Additional to the standard vesting terms as defined above, is an achievement condition in which vesting may only occur once a volume weighted average trading price of $10 or greater is achieved for a 20-day period prior to a vesting date. All unvested options will carry over and vest if the condition is met at a future vesting date.

On February 19, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 615,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.13.

On December 17, 2018, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 74,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.09. Of this, 54,000 stock options will fully vest at the 6-month anniversary of the grant date.

On September 17, 2018, the Company granted certain of its executives a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.93.

On July 11, 2018, the Company granted certain of its directors and officers a total of 4,325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.89. Within the grant there exist 350,000 stock option which fully vest on April 30, 2019.

On April 16, 2018, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 845,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.27.

On March 12, 2018, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $3.89.

36 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


On December 4, 2017, the Company granted certain directors and executives a total of 1,750,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.69, half of which vested immediately and the balance over a three-year period with the exception of 75,000 stock options which vest in full by April 30, 2019.

On November 6, 2017, the Company granted certain of our executives a total of 125,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.48.

On September 8, 2017, the Company granted certain of our executives a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $1.37.

The Company loaned $20,279 on September 7, 2018, to the related party BCI to be used in the purchase of a facility in Belleville, Ontario and was repaid in full during the third quarter of fiscal 2019.

These transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties.

Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), the establishment and maintenance of Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DCP”) and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”) is the responsibility of management. The DCP and ICFR have been designed by management based on the 2013 Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to provide reasonable assurance that the Company’s financial reporting is reliable and that its financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Regardless of how well the DCP and ICFR are designed, internal controls have inherent limitations and can only provide reasonable assurance that the controls are meeting the Company’s objectives in providing reliable financial reporting information in accordance with IFRS. These inherent limitations include, but are not limited to, human error and circumvention of controls and as such, there can be no assurance that the controls will prevent or detect all misstatements due to errors or fraud, if any.

The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be publicly disclosed is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis. An evaluation of the design of Disclosure Controls was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon this evaluation, the material changes to the control environment and the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as at July 31, 2019, are set forth below.

Business Acquisition

On May 24, 2019, the Company finalized the acquisition of Newstrike. Under NI 52-109, the Company is permitted to limit the scope of its design of DCP and ICFR for a business that was acquired not more than 365 days before the end of the financial period to which the certificate relates. Therefore, the Company will continue to assess the design of controls, evaluate the controls and work to implement the established control structure within the operations of Newstrike and certify such once in a position to do so.

The above acquisition contributed net revenue of $2,770 and a net loss of ($13,699) to the Company’s consolidated results for the fiscal year ended since the date of acquisition.

Material Changes to the Control Environment

During the period the Company continued to embark on a transformation project, enabled by a new end to end Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system. When completed, the project will provide an integrated system for inventory tracking and valuation from seed to sale. The project was launched in November 2017 to standardize and automate business processes and controls across the organization. As at July 31, 2019, the system’s Finance, Sales and Procurement processes were functional. It will continue to be rolled out for inventory tracking and processing throughout the fiscal year. The project is a major initiative that is utilizing third party consultants, and a solution designed specifically for the cannabis industry. The new ERP is intended to facilitate improved reporting and oversight and enhance internal controls over financial reporting.

Also, during the period were changes made to the Company’s inventory count process, procedures and estimate approach. Due to the significant increase in volume as the Company’s production levels rise, there were additional complexities added to this process. Additional resources were required to complete the inventory count including the reallocation of personnel from other departments and the use of third-party services. This inherently creates an increased risk environment in that less experienced personnel were involved in the process.

37 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Identified Material Weaknesses and Remediation Plan

A material weakness in internal control over financial reporting is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by the company's internal controls.

Management has performed a detailed risk assessment to identify key account and business processes and related controls, which was informed by process flow mapping with key control owners.

As of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, management has identified the following material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and implemented the associated remediation activity as outlined below.

COMPLEX SPREADSHEET CONTROLS

Management concluded that the Company did not implement and maintain effective controls surrounding complex spreadsheets. Spreadsheets are inherently prone to error due to the manual nature and increased risk of human error. The Company’s controls related to complex spreadsheets did not address all identified material risks associated with manual data entry, documentation and review of assumptions, processes and estimate methodology, completeness of data entry, and the accuracy of formulas.

The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of complex spreadsheet internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to move towards an ERP which possesses specific functionality to remove the manual nature and usage of complex spreadsheets in future periods.

IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ERP

The Company did not have effective information technology (IT) general controls over all operating systems, databases, and IT applications supporting financial reports. Accordingly, process-level automated controls and manual controls that were dependent upon the information derived from IT systems were also determined to be ineffective.

The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of IT related internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to fully implement the ERP during fiscal 2020 and will only take reliance upon such controls once the appropriate level of testing is reached.

INVENTORY COUNT

The Company did not have effective controls around its year-end inventory count procedures, specifically with respect to its reconciliation of the ERP system, due to the details outlined in the previous change to control environment section.

To further strengthen controls surrounding inventory, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures;

PROCUREMENT

The Company did not maintain effective controls over the purchasing of capital goods and services, including the authorization of purchases, processing and payment of vendor invoices, the classification of various expenses and capitalization of assets.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the procurement process, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures;

FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Company did not maintain effective process level and management review controls over manual financial reporting processes and the application of IFRS and accounting measurements related to certain significant accounts and non-routine transactions.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the financial reporting process, management has initiated the following;

38 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Risk Factors

Our overall performance and results of operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties which could cause actual performance, results and achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements and forward-looking information, including, without limitation, the following factors, some of which, as well as other factors, are discussed in our Annual Information Form dated October 28, 2019 available under our profile on www.sedar.com, which risk factors should be reviewed in detail by all readers:

39 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


40 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


41 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Sebastien St-Louis, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of HEXO Corp.;

   
2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

   
3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

   
4.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d- 15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a- 15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:


  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

     
  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

     
  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

     
  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):




  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     
  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date: October 29, 2019 By: /s/ Sebastien St-Louis
    Sebastien St-Louis
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Principal Executive Officer)



CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Stephen Burwash, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of HEXO Corp.;

   
2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

   
3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

   
4.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d- 15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a- 15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the issuer and have:


  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

     
  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

     
  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

     
  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.

The issuer’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):




  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     
  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date: October 29, 2019 By: /s/ Stephen Burwarsh
    Stephen Burwash
    Chief Financial Officer
    (Principal Financial Officer)



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of HEXO Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 40-F for the period ended July 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Sebastien St-Louis, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

   
(2)

The information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Date: October 29, 2019 By: /s/ Sebastien St-Louis
    Sebastien St-Louis
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Principal Executive Officer)



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of HEXO Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 40-F for the period ended July 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen Burwash, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

   
(2)

The information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Date: October 29, 2019 By: /s/ Stephen Burwash
    Stephen Burwash
    Chief Financial Officer
    (Principal Financial Officer)



Consent of Independent Auditors

We hereby consent to the incorporation by referenee in Form 40-F of HEXO Corp. for the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018 of our report dated October 28, 2019 relatingto the consolidated financiaI statements of HEXO Corp. for the years ended July 31,2019 and 2018 listed in the accompanying index.


Ottawa,Canada
October 28,2019






FROM HEXO    
CORP’S CHIEF    
EXECUTIVE    
OFFICER    
     

HEXO Corp’s 2019 fiscal year was one of solid growth, achieving milestones and overcoming challenges. Our year began just before cannabis was legalized for adult use in Canada and, during the year, both the industry and our company grew together. It has been exciting and unpredictable, but our team has performed well, and we reflect on the past year with pride over what we have accomplished and with optimism for what is to come. We enter 2020 with new products, expanded distribution, global opportunities and excitement for the possibilities ahead.

During 2019, we grew revenue from $4.9M to $59.3M an increase of 12.1x. Along the way, we achieved major milestones, including the construction of our latest greenhouse expansion project (B9) at our facility in Gatineau, Quebec. The project – which was completed on time and on budget – led to the first harvest of plants from the facility in March 2019 and significantly increased our production capacity. Today, the expansion is a keystone in our continuous harvest methodology and we now have over 100,000 kg of capacity compared to 25,000 kg at this time last year.

In addition to capacity, we have also created a strong sales platform to increase our leadership position and to ensure that we are bringing our products to consumers around the globe. We are taking a multi-brand approach to the market, driven by consumer and market insight, and we are ensuring that we remain nimble to respond to changes in consumer demands.

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we successfully completed the acquisition of Newstrike Brands Ltd., adding the brand UP Cannabis to our portfolio and, in the process, spreading our retail wings across the country to nine provinces. We’ve since launched Original Stash, the industry’s first true value brand, which we believe will not only compete directly with the illicit market but also contribute to a significant increase in sell-through. Our salesforce and approach have led to additional sales contract across Canada, offering retailers and Canadians more choice.

 

 


II



As we develop and expand our operations and product offerings, we remain focused on containing costs and profitability. Our operations team is leveraging data and analytical tracking to improve our yield per plant. We’ve linked sales and operations and are closely managing our production schedule with expected demand to drive efficiency. In order to ensure that we remain competitive, we will right size the organization to ensure that the appropriate amount of operating expense is in place for the business at this stage.  
 
We are making up for our changing environment by re-committing to the fundamentals: growing high-quality cannabis at a low cost, deploying capital responsibly, and innovation. Increasingly, cannabis is becoming a consumer offering that offers a broad spectrum of experiences to be savoured and enjoyed. As we continue to innovate and expand our product line, consumers will be met with a range of offerings to enhance their lifestyle. Whether it’s rest and relaxation, increased fun, sleep support, pain relief, or otherwise, we’ve built a world-class research and development team, composed of scientists and innovators from across the food, beverage, cosmetics and pharmaceutical sectors, and have amassed impressive intellectual property (patents pending) that puts us in a position to revolutionize how cannabis is consumed.
 
Ultimately, while we are driving growth and value for our shareholders, we are also focused on the way our operations impact the natural and social environment on a local, provincial, national and global level. Consumers and investors expect more from the companies they support, and we expect to meet these demands.
At the very root, HEXO Corp is plant-based business. Our success is directly linked to the viability and sustainability of the astounding cannabis sativa plant. While we have a responsibility to ethically and cost-effectively produce quality cannabis and derivative products, we also have a responsibility towards our planet. Climate change is a real threat for all industries, sectors and jurisdictions. We benefit – thanks to our success – from a public platform. We’ve chosen to leverage this platform for good, in the hopes of contributing to and maybe even leading a global movement of like-minded companies that are committed to having a positive impact on the world. In the last fiscal year, we completed our greenhouse gas inventory for 2018 and will soon report the results and emission reduction targets we’ve set. But we are just getting started, and I look forward to sharing more about our plans to do more than our share to mitigate climate change.
 
The cannabis industry is transformative, disruptive and exciting. Together with other industry leaders, we are shaping the future of cannabis in Canada and globally and redefining hypergrowth in business. It i’s not for the faint of heart, and I am proud to have brought together the hard-working, highly skilled professionals that make HEXO Corp the company it is today. I am more confident than ever in our capacity to rise to the top.
 
 
Sébastien St-Louis
CEO and co-founder of HEXO Corp

 

III


 

MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS

For the three and twelve months ended July 31, 2019

 

 

 


Management’s Discussion & Analysis

For the year ended July 31, 2019
(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts, and where otherwise noted)

This management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of operations of HEXO Corp (formerly The Hydropothecary Corporation) and our wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “we” or “us” or “our” or “Company” or “HEXO”) is for the year ended July 31, 2019 and 2018. HEXO is a publicly traded corporation, incorporated in Ontario, Canada. The common shares of HEXO trade under the symbol “HEXO” on both the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). This MD&A is supplemental to, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. All amounts presented herein are stated in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

This MD&A has been prepared by reference to the MD&A disclosure requirements established under National Instrument 51-102, Continuous Disclosure Obligations, of the Canadian Securities Administrators. Additional information regarding the Company is available on our websites at hexocorp.com/investors or through the SEDAR website at sedar.com or the EDGAR website at www.sec.gov/edgar.

Certain information in this MD&A contains or incorporates comments that constitute forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. Forward-looking information, in general, can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “should”, “plans”, “continue”, “objective”, or similar expressions suggesting future outcomes or events. They include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances; our objectives, goals, strategies, beliefs, intentions, plans, estimates, projections and outlook, including statements relating to our plans and objectives; estimates or predictions of actions of customers, suppliers, competitors or regulatory authorities; and statements regarding our future economic performance.

• the competitive and business strategies of the Company;

• the intention to grow the business, operations and potential activities of the Company, including entering into joint ventures and leveraging the brands of third parties through joint ventures and partnerships;

• the ongoing expansion of the Company’s facilities, its costs and receipt of approval from Health Canada to complete such expansion and increase production and sale capacity;

• the expansion of business activities, including potential acquisitions;

• the integration of our acquisition of Newstrike Brands Ltd. (“Newstrike”) into our operations;

• the expected production capacity of the Company;

• the expected sales mix of offered products;

• the development and authorization of new products, including cannabis edibles and extracts (“cannabis derivatives”);

• the competitive conditions of the industry, including the Company’s ability to maintain or grow its market share;

• the establishment of the Company’s investment in association with Molson Coors Canada and the future impact thereof;

• the establishment of the Company’s joint venture with QNBS P.C. (formerly Qannabos) for the Company’s Eurozone processing, production and distribution centre in Greece and the future impact thereof;

• the expansion of the Company’s business, operations and potential activities outside of the Canadian market, including but not limited to the U.S., Europe, Latin America and other international jurisdictions;

• whether the Company will have sufficient working capital and its ability to raise additional financing required in order to develop its business and continue operations;

• the applicable laws, regulations and any amendments thereof;

• the grant, renewal and impact of any licence or supplemental licence to conduct activities with cannabis or any amendments thereof;

• the anticipated future gross margins of the Company’s operations; and

• the performance of the Company’s business and operations.

Such statements are not historical facts but instead represent management beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond management control. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations about future events and certain assumptions including, but not limited to:

• the Company’s ability to implement its growth strategies;   • the Company’s ability to maintain and renew required licenses;
     
• the Company’s ability to complete the conversion or buildout of its facilities on time and on budget; • the Company’s ability to maintain good business relationships with its customers, distributors and other strategic partners;
   
• the Company’s competitive advantages;   • the Company’s ability to keep pace with changing consumer preferences;
     
• the development of new products and product formats for the Company’s products; • the Company’s ability to protect intellectual property;
     
• the Company’s ability to obtain and maintain financing on acceptable terms; • the Company’s ability to manage and integrate acquisitions, particularly Newstrike;
     
• the impact of competition;   • the Company’s ability to retain key personnel; and
   
• the changes and trends in the cannabis industry; • the absence of material adverse changes in the industry or global economy.
     
• changes in laws, rules and regulations;    

Although the forward-looking statements contained in this MD&A are based on what we believe are reasonable assumptions, these assumptions are subject to a number of risks beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that actual results will be consistent with these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements and information include, but are not limited to, financial risks; industry competition; general economic conditions and global events; product development, facility and technological risks; changes to government laws, regulations or policies, including tax; agricultural risks; supply risks; product risks; dependence on senior management; sufficiency of insurance; and other risks and factors described from time to time in the documents filed by us with securities regulators. For more information on the risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ from current expectations, see “Risk Factors”. All forward-looking information is provided as of the date of this MD&A. We do not undertake to update any such forward-looking information whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

This MD&A is dated October 28, 2019.

2 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



COMPANY OVERVIEW
     

HEXO Corp is helping shape an entirely new legal cannabis market – in Canada and abroad. We are working to change the world; and we are just getting started.

Just six years ago, two entrepreneurs set out to corner the cannabis market in Canada. Laying roots in the province of Quebec, the Company was influential in stimulating market acceptance and support, raising significant capital in the public markets since the beginning of fiscal year 2018. We have agreements and arrangements in place to supply cannabis in nine provinces, including a five-year supply contract with Quebec’s Société québécoise du cannabis (“SQDC”). In total, we have governmental or private retail distribution agreements covering most major Canadian markets, reaching over 95% of the Canadian population. Our brands – HEXO and Up – are available to Canadians across the country.

Today, HEXO is a consumer-packaged goods (“CPG”) cannabis technology company that has increased its focus globally. We believe that building a brand comes primarily from a strong distribution system and product quality, and from making a meaningful commitment to sustainability. Through our Hub and Spoke strategy, we are centralizing our intellectual property and branding it “powered by HEXO” and as we have done with Molson Coors Canada (“Molson”) we plan to partner with Fortune 500 companies in different facets of the CPG market, to participate in the cannabis market beginning in Canada and around the world. Fundamentally, we bring our brand value, cannabinoid isolation, formulation and delivery technology, licensed infrastructure and regulatory expertise to established companies, and in turn, we plan to leverage their international distribution, base products and their deep understanding of consumer markets.

 

We aim to provide a clear, legal regulatory path into worldwide markets and best in class technology to our current and future partners. We believe the U.S. represents a significant market in the evolution of the cannabis industry, and that to establish global cannabis brands, our goal is to be successful there. As the U.S. market continues to develop, we intend to bring American consumers innovative, consistent, and high-quality hemp-derived cannabidiol (“CBD”) infused products “powered by HEXO”. Through these partnerships, we plan to focus on large-scale CBD extraction from hemp, providing high quality ingredients to our current and future Fortune 500 partners, as well as hemp derivative wholesaling.

We have a history of innovation driven by our experienced management team. Under their leadership, we are building a robust research and development team to deliver the cannabis experiences sought by the market. We are among the cannabis industry’s top innovators, with award-winning products such as Elixir, Canada’s first line of cannabis peppermint oil sublingual sprays, and decarb, an activated cannabis powder designed for oral consumption. We are also pioneering a line of sexual health products with Fleur de Lune and have won top awards for the quality of our pre-rolled cannabis products. Our ability to develop consistent advanced cannabis formulations for use in world-renowned brands – beverages, food, cosmetics, and more – has already garnered the attention of Molson and resulted in the creation of Truss, an exclusive venture to develop non-alcoholic, cannabis-infused beverages. Our Innovation team is structured across three pillars, Clinical Evaluation, Advanced Research and Applied Research. We employ researchers and PHDs from extensive product development backgrounds driving the execution of better, scientifically supported, cannabis-based experiences.

3 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS

Our goal is to become a top global cannabis company with top market share in Canada. After establishing a strong presence within our home market of Quebec, we are expanding nationally on a larger scale. Our objective is to execute on our existing supply agreements and arrangements with entities across nine provinces, and to successfully manage our distribution centre responsible for all SQDC online sale cannabis distribution. We also possess a strategic relationship with the private cannabis retailer Spirit Leaf. This private retail presence will allow us to expand our expected distribution presence within these provinces.

During the period we completed the acquisition of Newstrike Brands Ltd (“Newstrike”). This acquisition further strengthens HEXO’s presence within Canada by adding Up, a reputable brand already established within the cannabis adult-use market, to HEXO’s house of brands. Along with the brand, HEXO acquired several supply agreements and an additional private retail partnership to its national distribution network.

Ultimately, we know that if we want to achieve our goals, we need to think about more than just our products and prices. We must also examine the way our operations impact the natural and social environment on a local, provincial and national level. HEXO is monitoring and reporting on its greenhouse gas emissions, setting targets to reduce them, and offsetting its footprint. As members of the Global Cannabis Partnership, we will also be reporting on other Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) impact areas based on Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) standards.

The global cannabis market is estimated to reach $250 billion in the next ten years. HEXO believes that in a few years, a handful of companies will control 70% of global market share and we believe HEXO is poised to be one of those companies.

 

To date, we have sold over 10.8 million grams of adult-use and medical cannabis to thousands of Canadians who count on us for safe and reputable, high-quality products. We have developed an extensive and award-winning product range, and gained valuable experience and knowledge, while serving our customers.

We currently hold approximately 1.3 million sq. ft. of operating space at our home base Gatineau campus. In addition, we have leased 579,000 sq. ft. of industrial real estate for manufacturing, distribution and product research and development needs in Belleville, Ontario, with rights of first offer and first refusal to lease the remaining space in the 1.5 million sq. ft. facility; another 58,000 sq. ft. of leased distribution space in Montreal, Quebec, and an additional 469,000 sq. ft. in Brantford and Niagara once fully retrofitted. Once licensed, HEXO also plans to operate a 14,200 sq. ft. food research laboratory in Vaughan, Ontario and a 19,600 sq. ft. laboratory in Montreal, Quebec.

We are currently dual listed on the TSX and the NYSE and in doing so have increased HEXO’s access to the United States and global investors.

We do not, and do not intend to, engage in direct or indirect business with any business that derives revenue, directly or indirectly, from the sale of cannabis, cannabis products or cannabinoid-containing products in any jurisdiction where the sale of cannabis is unlawful under applicable laws. HEXO does not currently engage in any unlawful U.S. marijuana-related activities as defined in Canadian Securities Administrators Staff Notice 51-352, and will only do so in the future to the extent fully legal under all applicable U.S. federal and state laws.

4 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

Since inception, we have laid the foundation to be a world leader that serves both adult-use and medical cannabis markets. In everything we do – innovation, cultivation, production, product development, distribution – we exercise rigor in order to offer adult-use consumers and medical cannabis patients uncompromising quality and safety. We believe that we can leverage our demonstrated success in Canada as we expand to global cannabis markets.

Our strategy sees us becoming part of the top three global cannabis companies, with a top two market share in Canada. Our strategy is built on three pillars: operational scalability, innovative products and brand leadership. To achieve brand leadership, we will set up the legal, physical, and human capital infrastructure to participate in legal markets across the globe. We plan to invest in even better, science- backed cannabis experiences, and we look to partner with Fortune 500 companies to leverage their base products, international distribution platforms and deep understanding of the consumer occasion in their respective verticals.

Given the different regulations governing the sale of adult-use cannabis across Canada, the number of large- scale licensed producers and today’s limited but growing cultivation capacity, among other factors, we believe the initial years following legalization will be the most

critical in determining the future shape of the cannabis industry in Canada, and that early distribution and financial performance will be critical to securing a market leader position.

For this and other reasons, we have deliberately set out to build a strong position in our initial jurisdiction, Quebec, while making strategic inroads in select other markets across the country through provincial supply agreements and private retail partnerships. Now having entered the adult- use market as one of the largest producers and suppliers by market capitalization, we are looking beyond the Canadian border to take HEXO international, where regulations permit. We are making continuous efforts to assess global opportunities in current and future medical and adult-use markets.

We have positioned ourselves to meet the smokeless cannabis demand through our venture with Molson, our first partner within our Hub and Spoke business model. We expect to launch a full line of beverage products in partnership with Molson through our venture, Truss. We currently expect regulations to allow these products to be made available for consumption during the first six months of calendar 2020. We continue to explore other opportunities for analogous ventures to introduce into the


5 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



cannabis market. Even as we continue to execute on our business plans in Quebec, Ontario and across the country, we believe we have established ourself as a desirable business partner for cannabis control authorities, private retail, and potential Fortune 500 joint-arrangement partners in Canada.

As the cannabis and cannabis derivative markets evolve, we are constantly assessing and implementing ways to integrate our quality products with the product offerings of Fortune 500 companies and become a premium branded partner for CPG companies. We will seek to accomplish this through several means: by providing our prospective partners regulatory access to legal markets as well as distribution infrastructure and delivery systems across most provinces; by offering best in class technology through innovative product development and a strong IP portfolio.

We have taken significant steps to ensure that we are prepared to meet the future demand of the CBD derivative product markets within Canada and globally. This includes having secured a large and steady supply of quality hemp for product transformation at our Belleville Centre of Excellence, once the facility is licensed and completed.

During the period, we established the joint entity Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc. (“KIT”) of which HEXO holds a 60% interest. Through KIT we have obtained high capacity, top echelon technology for cleaning outdoor field hemp of harmful pesticides, which we believe gives us an edge in bringing quality extracts to the U.S. We believe KIT will provide the Company with high quality extraction technology to facilitate an efficiently processed and consistent supply of CBD and THC to supply the Canadian and U.S. markets for cannabis derivatives.

We have eight high CBD hemp strains in tissue culture in partnership with the University of Guelph as we are preparing the groundwork to evolve to a field sourced, forward contract supply model in the U.S., applying our strong quality assurance, control protocols, and hemp genetics to our farming partnerships.

Our commitment to quality and safety is supported by our compliance with Health Canada’s stringent quality control requirements, our top of the line production system, full seed-to-sale traceability, third party independent testing and an online system to post our product testing results.


6 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Our commitment to quality and safety is supported by our compliance with Health Canada’s stringent quality control requirements, our top of the line production system, full seed-to-sale traceability, third party independent testing and an online system to post our product testing results.

HEXO U.S.

The U.S. cannabis market represents the Company’s next significant growth opportunity.

During the period the Company established its wholly owned U.S. based entity HEXO USA Inc on May 19, 2019, to be a leading partner for CPG expansion.

KIT will allow HEXO to supply future American CPG partners with “powered by HEXO” hemp-derived cannabidiol (“CBD”) experiences and enter the market in a strategic position to begin generating revenues by leveraging the Company’s experience in cannabis. KIT’s purpose is to provide a scalable, efficient, cost effective and reliable extraction and isolation of CBD from hemp to fulfil demand for our powered by HEXO emulsifications.

We believe that strategic partners will be able to benefit from HEXO’s innovative product development, advanced research and development, intellectual property portfolio (pending patent approvals), low production cost, licensed infrastructure and regulatory know-how. These same strategic partnerships will provide the Company with established global distribution platforms and product expertise.

The Company is aiming to enter select U.S. states over the course of the next fiscal year and is taking important strides to offer its “powered by HEXO” products through KIT and our future partners, to the U.S. CBD markets, to the extent that such activities fully comply with applicable U.S. federal and state laws, including U.S. Food and Drug Administration requirements.

Scalability

We have been cultivating cannabis for five years under the Cannabis Act of 2018 regulatory regime and its predecessor (“Cannabis Regulations”), growing and producing high- quality cannabis with consistent yields. We are constantly evaluating and updating our cultivating practices and technology to further drive efficiencies.

We chose to initially locate in Gatineau, Quebec, because we believe the province offers the ideal conditions for cannabis production: is an abundant supply of renewable electricity at competitive rates, combined with abundant water resources and the availability of skilled people. We have expanded our cultivation footprint into Ontario through the acquisition of Newstrike.

On the border of Canada’s two largest consumer markets, Quebec and Ontario, our main campus in Gatineau positions us in close proximity to two of the country’s major urban areas, Greater Montreal and the National Capital Region. Furthermore, our 579,000 sq. ft. Centre of Excellence in Belleville, Ontario which is currently undergoing leasehold retrofitting and Health Canada licensing, is ideally situated between the National Capital Region and Toronto.

Our Gatineau campus includes several facilities representing a total of 1,310,000 sq. ft. The Gatineau campus includes our original 7,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a 35,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a 250,000 sq. ft. greenhouse, a warehouse, two stand-alone laboratories, two modular buildings for final packaging and customer service, and our 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse all located on our 143-acre land parcel.

Our Newstrike campuses located in Brantford and Niagara Ontario contribute 14,000 sq. ft. and 455,000 sq. ft. (once fully retrofitted) respectively, across 17.6 acres of land.

We have expanded into Europe through HEXO MED S.A. (“HEXO MED”), a venture with our partner QNBS P.C. HEXO MED will result in potential additional production

7 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



capacity and a Eurozone foothold to serve the legal cannabis markets in the United Kingdom, France and other jurisdictions where regulations permit. HEXO MED’s plans include the development of a 350,000 sq. ft. licensed facility in Greece. HEXO Corp currently holds a 51% interest in the venture. We have accumulated a strong and skillful workforce, as well as a top management group which provides cannabis- specific industry expertise and other relevant business knowledge derived from a variety of industries and markets.


8 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Product Innovation

Empowering the world to have safe and pleasurable cannabis experiences powered by HEXO technology.

Our strategic priorities reflect our belief that companies that achieve large-scale distribution and high brand awareness will drive long-term shareholder value in our industry. We aim to be the best partner for provincial cannabis distribution and retail authorities, while being recognized for delivering our “powered by HEXO” experiences across the full spectrum of products, price points and delivery methods.

As we develop our consumer-focused product innovation plan, we continue to build on our cannabis experience concepts such as sleep, sport, focus, diet, sex and fun, which will deliver fast on-set response and reliable off-set timing. These experience concepts will provide a valuable resource for consumers selecting appropriate products for their respective needs.

Sleep – to relax and quiet the mind

Sport – to be active and energetic, recover quicker and reduce inflammation
 
Focus – to be alert, concentrated and more productive

Diet
– to help curb desire for food

Sex – to bring intimacy and arousal

Fun
– to enjoy social gatherings

 

During the period, we acquired two new research facilities to further strengthen our IP portfolio and produce unique value-added products to the cannabis derivative market. Once licensed and completed, the new 14,200 sq. ft facility in Vaughan, Ontario will serve as the Company’s food laboratory in which confectionary and edible product research and development will take place. The second additional facility in Montreal, Quebec will also house general research and development activity in the 19,600 sq. ft. space when licensed and completed.

The cannabis industry has already recognized us as an innovative leader, as demonstrated by our award-winning products Elixir and decarb. We also offer Fleur de Lune, one of Canada’s first intimate-use cannabis oils.

Beyond the funds required for our currently planned investments in cultivation, distribution and processing capacity, we expect to allocate the majority of our capital to branding, product innovation, international expansion and production, while remaining alert for strategic transactions that create shareholder value. An element of this focus is the development of our Belleville, Ontario facility, which, once licensed and completed will house manufacturing, distribution and product research and development activities for the Company and its future products, as well as the operations of our Truss venture. This approach will directly support our continued leadership position in the Canadian cannabis market – as both a distributor and a product innovator.


We continue to prepare to take advantage of opportunities in the edibles market, which is expected to launch in Canada in late calendar 2019 or early 2020. Products that we intend to introduce include, but are not limited to vapes, edibles such as confectionary and baked goods, cosmetics, and non-alcoholic beverages through our venture with Molson Coors Canada.

Our focus on research, innovation and product development also reflects our strategic priorities. Our Chief Innovation Officer who benefits from 25 years of experience in CPG innovation and her team are actively exploring ways to increase our expertise related to cannabis applications and forms of delivery, and to expand our product range and brand portfolio. Activities include current and potential partnerships, ventures and strategic acquisitions of intellectual property and related transactions.

To date the Company has filed 38 patent applications related to various formulations, vape devices, beverages, cultivation and extraction technologies as well as other areas.

 

Brand Leadership

Striving to create a sustainable, notable and beloved brand.

HEXO shares the broad industry view that brands will win long term; however, we have a controversial view that brands don’t exist today in the cannabis industry. Our companies have logos but little brand recognition in our markets, due in great part to highly restrictive marketing rules as set out by our regulators. The best brands have achieved less than 10% spontaneous awareness, based on the Company’s analysis of third-party research data. HEXO tracks consumer awareness of all the major cannabis brands and, although we believe HEXO is in the top tiers of awareness compared to peers, all cannabis companies are completely underrecognized relative to large CPG global brands. We believe that HEXO can build a global house of brands, but we will only declare success once we have 80% spontaneous awareness in select markets.

9 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



The goal of HEXO Corp is to continue to offer a diverse house of brands, representing innovation, quality and consistency of experience, and become a top two Canadian market share brand with a top three global market share   position. We believe that the key to doing this is by creating brands that resonate with consumers across market segments.


10 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



11 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



12 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


DISTRIBUTION

Processing and distribution capacity has significantly increased over the past fiscal year, with the activation and full licensing of our 250,000 sq. ft. greenhouse and a new 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse, each at our Gatineau campus. Additionally, through our acquisition of Newstrike, we acquired a state-of-the-art greenhouse and an indoor production facility with production and distribution capabilities currently being retrofitted and estimated to be completed for the end of Q1 to early Q2 of fiscal 2020.

The Company has acquired an interest in a 1.5 million sq. ft. facility in Belleville, Ontario, through the venture Belleville Complex Inc. established with a related party. The Company received the renewal of its Health Canada licensing for the Gatineau facilities on October 16, 2019 and continues to retrofit the Belleville Centre of Excellence ahead of licensing for the purposes of manufacturing value-added cannabis products, increasing capacity for distribution and storage and research and development activities. The Company currently holds a lease to 579,000 sq. ft. of the Belleville facility and has rights of first offer and first refusal to lease the remaining space in the building. Once licensed and completed, the Belleville Centre of Excellence will act as the main research, development and processing facility for HEXO’s cannabis derivative products.

The process of licensing the full 1.5 million sq. ft Belleville Centre of Excellence in phases and ensuring it meets the requirements of the Cannabis Regulations may impact the initial operational timeline of the facility. However, this will provide the Company with the opportunity to

 

offer its prospective partners with turn-key access to a cannabis sector ready facility. The centralized location of the facility, the Company’s first outside of Quebec is ideally situated along primary shipping routes to distribute our products and fulfill commitments across Canada. This facility further delivers on our national expansion strategy and ensures necessary capacity for the manufacture of advanced cannabis products, including vapes, non-alcoholic beverages, other edible cannabis products and cosmetics.

The Company has also bolstered its distribution capacity with the establishment of a distribution and storage centre in Montreal, Quebec formed with Metro Supply Chain Inc. This 58,000 sq. ft. facility was strategically acquired for logistical purposes. Through it, we supply cannabis for all direct-to-customer sales placed in Quebec through the SQDC’s online store. Additionally, we house, supply and distribute direct-to-customers the cannabis products of all licensed producers who have contracts with the SQDC through this distribution centre.

The Company now holds supply agreements and arrangements with entities across nine provinces. The Company is present within 23 private cannabis retailers across Ontario and has a strategic alliance agreement with the cannabis retailer Spirit Leaf.


13 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


CANADIAN CANNABIS MARKET

On October 17, 2018, Canada became the largest nation in the world to offer medical and non-medical, adult- use cannabis nationally. The legalization of the adult-use market on this date resulted in $43 million of sales within the first two weeks according to Statistics Canada. In the 10 weeks between October 17th and December 31, 2018, Canadians purchased more than 20,650 kg of dried cannabis and 20,096 liters of cannabis oil according to Statistics Canada. As demand continues to grow, public and private distribution channels become fully established and with the legalization of the edibles market on the horizon, HEXO believes it is strategically positioned to serve these markets through our partnerships, production capacity and supply contracts.   All provinces and territories have established their respective cannabis market retail approach, ranging from private entities to government-owned retail, as well as a combined approach in several jurisdictions. We have positioned ourselves through supply agreements and arrangements for distribution within Ontario, Alberta, British Columbia, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Quebec, where we hold Canada’s largest single supply agreement. We have also made strategic investments in the private cannabis retail sector. The result: our award-winning and innovative products are available in nine provinces in Canada.

Quebec

In Quebec, which has a population of 8.4 million, or approximately 23% of the Canadian population, the SQDC operates the sale and distribution of adult-use cannabis. The SQDC has established 21 retail locations throughout the province, for in-store cannabis sales. It expects to increase this number to 43 locations by March 2020. It also sells cannabis online.

The SQDC originally contracted 58 tons for Year 1 purchases from all licensed producers of cannabis. Due to supply shortages, initial sell-through is expected to be a little less than half of that amount. During this start-up phase, HEXO sold in 10 tons, achieving approximately 33% market share based on volume, and that is line with our goal.

Our contract required SQDC to purchase 20 tons in the first year, while we did not achieve these quantities during this

 

period, we believe that exercising the committed 20 feature under the contract would be short sighted. We are, and will remain, a preferred supplier of the SQDC as we continue to expand our product offerings based on the demands of consumers.

We currently supply the SQDC with HEXO’s Elixir, THC and CBD formulas, and dried cannabis products. In addition, we hold a distribution agreement with the SQDC, which provides the storage and distribution all of the SQDC’s online product sales to end-users. This includes the product of all licensed producers with established supply agreements held with the SQDC. Operations of the distribution centre began in October 2018.

14 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Ontario

In Ontario, which has a population of 14.4 million, or approximately 39% of the Canadian population, the government currently offers consumers a variety of cannabis products through online sales by the Ontario Cannabis Store (“OCS”). The province also allows privately owned retail including 23 initially licensed locations that serve the adult-use market. Initial product listings include dried cannabis, oil and capsule products, pre-rolled, and clones and seeds.

We currently hold supply agreements with the OCS, in which we supply the province with HEXO’s Elixir, THC and CBD formulas and Fleur de Lune, and dried cannabis products, as well as a variety of dried flower products under the Up brand. HEXO and Up also are currently present within over 23 private retailers throughout the province. This approach will allow us to serve the diverse market demand of Ontario with a variety of combustible and smokeless cannabis products.

British Columbia

British Columbia, which has a population of 5.0 million, or approximately 13% of the Canadian population, serves the adult-use cannabis market through a dual private–government approach. The British Columbia Liquor Distribution Branch (“BCLDB”) manages the distribution

 

of cannabis and cannabis-based products. We hold supply agreements with the BCLDB, in which we supply our HEXO THC and CBD oil-based Elixir and HEXO Fleur de Lune products and Up brand products.

Alberta

The Company has received cannabis representative status with the Alberta Gaming, Liquor and Cannabis Board to supply it with products offered online and in stores. This will allow HEXO to supply our award-winning THC and CBD oil-based Elixir products as well as nine dried flower cannabis products. HEXO and Up products will be made available to the 4.3 million residents or approximately 12% of the total Canadian population.

Other Obtained Canadian Markets

We currently have established distribution channels within 5 additional provincial markets including Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Manitoba and Prince Edward Island which represent 12% of the Canadian population. These channels include both supply agreements and supplier arrangements with provincial governments and private retailers.

CANADIAN ADULT-USE MARKET 2.0

Canadian legalization of additional cannabis derivative product categories occurred in October 2019, and distribution is expected to commence during the first six months of calendar 2020. The Company is working to ensure it meets expected market demands and continues to prepare for its edibles market product offerings. Initially, HEXO intends to meet the cannabis derivative market with our premium vapes and beverage products, followed by the roll out of our gummies and chocolate product offerings. We plan to add product offerings to the portfolio over time. Through HEXO’s proven innovation capability and quality cannabis that the current adult-use market has come to expect, this new platform for cannabis derivative products offers us the ability to target curious new adult- use clientele and attract consumers who may otherwise purchase cannabis from unlicenced dispensaries and black market participants. We will do this by offering legal, safe, consistent, tested and appealing new product options.  

Having previously announced its intention to focus on research, development and innovation, HEXO took another step towards this goal in establishing two new laboratory and development centres in Montreal, Quebec and Vaughan, Ontario. Once licensed and complete, the locations will serve as global research and development hubs for the Company’s Innovation, Development and Engineering (IDE) led by HEXO’s Chief Innovation Officer, Veronique Hamel. The team brings together extensive experience in research and development, sensory science, clinical evaluation, biotechnology and food engineering.

The HEXO IDE team has sweeping experience in the food, pharma and CPG industries with accumulated career experience with Coca Cola, Altria Group, Mondelez International, Kellogg’s, Unilever, Church and Dwight, Shopper’s Drugmart, Loblaws, Kerr’s Bros. and Campbell’s Soup Company. For example, the team’s Director of

15 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Research & Development – Edibles, Trina Farr, has more than 20 years of experience in food innovation and product development and was most recently the Director of Research and Development at Smuckers Foods of Canada. HEXO is also proud to have its own in-house cannabis- infused chocolates expert. Focused on creating a cannabis chocolates experience, Canna Chocolatier Todd Neault is working on formulating fast-acting, consistent and delectable chocolates.

HEXO is focused on developing a product portfolio that is guided by a deep understanding of consumer needs. To better understand these needs, a variety of research methodologies have been deployed by a third-party research provider in select markets in Canada and the U.S. These methodologies include, but are not limited to:

•     Segmentation: A way of viewing the market as a series of sub-groups rather than a whole. Members of each sub-group had similar traits but were distinct from other sub-groups.

•     Qualitative Research & Ethnographies: A methodology of collecting consumer insights which involves face- to-

 

face interaction and the observation (and questioning) of behaviours to better understand the person.

Leveraging the insights we’ve collected – and will continue to collect – HEXO is committed to developing products and formulations that not only meet, but exceed, the evolving needs of consumers.

Recognizing that innovation is always evolving, HEXO will make significant investments in fine-tuning our technologies to enhance consistency, predictability, and safety across our range of cannabis products and experiences.

To ensure it can bring an expanded offering to market, the Company boasts a multi-year extraction agreement with Valens GroWorks Corp. Once licensed and completed, the Company will also have mass-scale extraction capabilities at its centre of excellence in Belleville, Ontario. HEXO also recently announced the appointment of Donald Courtney as Chief Operating Officer, who has extensive experience with several global food and beverage organizations including Mars Inc, Pepsi Bottling Group and Vincor International.



16 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


ACQUISITION OF NEWSTRIKE BRANDS LTD.

The Transaction

On May 24, 2019, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Newstrike through a plan of arrangement. Under the arrangement, each former Newstrike common share was exchanged for 0.06332 of a HEXO common share (the “Exchange Ratio”), subject to certain exceptions. In addition, all issued and outstanding stock options of Newstrike were replaced with stock options of HEXO having the same terms but adjusted for the Exchange Ratio, and all issued and outstanding common share purchase warrants of Newstrike became exercisable for HEXO common shares adjusted for the Exchange Ratio.

Following the acquisition, the Newstrike shares were delisted from the TSX Venture Exchange (“TSXV”) as at the close of trading on May 29, 2019. Certain classes of Newstrike warrants which were listed for trading on the TSXV under the symbol HIP.WT and HIP.WT.A will continue to trade on the TSXV until the earliest to occur of their exercise, expiry or delisting.

As a result of the acquisition, the Company issued a total of 35,394,041 common shares to the former shareholders of Newstrike, and reserved an additional 1,935,881 and 7,196,166 common shares for issuance to the former holders of the Newstrike options and the holders of the Newstrike warrants, respectively.

Introduction

Newstrike is the parent company of Up Cannabis Inc (“Up”), a licensed producer of cannabis based out of Ontario that is licensed under the Cannabis Regulations to both cultivate and sell cannabis in all acceptable forms. Newstrike, through Up and together with select strategic partners, including Canada’s iconic musicians The Tragically Hip, has established of a diverse network of high-quality cannabis brands.

Acquisition Highlights

Facilities & Cultivation Boost

The acquisition of Newstrike added two additional facilities to the HEXO group, one in Niagara, Ontario and the other in Brantford, Ontario.

 

The Niagara facility is a 240,000 sq. ft fully automated, modern “Dutch-Tray” facility, consisting of 186,400 sq. ft licensed for production and cultivation, with the remaining space allocated to administration, packaging and shipping/ receiving areas. The facility is currently capable of producing up to 20,000 kg of dried cannabis annually. This facility is situated on approximately 16.6 acre of land and received its cultivation licence under the Cannabis Act on March 29, 2018.The Niagara facility is currently undergoing a retrofit which is expected to be completed during the end of Q1 to early Q2, fiscal 2020. Once completed, the retrofit will add approximately 215,000 sq. ft. of additional space and will bring the total Niagara campus to approximately 455,000 sq. ft. of cultivation, production, packaging, shipping and administrative space.

On October 24, 2019, the Company announced that it has taken steps to reduce its workforce. The Company is rightsizing its operations to adjust to a changing market and regulatory environment with a view towards profitability and long-term stability. The actions taken are intended to rightsize the organization to the revenue the Company expects to achieve in fiscal 2020. As part of the changes to its operations, cultivation has been suspended at the Niagara facility acquired from Newstrike, and in 200,000 sq. ft. at the Company’s main facility in Gatineau. The Company determined that this cultivation space is not required at this time given the current market conditions in Canada. HEXO continues to drive improvements in yields and processing facilities. Operations in the suspended areas can be recommenced when required.

The Brantford facility is fully operational and licensed with an annual estimated production capacity of 2,000 kg of dried cannabis. It was designed and engineered to permit the application of the same pharmaceutical-quality management-standards utilized by Canada’s pharmaceutical manufacturers, to the production of cannabis in all acceptable forms. The Brantford facility has one mothering room; five grow-rooms used for propagation, vegetation and flowering; one trimming room; one drying room; one packaging room; one extraction room and two discrete shipping rooms, a “level-8” vault for the storage of dried and finished product and, if required, an aggregate of approximately 1,800 sq. ft. that can be repurposed for manufacturing, packaging and/or additional production facilities, all of which are supported and monitored by state-of-the-art automated hydroponic cultivation, climate, security and control systems with additional layers of redundancy and back-up to mitigate the impact of systems

17 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



or power failure. Each area within the Brantford facility is independently controlled and monitored, and each strain of cannabis produced in the Brantford Facility is subjected to rigorous and ongoing analytical testing.

Once retrofitting is completed and efficiencies of scale are reached across both of the Newstrike facilities, the total boost to HEXO’s production is estimated at 42,000 kg of annual dried cannabis, bringing HEXO’s total anticipated annual production capacity to 150,000 kg. Total consolidated facility space across HEXO’s five campuses will amount to approximately 2.4 million sq. ft. following licensing and completion.

Domestic Distribution Channels

Newstrike has secured supply agreements with entities in Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick and Ontario. Saskatchewan selected Newstrike to be a registered cannabis supplier for the province and Newstrike has received orders for products from the Nova Scotia Liquor Corporation and the Prince Edward Island Cannabis

 

Management Corporation. In addition, Newstrike has entered into a strategic alliance agreement with Spirit Leaf, a private cannabis retailer.

These additional established distribution channels provide HEXO with domestic market penetration within nine provinces.

UP Brand

Within the Canadian cannabis market, Newstrike has developed a unique platform through its Up suite of products and partnership with the iconic band The Tragically Hip. This has been instrumental to its growth to date as an independent company. The Up brand has proven its concept through its presence across nine provincial markets in both public and private retailers. The acquisition of Newstrike provides HEXO the opportunity to implement Up brand products within its branding strategy and product offerings hierarchy as well as the flexibility to increase the variety of products it offers to the adult-use market.

CORPORATE SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY

At HEXO Corp, our goal is to be one of Canada’s leading cannabis producers and processors. We know that if we want to achieve our goal, we need to think about more than just our products and prices. We must also examine the way our operations impact the natural and social environment on a local, provincial and national level. HEXO is monitoring and reporting on its greenhouse gas emissions, setting targets to reduce them, and offsetting its footprint. As members of the Global Cannabis Partnership, we will also be reporting on other Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) impact areas based on Global Reporting Initiatives (GRI) standards. Our Corporate Social Responsibility Charter focuses on four priorities: People, Public, Products and Planet. 

 

People

•   Job creator award
•   Significant contribution to the local economy of Masson-Angers, QC and Belleville, ON
•   Career development, profit sharing and shareholder programs for employees
•   Volunteer and team building opportunities for employees
•   Reduced pricing on products for employee medical clients

 

Products

•   Naturally grown and rigorously tested cannabis
•   Innovative smoke-free options
•   Excise tax absorbed on products for medical clients
•   Cannabis product of the year at the 2018 Canadian Cannabis Awards for our Elixir CBD

18 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS




 
Public   Planet
•   Academic education and research investments   •   Use of solar energy to minimize electricity consumption
•   Education programs for our retail partners   •   Recycling and composting programs
•   Responsible use program investments   •   Greenhouse gas (GHG) Inventory and Reporting (based on ISO14064 standards)
•   Support to food security organizations   •   Water conservation (rainwater capture and water recycling)
•   Support to health organizations   •   Reforestation project with Tree Canada
•   Community emergency support via the Red Cross   •  Solar energy project with Ottawa Food Bank
•   Support to social justice initiatives   •   Sustainability partner of Ottawa Riverkeeper

OTHER CORPORATE HIGHLIGHTS

Supply Agreements of Hemp Secured for CBD Extraction

During the quarter, the Company entered into several hemp supply agreements/arrangements which are expected to provide a sufficient supply of hemp to meet the Company’s needs during fiscal 2020. These arrangements were established to facilitate a consistent and reliable supply of top-quality hemp for CBD extraction purposes. We believe such a supply will become increasingly important as the

 

CPG industry trends towards hemp-derived CBD infused products. This positions the Company to help meet the expected demand of the edibles and concentrates market.

Executive Appointments

On May 22, 2019, the Company further strengthened its leadership team by appointing Donald Courtney as its Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Courtney has over 20 years of experience in senior operations positions across several industries, including the cannabis industry. He brings

19 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



extensive experience with several global food and beverage organizations including Mars Incorporated, Pepsi Bottling Group and Vincor International and experience in the technology sector with Christie Digital and LG Electronics. Most recently, Mr. Courtney served as the Chief Operating Officer for MedReleaf.

HEXO MED Secures Medical Cannabis License in Europe

On June 12, 2019, the Company’s European subsidiary HEXO MED received its medical cannabis installation license. The license, issued by the Greek government, will allow HEXO MED to establish cultivation, processing and manufacturing facilities in the region of Thessaly, Greece. The future world-class facilities will be based on a 67,000 square meter (or 721,182 sq. ft.) plot in Larissa, Greece. On August 22, 2019, HEXO’s ownership in HEXO MED was increased to 51%, through an additional investment by HEXO in HEXO MED of €500, completed on September 27, 2019. HEXO MED’s board of directors comprises 5 members, 2 of which are appointed by HEXO and the remaining 3 are appointed by QNBS. Opportunities for HEXO MED are being considered and discussions between HEXO and its Greek partner, QNBS, remain ongoing. Going forward, HEXO and QNBS have agreed to fund its operations through third party debt or capital participation.

 

Transfer of NYSE-A listing to NYSE

Effective July 16, 2019, the Company began trading on the NYSE after receiving approval to transfer the listing of the common shares from the NYSE-A on July 10, 2019. Concurrently, the Company voluntarily delisted its shares from the NYSE-A. HEXO’s common shares continue to trade under the symbol HEXO on both the TSX and the NYSE.

HEXO launches new cannabis value brand, Original Stash, with 1 oz product

On October 16, 2019, the Company announced the launch of its new value brand Original Stash which became publicly available in Quebec on October 17, 2019. Original Stash is the Company’s low-cost product line, aiming to attract consumers who may otherwise purchase cannabis from unlicenced dispensaries and black market participants. Original stash will be offered in 28 gram (1 oz) quantities at black market prices.


20 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Truss announces first product offering – Flow Glow

On October 17, 2019, Truss announced its first partnership with Flow Glow Beverages Inc. – the team behind Flow Alkaline Spring Water – to manufacture and distribute a CBD-infused spring water. Flow Glow Beverages’ flavoured CBD-infused spring water will be one of six cannabis beverage brands within the Truss product portfolio. Expected to be launched during the first six months of calendar 2020, Flow Glow will be available in two flavours: Goji+Grapefruit and Raspberry+Lemon. Each unit will contain 10mg of CBD. Flow Glow is sourced from natural spring water and natural ingredients and is packaged in nearly 70% renewable-resource-based, 100% recyclable paperboard containers. Flow Glow will be manufactured and distributed at HEXO’s Centre of Excellence in Belleville, Ontario.

$70 Million Private Placement

On October 23, 2019, the Company announced it has entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70,001 million principal amount of 8.0% unsecured debentures of the Company (the “Debentures”).

The Debentures will bear interest from the date of closing at 8.0% per annum payable quarterly and will mature on the date which is three years from issuance. Following the date, which is one year from issuance, the Debentures will be convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $3.16 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about November 15, 2019. The private placement is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary regulatory and stock exchange approvals, including the approvals of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Reduction of Cost Structure

On October 24, 2019, the Company announced it has taken steps to reduce its workforce. The Company is rightsizing its operations to adjust to a changing market and regulatory environment with a view towards profitability and long-term stability. The actions taken are intended to rightsize the organization to the revenue Company expects to achieve in fiscal 2020. As part of the changes to its operations, the Company has eliminated approximately 200 positions across its departments and locations.

21 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Non-IFRS Measures

We have included certain non-IFRS performance measures in this MD&A, including adjusted gross margin, as defined in this section.

We employ these measures internally to measure our operating and financial performance.

We believe that these non-IFRS financial measures, in addition to conventional measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, enable investors to evaluate our operating results, underlying performance and future prospects in a manner similar to management.

As there are no standardized methods of calculating these non-IFRS measures, our methods may differ from those used by others, and accordingly, these measures may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures used by others. Accordingly, these non-IFRS measures are intended to provide additional information and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS.

GROSS SALES

Gross sales are the revenues derived from the sale of adult-use, medical and whole sale cannabis under the normal course of business and are inclusive of sales return provisions and exclusive of excise taxes.

ADJUSTED GROSS MARGIN

We use adjusted gross margin to provide a better representation of performance in the period by excluding non-cash fair value measurements as required by IFRS. We believe this measure provides useful information as it represents the gross margin for management purposes based on cost to produce, package and ship inventory sold, exclusive of any fair value measurements as required by IFRS. The metric is calculated by removing all amounts related to biological asset fair value accounting under IFRS, including gains on transformation of biological assets and the cost of finished harvest inventory sold, which represents the fair value measured portion of inventory cost (“fair value cost adjustment”) recognized as cost of goods sold.

EXPECTED PLANT YIELD

The expected plant yield is utilized in the valuation of biological assets on hand as at the period end. This represents an unobservable input to a level 3 fair value estimate and is derived from the Company’s historical harvests as well as the expertise of the appropriate personnel. A sensitivity analysis over this input was performed and included in the ‘Biological Assets – Fair Value Measurement’ section below.

PRODUCTION CAPACITY

The production capacity disclosed throughout this report represents management’s best estimate and is derived from the historical actual output of production as well as the use of cultivation expertise existing within the Company.

KILOGRAMS PRODUCED

The kilograms harvested during the period representing the amount of dried gram and dried gram equivalents harvested and produced from biological assets but not necessarily sold during the period.

22 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Operational and Financial Highlights
KEY FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Summary of results for the three and twelve months period ended July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018:

  For the three months ended For the twelve months ended
Income Statement Snapshot July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018 July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
  $ $ $ $
Gross cannabis revenue 20,517 1,410 59,256 4,934
Excise taxes (5,122) (11,914)
Net revenue from sale of goods 15,395 1,410 47,342 4,934
Ancillary revenue 29 199
Gross margin before fair value adjustments 5,133 711 21,344 2,841
Gross margin (13,748) 519 26,925 6,400
Operating expenses 46,902 10,713 111,482 24,367
Loss from operations (60,650) (10,194) (84,557) (17,967)
Other income/(expenses) 125 (315) (847) (5,383)
Net loss before tax recovery (60,525) (10,509) (85,404) (23,350)
Tax recovery 3,840 3,840
Total net loss (56,685) (10,509) (81,564) (23,350)

For the three months ended

         
  July 31, April 30, January 31, October 31,
Operational Results 2019 2019 2019 2018
Avg. gross selling price of adult-use dried gram & gram equivalents ($) 4.74 5.29 5.83 5.45
Kilograms sold of adult-use dried gram & gram equivalents (kg) 4,009 2,759 2,537 952
Avg. gross selling price of medical dried gram & gram equivalents ($) 8.34 9.11 9.15 9.12
Kilograms sold of medical dried gram & gram equivalents (kg) 137 145 152 158
Avg. gross selling price of wholesale gram & gram equivalents ($) 0.56
Kilograms sold of wholesale gram & gram equivalents (kg) 672
Total kilograms produced of dried gram equivalents (kg) 16,824 9,804 4,938 3,550

Q4 PERIOD HIGHLIGHTS

Total gross revenue in the quarter increased approximately of 13x to $20,517 when compared to the same quarter of fiscal 2018.
   
Adult -use grams and gram equivalents sold increased 45% to 4,009 kg from the previous quarter as the Company continues to deliver on its existing supply agreements.
   
During the quarter ended July 31, 2019, the Company produced approximately 16,824 kg of dried cannabis, an 72% increase from the previous quarter. This is attributable to higher yields in the 250,000 sq. ft. B6 facility, the additional harvests of the 1 million sq. ft. B9 greenhouse and the contribution of the acquired Newstrike greenhouses.

FINANCIAL POSITION

•  As at July 31, 2019, the Company held cash, cash equivalents and short -term investments of $139,505 and working capital of $261,868.
   
•  The Company obtained a $65,000 credit facility with a syndicate of Canadian chartered banks. This consists of $50,000 available term credit and a $15,000 revolving line of credit which will be used in part to finance the continuing expansion of the Gatineau campus as well as the leasehold improvements at the Belleville Centre of Excellence without diluting the shareholders of HEXO.

23 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Summary of Results
Revenue

    Q4’ 19     Q3 ’19     Q2 ’19     Q1 ’19     Q4 ’18  
                               
 ADULT-USE                              
 Adult-use cannabis gross revenue $  18,997   $  14,607   $  14,792   $  5,194   $  –  
 Adult-use excise taxes   (4,937 )   (2,741 )   (2,587 )   (970 )    
 Adult-use cannabis net revenue   14,060     11,866     12,205     4,224      
 Dried grams and gram equivalents sold (kg)   4,009     2,759     2,537     952      
 Adult-use gross revenue/gram equivalent $  4.74   $  5.29   $  5.83   $  5.45   $  –  
 Adult-use net revenue/gram equivalent $  3.51   $  4.30   $  4.81   $  4.44   $  –  
                               
 MEDICAL                              
 Medical cannabis gross revenue $  1,142   $  1,323   $  1,387   $  1,436   $  1,410  
 Medical cannabis excise taxes   (185 )   (233 )   (216 )   (44 )    
 Medical cannabis net revenue   957     1,090     1,171     1,392     1,410  
 Dried grams and gram equivalents sold (kg)   137     145     152     158     152  
 Medical gross revenue/gram equivalent $  8.34   $  9.11   $  9.15   $  9.12   $  9.26  
 Medical net revenue/gram equivalent $  6.99   $  7.52   $  7.73   $  8.84   $  –  
                               
 WHOLESALE                              
 Wholesale cannabis gross revenue $  378   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
 Wholesale cannabis excise taxes                    
 Wholesale cannabis net revenue   378                  
 Dried grams and gram equivalents sold (kg)   672                  
 Wholesale gross revenue/gram equivalent $  0.56   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
 Wholesale net revenue/gram equivalent $  0.56   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
 ANCILLARY REVENUE1 $  29   $  61   $  62   $  47   $  –  
Total net sales $  15,424   $  13,017   $  13,438   $  5,663   $  1,410  
1 Revenue outside of the primary operations of the Company.                          

Total net revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 increased to $15,424 from $1,410 in the same period of fiscal 2018. The main contributor is the addition of adult-use sales which the Company is realizing in its first fiscal year of legalization in Canada. Adult-use sales in the quarter accounted for 91% of total revenue. Adult-use and wholesale revenues were reduced by sales provisions incurred in the quarter. These provisions are derived from managements estimates based upon price concessions and expected returns (see Note 3 of the audited annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018).

Non-cannabis ancillary sales which began in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 decrease to $29 from $61 in the previous quarter. This revenue is derived from a management agreement held by the Company with arms-length partners.

OUTLOOK

The Company expects net revenue for the first quarter to fiscal year 2020 to be $14,000 to $18,000, subject to retroactive adjustments required on inventory held by provinces, which is subject to price adjustments as the result of a re-evaluating of pricing strategy. Furthermore, the Company expects to be EBITDA positive in calendar 2020, subject to certain assumptions regarding store count, operational improvements and cost saving initiatives.

ADULT-USE SALES

During the period, adult-use gross sales increased to $18,997 in the three months ended July 31, 2019. Contributing to the increase is the additional sales for the stub period of May 24, 2019 to July 31, 2019 from the acquired Newstrike during the period. This contributed $2,770 in additional gross cannabis sales in the period. HEXO also began to realize sales to the AGLC in the quarter which contributed $4,828. Quarterly sales increased 30% when compared to the prior quarter and increased $17,587 relative to the same period of fiscal 2018, (which included medical sales only during that period).

24 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


The Company’s gross adult-use sales for the year ended July 31, 2019 totaled $53,590, an increase of $48,656 as compared to the total (medical only) sales of $4,934 in fiscal 2018. The increase is due to fiscal 2018 containing medical sales only.

Sales volume in the fourth quarter of 2019 increased 45% to 4,009 kg from 2,759 kg equivalents sold in the previous quarter of fiscal 2019. New in the quarter was the contribution of 971 kg sold to the AGLC and the 396 kg sold through Newstrike. Dried flower and milled products represented 89% of gram equivalents sold during the period, a 4% increase from the third quarter of fiscal 2019 and oil product sales comprising the balance of the quantity sold.

During the quarter, gross adult-use revenue per gram equivalent decreased to $4.74 from $5.29 reflective of the price concessions and provision for sales returns recorded in the period. The provision is reflective of a general best estimate provision for returns and price adjustments based on the Company’s assessment of sell-through and slow moving inventory. This was partially countered by the addition of the premium brand Up which commands revenue of $6.80 per gram on dried flower. The adult-use net revenue per gram equivalent decreased to $3.51 from $4.30 in the previous quarter reflecting the impact the provision above as well as the 971 kg of sales in Alberta which imposes on average a 16% higher exercise tax rate than Ontario and Quebec. In future periods as the sales mix shifts towards oil and other value-added products from lower valued dry flower products the impact of these excise taxes on revenue per gram is expected to decrease.

MEDICAL SALES

Gross medical revenue in the three months ended July 31, 2019 decreased 19% to $1,142 compared to $1,410 in the same period in fiscal 2018. Grams and gram equivalents sold decreased marginally to 137 kg from 152 kg in the fourth quarter of 2018. The relative stability in gram and gram equivalents sold with a corresponding decrease in sales is due to increased sales of oil products with sales prices, as well as the decrease to medical sales prices per gram incurred after legalization occurred in Q1 of the fiscal year. Compared to the prior quarter, the sequential revenue decreased by 14% from $1,323, reflecting lower total dried grams sales, offset by a marginal increase to oil based gram equivalents sold.

The Company realized $5,288 of gross medical sales during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 which is an increase of 7% from the $4,934 of gross medical sales during the comparative fiscal year 2018. This increase is due to 54 kg of additional gram and gram equivalents sold, offset by on average lower dried gram sales prices.

Net medical revenues decreased during the quarter by 12% to $957 as compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2019, due to the reasons described above.

WHOLESALE SALES

New in the fiscal year are the introduction of wholesale revenues realized in the quarter. These sales pertain to transactions held between the Company and other licensed producers. The characteristics of such sales are generally large quantities at reduced prices per gram and gram equivalent. These sales are also free of excise taxes as this burden belongs to the acquirer and ultimately the seller of the cannabis products.

Wholesale revenues in the quarter contributed $378 to the Company’s net revenues. A total of 672 kg of dried cannabis was sold through the wholesale channel at an average net revenue per gram of $0.56. Prior to the provision for sales returns, the average contribution of wholesale revenue per gram was $4.36.

Cost of Sales, Excise Taxes and Fair Value Adjustments

Cost of goods sold includes the direct and indirect costs of materials and labour related to inventory sold, and includes harvesting, processing, packaging, shipping costs, depreciation and applicable stock-based compensation and direct and indirect overhead.

Fair value adjustment on sale of inventory includes the fair value of biological assets included in the value of inventory transferred to cost of sales.

Fair value of biological assets represents the increase or decrease in fair value of plants during the growing process less expected cost to complete and selling costs and includes certain management estimates.

25 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



    For the three months ended     For the twelve months ended  
    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
  $   $      $   
Excise taxes   5,122         11,914      
Cost of sales   10,291     700     26,197     2,093  
Fair value adjustment on sale of inventory   7,285     455     16,357     2,289  
Fair value adjustment on biological assets   (5,322 )   (1,171 )   (38,856 )   (7,340 )
Adjustment to net realizable value of inventory       906         1,491  
Impairment loss on inventory   16,918         16,918      

Cost of sales for the quarter ended July 31, 2019 were $10,291, compared to $700 for the same quarter ended in fiscal 2018. The increase in cost of sales is the result of increased sales volumes due to the legalized adult-use market not present in the comparative period. Also impacting the cost of sales were higher overhead allocated costs to inventory and increases to transformation costs were incurred as oil and other value-added products production mix has increased from the same quarter of fiscal 2018.

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, cost of sales increased to $26,197 from $2,093 from the comparable period of fiscal 2018 for the reasons as noted above.

The fair value adjustment on the sale of inventory for the fourth quarter ended July 31, 2019 was $7,285 compared to $455 for the same quarter ended July 31, 2018. This variance is due to increased sales volume of inventory sold when compared to the same quarter in fiscal year 2018. Which was offset by the introduction of the adult-use market which commands a lower fair value per gram when compared to the exclusively medical market-based sales in the three months ended July 31, 2018.

Fair value adjustment on biological assets for the current quarter was ($5,322) compared to ($1,171) for the same quarter ended in fiscal 2018. This variance is due to the increase in the total number of plants on hand as well as increased yields when compared to the comparative period. The increase in plants is due to the fully licensed 250,000 sq. ft. greenhouse which began harvests in Q1 of fiscal 2019 as well as the activation of the 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse during the second and third quarter of fiscal 2019. This results in significantly increased expected gram yields in the quarter and increased production costs of operating newly in-use facilities. The increase in scale and total plants on hand is the result of meeting the demand of the adult-use market.

For the year ended, the fair value adjustments on the sale of inventory and biological assets increased to $16,357 and ($38,856) respectively from $2,289 and ($7,340) respectively in the comparative period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as noted above.

The Company incurred an impairment loss on inventory of $16,918 during the three months ended July 31, 2019, due to price compression in the market. The impairment loss was realized on cannabis purchased in fiscal 2019 to help meet the demands of the adult-use market in which the cost is now exceeding its net realizable value.

New in fiscal 2019 are excise taxes associated with the new adult-use revenues and medical sales incurred after October 17, 2018. These taxes totaled $5,122 an increase of 72% from the prior quarter which in part, is consistent with the increase to underlying gross revenues and gram and gram equivalents sold in the quarter. Further adding to the increase were the approximate $6,871 sales incurred in Alberta which drives on average 16% higher excise tax burden than Quebec and Ontario. Excise taxes are a function of fixed provincial and territorial rates based upon the gram equivalents sold as well as a variable ad valorem component which is dependent upon the selling price of the products.

Operating Expenses

    For the three months ended     For the twelve months ended  
    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
General and administration $  22,950   $  4,300   $  45,947   $  9,374  
Marketing and promotion   9,520     3,807     31,191     8,335  
Stock-based compensation   10,197     1,933     28,008     4,997  
Research and development   2,247         2,822      
Amortization of intangible assets   1,407     252     1,767     765  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   581     421     1,747     896  
Total $  46,902   $  10,713   $  111,482   $  24,367  

Operating expenses include general and administrative expenses, marketing and promotion, stock-based compensation, research and development, and depreciation/amortization expenses. Marketing and promotion expenses include customer acquisition costs, customer experience costs, salaries for marketing and promotion staff, and general corporate communications expenses. General and administrative expenses include salaries for administrative staff and executive salaries as well as general corporate expenditures including legal, insurance and professional fees.

26 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

General and administrative expenses increased to $22,950 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, compared to $4,300 for the same period in fiscal 2018. This increase reflects the significant increase to the scale of our operations, including an increase in management, general, finance and administrative staff which lead to an increase of $3,149 to wages and payroll related expenses. Total professional and legal expenses increased by $7,557, as a result of merger and acquisition activity, additional corporate development initiatives and the increased financial reporting and control-based regulatory requirements accompanying public company status and listing on the TSX and NYSE. Increased insurance pertaining to commercial property and directors and officers increased in total by $3,577 due to increased property, plant and equipment balances and the listing on the NYSE, respectively.

Total general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $45,947 from $9,374 in the same period of fiscal 2018 due to the general growth of the operational scale of the corporation for the same reasons as outlined above.

MARKETING AND PROMOTION

Marketing and promotion expenses increased to $9,520 in the current quarter, compared to $3,807 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase reflects the expenses incurred from our adult-use marketing and promotional events undertaken in the quarter as we build brand recognition and establish HEXO in the adult-use cannabis market. This is inclusive of higher staff and travel-related expenses, increases to printing and promotional materials, market research efforts as well as advertisement costs.

Total marketing and promotion expenses for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 significantly increased to $31,191 from $8,335 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018. This significant increase reflects the Company’s marketing and branding campaign which began in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 as we prepared for the launch of the adult-use brand HEXO into the legalized Canadian market.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (“R&D”)

The Company realized its first significant quarter of R&D expenses during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. The increased R&D is correlated to the cannabis 2.0 edible cannabis market preparation, including vape formulas, confectionary prototypes and sensory testing. The Company also incurred expenses of $575 in market research and product studies. Additionally, expenses related to the establishment of the recently announced brand, Original Stash were realized.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation increased to $10,197 when compared to $1,933 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase is a function of the increased number of outstanding stock options which has a direct correlation to the increased headcount of the Company. Underlying market prices of those options granted subsequent the third quarter of fiscal 2018 were significantly higher, resulting in an increase to the expensed value on a per stock option basis during the period. On May 24, 2019, the Company added the unvested outstanding stock options of Newstrike to its outstanding balance. This contributed $981 of additional expenses in the period.

Total stock-based compensation for the year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $28,008 from $4,997 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as outlined above.

DEPRECIATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Amortization of property, plant and equipment increased to $581 in the quarter, compared with $421 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase is due to the additions to office furniture, vehicles and other equipment in which the associated depreciation is not capitalized to inventory. These additions represent the Company’s general growth and increase to the scale of the operations.

Total depreciation of property, plant and equipment for the year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $1,747 from $896 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as outlined above.

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Amortization of intangible assets increased significantly to $1,407 in the quarter, compared with $252 for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increase is the result of amortization incurred on the identified $113,888 cultivation and license intangible asset acquired through the acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019.

Total amortization of intangible assets for the year ended July 31, 2019 increased to $1,767 from $765 as compared to the same period of fiscal 2018 for those reasons as outlined above.

Loss from Operations

Loss from operations for the fourth quarter was ($60,650), compared to ($10,194) for the same period in fiscal 2018. The increased operating expenses due to the expanding scale of operations of the Company and increased stock-based compensation expense due to higher cannabis market value. The Company also incurred increased R&D expenditures and an impairment loss on inventory. The higher expenses were offset by higher revenues and increased biological fair value adjustments as our production capacity continues to increase.

27 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Other Income/Expenses

Other income/(expense) was $125 for the three months ended July 31, 2019 compared to ($315) in the same period of fiscal 2018. Revaluation of financial instruments of $543 in the latest quarter reflects the revaluation of an embedded derivative related to USD denominated warrants issued in the prior year. During the period we earned $1,575 of interest and other income on our various highly liquid interest generating assets as well as the interest earning convertible debenture. Additionally, we incurred ($1,252) of unrealized of equity loss pickups on the ventures HEXO MED and Truss. The unrealized losses on the convertible debenture revaluation and other investments were ($124) and ($315), respectively. Interest expenses amounted to ($305) in the period.

Total other income/(expense) was ($847) for the year ended July 31, 2019 compared to ($5,383) of the same period of fiscal 2018. The decrease in expenses is primarily due to the Interest income of $5,187 due to increased cash holdings, convertible note interest and interest earned on a public security investment. The cumulative gain on convertible debenture amounted to $1,737 for the year ended. This was offset by the loss on revaluation of the USD denominated warrant liability of ($3,730) and the cumulative equity pick up losses from ventures of ($2,964).

Biological Assets – Fair Value Measurements

As at July 31, 2019, the changes in the carrying value of biological assets are as follows:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Carrying amount, beginning of period $  2,332   $  1,504  
Acquired through acquisition   3,291        
Production costs capitalized   19,215     993  
Net increase in fair value due to biological transformation less cost to sell   38,856     7,340  
Transferred to inventory upon harvest   (56,323 )   (7,505 )
Carrying amount, end of period $  7,371   $  2,332  
1Acquired through the Newstrike acquisition on May 24, 2019            

Our biological assets consist of cannabis plants, from seeds all the way through to mature plants. As at July 31, 2019, the carrying amount of biological assets consisted of $2 in seeds and $7,369 in cannabis plants ($6 in seeds and $2,326 in cannabis plants as at July 31, 2018). The increase in the carrying amount of biological assets is attributable to an increase in production costs and offset by the market selling price decrease as a result of the adult-use market. The significant estimates used in determining the fair value of cannabis on plants are as follows:

yield by plant;
   
stage of growth estimated as the percentage of costs incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to the estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfillment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets which have not yet been harvested;
   
percentage of costs incurred for each stage of plant growth;
   
fair value selling price per gram less cost to complete and cost to sell; and
   
•   destruction/wastage of plants during the harvesting and processing process.

We view our biological assets as Level 3 fair value estimates and estimate the probability of certain harvest rates at various stages of growth. As at July 31, 2019, it is expected that our biological assets will yield approximately 17,571 kilograms (July 31, 2018 – 4,374 kilograms). Our estimates are, by their nature, subject to change. Changes in the anticipated yield will be reflected in future changes in the fair values of biological assets.

The valuation of biological assets is based on an income approach in which the fair value at the point of harvesting is estimated based on selling prices less the costs to sell. For in-process biological assets, the fair value at point of harvest is adjusted based on the stage of growth at period end. Stage of growth is determined by reference to the plant’s life relative to the cost incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfilment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets, which have not yet been harvested.

Management’s identified significant unobservable inputs, their range of values and sensitivity analysis for the period ended July 31, 2019 are presented in the table below:

Unobservable inputs Input values Sensitivity analysis
     
Average selling price    
Obtained through actual retail prices on a per strain basis $4.23 – $5.01 per dried gram An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average selling price would result in a change of approximately $480 to the valuation.

28 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Yield per plant    
Obtained through historical harvest cycle results on a per strain basis 15 – 123 grams per plant An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average yield per plant would result in a change up to approximately $344 in valuation.
     
Stage of growth    
Obtained through the estimates of stage of completion within the harvest cycle Average of 29% completion An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average stage of growth per plant would result in a change of approximately $1,148 in valuation.
     
Wastage    
Obtained through the estimates of stage of wastage within the cultivation and production cycle 0%–30% dependent upon the stage within the harvest cycle An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the wastage expectation would result in a change of approximately $302 in valuation.

Quarterly Results

The following table presents certain unaudited financial information for each of the eight fiscal quarters up to and including the quarter ended July 31, 2019. The information has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which in management’s opinion have been prepared on a basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019. Past performance is not a guarantee of future performance, and this information is not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

    Q4 ’19     Q3 ’19     Q2 ’19     Q1 ’19  
    July 31, 2019     April 30, 2019     January 31, 2019     October 31, 2018  
Net revenue $  15,424   $ 13,017   $ 13,438   $ 5,663  
Total Net loss   (56,685 )   (7,751 )   (4,325 )   (12,803 )
Loss per share – basic   (0.28 )   (0.04 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )
Loss per share – fully diluted   (0.28 )   (0.04 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )

    Q4 ’18     Q3 ’18     Q2 ’18     Q1 ’18  
    July 31, 2018     April 30, 2018     January 31, 2018     October 31, 2017  
Net revenue $  1,410   $ 1,240   $ 1,182   $ 1,102  
Total Net loss   (10,509 )   (1,971 )   (8,952 )   (1,918 )
Loss per share – basic   (0 .05 )   (0. 01 )   (0.10 )   (0.03 )
Loss per share – fully diluted   (0.05 )   (0.01 )   (0.10 )   (0.03 )

The Company’s net revenues have increased considerably during the current fiscal year when compared to the previous fiscal year. This is due to the legalization of adult-use cannabis in Canada and the Company’s introduction into this market. As a result, the net loss in the three months ended July 31, 2019 increased primarily due to approximately $23 million in additional operating expenses as discussed in ‘Operating Expenses’ and the $16,918 impairment loss on inventory discussed in ‘Cost of Sales, Excise Taxes and Fair Market Value Adjustments’. The third quarter of fiscal 19 saw increased general, administrative and stock based compensation expenses due to the growth of scale in the Company’s operations. In the second quarter of fiscal 19 a stabilization in marketing/branding expenses occurred from the previous quarter thus reducing the net loss, offset by increased gross margin due to the Company’s first full quarter of adult-use sales. The Company experienced a ramp up of expenses to prepare for the legalized adult-use market primarily in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and quarter four of fiscal 2018 resulting in increased net losses. The four quarters of fiscal year 2018 ended July 31, 2018 pertain to the Company’s operations within the medical market only and included in the first quarter of fiscal 18 were tremendous scaling efforts to meet the coming demand of the adult-use market which was legalized October 17, 2018.

Financial Position

The following table provides a summary of our interim condensed financial position as at July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Total assets $  881,040   $  334,998  
Total liabilities   104,284     12,125  
Share capital   799,706     347,233  
Share-based payment reserve   40,315     6,139  
Warrants   60,433     12,635  
Non-controlling interest   1,000     -  
Deficit $ (124,698)   $ (43,134)  

29 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS



Total Assets

Total assets increased to $881,040 as at July 31, 2019 from $334,998 as at July 31, 2018. The Company raised $53,791 in net proceeds from the January 30, 2019 marketed public offering. Property plant and equipment increased by $204,460 due to the construction of the 1 million sq. ft B9 facility, leasehold improvements to the Belleville Centre of Excellence and the associated required additional production equipment required within those facilities. The Company also acquired $46,003 of property, plant and equipment through the Newstrike acquisition. Also due to the aforementioned addition production facilities, there has been a significant increase in scale of operations. Inventory and biological assets increased $75,856 and $5,039, respectively. New in the fiscal year, also contributing to the variance is the addition of the investment in associate Truss and joint venture HEXO MED which increased total assets by $52,849. Intangible assets increased by $123,237 primarily due to the acquisition of the Newstrike Up brand and cultivation licenses. Also generated through the acquisition of Newstrike was goodwill of $111,877.

Total Liabilities

Total liabilities increased to $104,284 as at July 31, 2019 from $12,125 as at July 31, 2018. During the current fiscal year, the Company entered into a term loan with CIBC which contributed $33,374 in net outstanding debt as at July 31, 2019. An increase in trade accounts payable and accruals of $36,585 due to continued growth in operations and scalability, specifically the retrofitting and leasehold improvement activity underway at the Centre of Excellence in Belleville, Ontario. There exists $3,494 of excise taxes payable due to the onset of the new taxation policy instituted at the legalization date October 17, 2018.

Share Capital

Share capital increased to $799,706 as at July 31, 2019 from $347,233 at July 31, 2018, due to the marketed equity financing which contributed $53,791 in net proceeds to share capital. The acquisition of Newstrike added an additional $322,439 and the remaining balance of the increase was realized from the exercising of warrants, broker warrants and stock options during the fiscal year.

Share-Based Payment Reserve

The share-based payment reserve increased to $40,315 as at year end from $6,139 as at July 31, 2018. This increase is due to a full fiscal year of stock-based compensation resulting in an increase of $11,768, as a result from the 5.7 million issued employee stock options in July 2018. A total of 12,693,118 employee stock options were granted during the 12 months ended July 31, 2019, inclusive of 3,668,785 which were granted during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. The acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019 increased the share-based payment reserve by $7,134.

Warrants Reserve

The warrant reserve increased significantly to $60,433 as at July 31, 2019 from $12,635 as at July 31, 2018, primarily due to the $42,386 addition of the fair valued Molson warrants reserve established for the 11,500,000 share purchase warrants issued to an affiliate of Molson Coors Canada as consideration in the Truss venture in early October 2018. The warrants possess a strike price of $6.00 and a term of 3 years. This is offset by warrant exercise activity during the three quarters to date of fiscal 2019. The acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019 increased the warrants reserve by $12,229.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity

Our objectives when managing our liquidity and capital structure are to maintain sufficient cash to fund international growth initiatives, innovation strategies and to meet contractual obligations. Our ability to reach profitability is dependent on successful implementation of our business strategy. While management is confident in the future success of the business, there can be no assurance that our products will gain adequate market penetration or acceptance or generate sufficient revenue to reach profitability.

  For the twelve months ended
Liquidity July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
  $ $
Operating activities (128,436) (27,276)
Financing activities 150,607 288,241
Investing activities (7,645) (220,376)

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the twelve months ended July 31, 2019 was $128,436 as a result of the net loss for the period ended of $81,564, and a decrease in non-cash working capital of $71,768, as well as net non-cash expenses of $27,863. In the same prior year period, cash used in operating activities was ($22,185), reflecting the net loss of ($23,350), net non-cash expenses add back of $7,632, and an increase in working capital of ($7,665). The change in cash flow reflects ($39,628) of an unrealized change in the fair value of biological assets. Increases to inventory and biological assets of ($53,640) and an increase to trade receivables of ($17,845). These increases to operating cashflows were offset by the stock-based compensation add back of $28,944. Operating activities reflect the general increased size and scale of the Company’s operations when compared to the same fiscal period of the fiscal year 2018, as well as the additional operations obtained through the acquisition of Newstrike.

30 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Financing Activities

Net cash received from financing activities for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 was $150,607. On January 30, 2019, the Company closed the marketed equity financing in which a total of 8,855,000 common shares were issued for net proceeds of $53,731. The additional cash generated from the exercised warrants in the amount of $62,442 and excised stock options of $4,293 incurred during the period. The warrant activity was significantly higher in the fourth quarter due to all time high market prices. The Company's term loan forming part of its syndicated credit facility contributed net $33,374.

Investing Activities

For the twelve months ended July 31, 2019, $7,645 was used for investing activities. The Company gained net cash of $49,366 through its business acquisition. Contributing to the increase is cash was the transfer of short-term investments of $119,810 and its reinvestment into high interest generating vehicles. This is offset by the cash consideration and capitalized transaction costs of ($13,427) of the investment in associate and joint ventures. During the period, we continued additions of ($138,034) to our property, plant and equipment as scalability increases as the new 1 million sq. ft. greenhouse was completed and significant leasehold improvements continue to be made at the Belleville facility. Cash in the amount of ($22,350) was restricted for the purposes of satisfying supply and debt service agreements or held in escrow.

Capital Resources

As at July 31, 2019, working capital totaled $261,868. The exercise of all the issued and outstanding warrants, as at July 31, 2019, would result in an increase in cash of approximately $225,394, and the exercise of all stock options would increase cash by approximately $142,491. During the quarter, the Company realized an increase in cash of $39,932 due to the exercise of 7,130,782 January 2018 warrants which contribute $5.60 per warrant. An additional $3,386 was generated due to the exercise of 2,122,689 options during the quarter end.

On October 23, 2019, the Company announced it has entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70 million principal amount of 8.0% unsecured debentures of the Company (the “Debentures”).

The Debentures will bear interest from the date of closing at 8.0% per annum payable quarterly and will mature on the date which is three years from issuance. Following the date, which is one year from issuance, the Debentures will be convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $3.16 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events.

Beginning on the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may force the conversion of all of the principal amount of the then outstanding Debentures at the Conversion Price on not less than 30 days’ notice should the daily volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $7.50 for any 15 consecutive trading days.

The Debentures and any common shares of the Company issuable upon conversion thereof will be subject to a statutory hold period lasting four months and one day following the closing date.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about November 15, 2019. The private placement is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary regulatory and stock exchange approvals, including the approvals of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

On February 15, 2019, the Company entered into a syndicated credit facility with Canadian chartered banks for a total of $65,000. This access to capital will provide the Company with additional capital to fund future growth and expansion as well as its strategic initiates without the dilution of current and future shareholders.

On January 30, 2019, the Company closed the marketed public offering which generated gross proceeds of $57,500 for the issuance of 8,855,000 common shares at a price of $6.50 per share. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering to fund general corporate operations, global growth initiatives and research and development activity to further advance the Company’s innovation strategies.

As of the date of this MD&A, the Company sits on a consolidated cash position of approximately $64,000, exclusive of the expected cash from the debentures of the recently announced private placement. The primary cash burn activities since the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 relate to capital expenditures, capital contributions to our joint arrangement partners and standard operating activities such as payroll.

31 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Management believes that current working capital along with the recently completed financings, sufficiently provides the level of funding required for current expansion projects and meet contractual obligations for the next 12 months. We periodically evaluate the opportunity to raise additional funds through the public or private placement of equity capital to strengthen our financial position and to provide sufficient cash reserves for growth and development of the business.

Our authorized share capital is comprised of an unlimited number of common shares. The table below outlines the number of issued and outstanding common shares, warrants and options as at July 31, 2018, July 31, 2019 and October 24, 2019.

  October 23, 2019 July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
Common shares 257,018,560 256,981,753 193,629,116
Warrants 24,016,422 29,585,408 26,425,504
Options 22,326,430 24,288,919 14,388,066
Total 303,361,412 310,856,080 234,442,686

As a result of the Newstrike acquisition the following balances were contributed the Company’s common shares, warrants and stock option balances as at the closing date May 24, 2019.

  May 24, 2019
Common shares 35,394,041
Warrants 7,196,166
Options 2,011,863
Total 44,602,070

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

As of the date of this MD&A, the Company has a $65,000 credit facility in place with a syndicate of Canadian chartered banks of which $35,000 has been drawn upon and is outstanding.

We have certain contractual financial obligations related to service agreements and construction contracts for the construction in progress shown in Note 9 of the audited financial statements and the accompanying notes for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019. Commitments are inclusive of $99,652 related to the 20-year anchor rental commitment regarding the Belleville facility.

These contracts have optional renewal terms that we may exercise at our option. The annual minimum payments payable under these contracts over the next five years are as follows:

  $
2020 93,647
2021 7,332
2022 5,804
2023 5,259
2024 4,970
Thereafter 75,218
  192,230

Financial Risk Management

We are exposed to risks of varying degrees of significance which could affect our ability to achieve our strategic objectives for growth. The main objectives of our risk management process are to ensure that risks are properly identified and that the capital base is adequate in relation to these risks. The principal financial risks to which we are exposed are described below.

32 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Interest Risk

The Company has exposure to interest rate risk related to any investments of surplus cash. The Company may invest surplus cash in highly liquid investments with short terms to maturity that would accumulate interest at prevailing rates for such investments. The Company also has exposure to interest rate risk related to the outstanding balance of the term loan. The fluctuation of the interest rate may result in a material increase to the associated interest. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had short term investments and a convertible debenture of $517 and a long term loan of $33,374. All interest rates are fixed. An increase or decrease of 5% to the applicable interest rates would not result in a material variance.

Price Risk

Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of marketable securities and derivatives held in publicly traded entities are based on quoted market prices which the shares of the investments can be exchanged for.

If the fair value of these financial assets were to increase or decrease by 10% as of July 31, 2019, the Company would incur an associated increase or decrease in comprehensive loss of approximately $188 (2018 - $Nil). The price risk exposure as at July 31, 2019 is presented in the table below.

  $
Financial assets 16,756
Financial liabilities (493)
Total exposure 16,263

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Company’s trade receivables, promissory note receivable and convertible debenture receivable. As at July 31, 2019, the Company was exposed to credit related losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparties.

The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk. Since the majority of the medical sales are transacted with clients that are covered under various insurance programs, the Company has limited credit risk.

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held by some of the largest cooperative financial groups in Canada. Since the inception of the Company, no losses have been incurred in relation to cash held by the financial institution. The majority of the trade receivables balance are held with crown corporations of Quebec, Ontario and Alberta as well as one of the largest medical insurance companies in Canada. Credit worthiness of a counterparty is evaluated prior to the granting of credit. The Company has estimated the expected credit loss using a lifetime credit loss approach. The current expected credit loss for the year ended July 31, 2019 is $37 (July 31, 2018 - $94).

In measuring the expected credit losses, the adult-use cannabis trade receivables have been assessed on a per customer basis as they consist of a low number of material contracts. Medical trade receivables have been assessed collectively as they possess share credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the days past due.

Credit risk from the convertible debenture receivable arises from the possibility that principal and/or interest due may become uncollectible. The Company mitigates this risk by managing and monitoring the underlying business relationship.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, trade receivables and convertible debentures receivable represents the maximum exposure to credit risk and as at July 31, 2019; this amounted to $194,902.

The following table summarizes the Company’s aging of receivables as at July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018:

  July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
0–30 days $ $
0–30 days 20,469 262
31–60 days 1,826 188
61–90 days 166 91
Over 90 days 3,599 103
Total 26,060 644

33 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Economic Dependence Risk

Economic dependence risk is the risk of reliance upon a select number of customers which significantly impact the financial performance of the Company. The Company recorded sales from three crown corporations representing 81% (July 31, 2018 – Nil%) of total sales in the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019.

The Company holds trade receivables from three crown corporations representing 79% of total trade receivables as of July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – Nil%).

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company manages its liquidity risk by reviewing on an ongoing basis its capital requirements. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had $139,505 of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

The Company is obligated to pay accounts payable and accrued liabilities, excise taxes payable and current portions of the term loan and other liabilities with total carrying amounts and contractual cash flows amounting to $52,685 due in the next 12 months.

The carrying values of cash, trade receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short term to maturity.

Critical Accounting Assumptions

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Management makes estimates and assumptions and uses judgment in applying these accounting policies and reporting the amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates in the accompanying financial statements relate to the valuation of biological assets and inventory, stock-based compensation, warrants, the estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Our critical accounting assumptions are presented in Note 3 of the Company’s annual audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, which is available under HEXO’s profile on SEDAR and EDGAR.

Adopted and Upcoming Changes in Accounting Standards
IFRS 15, Revenues from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 was issued by the IASB in May 2014 and specifies how and when revenue should be recognized based on a five-step model, which is applied to all contracts with customers. On April 12, 2016, the IASB published final clarifications to IFRS 15 with respect to identifying performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations, and licensing.

The Company has applied IFRS 15 retrospectively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption. The Company’s accounting policy for revenue recognition under IFRS 15 is as follows:

1.

Identifying the contract with a customer;

   
2.

Identifying the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

   
3.

Determining the transaction price;

   
4.

Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; and

   
5.

Recognizing revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s).

Revenue from the direct sale of cannabis to customers for a fixed price is recognized when the Company transfers the control of the good(s) to the customer upon delivery and acceptance by the customer, the timing of which is consistent with the Company’s previous revenue recognition policy under IAS 18.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments

The Company adopted IFRS 9 retroactively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption.

IFRS 9 was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") in November 2009 and October 2010 and will replace IAS 39. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is classified and measured at amortized cost or at fair value. The classification and measurement of financial assets is based on the Company’s business models for managing its financial assets and whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”). Financial assets under IFRS 9 are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at either amortized cost; fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) or; fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

AMORTIZED COST

Financial assets classified and measured at amortized cost are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI. Financial assets classified at amortized cost are measured using the effective interest method.

34 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


FVTOCI

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTOCI are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI.

This classification includes certain equity instruments where IFRS 9 allows an entity to make an irrevocable election to classify the equity instruments, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that would otherwise be measured at FVTPL to present subsequent changes in FVTOCI.

FVTPL

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTPL are those assets that do not meet the criteria to be classified at amortized cost or at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVTOCI”). This category includes debt instruments whose cash flow characteristics are not SPPI or are not held within a business model whose objective is either to collect contractual cash flows, or to both collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial asset.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial instruments under IAS 39 and IFRS 9:

  IAS 39 Classification IFRS 9 Classification
Financial assets    
Cash and cash equivalents FVTPL FVTPL
Restricted cash FVTPL FVTPL
Short-term investments FVTPL FVTPL
Trade receivables Loans and receivables Amortized cost
Convertible debenture receivable FVTPL FVTPL
Long term investment N/A FVTPL
Financial liabilities    
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Other financial liabilities Amortized cost
Warrant liability FVTPL FVTPL
Deferred rent liability N/A Amortized cost
Term loan N/A Amortized cost

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a material impact to the Company’s classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities.

IFRS 9 uses an expected credit loss impairment model as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The impairment model is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost where any expected future credit losses are provided for, irrespective of whether a loss event has occurred as at the reporting date. For trade receivables, the Company has measured the expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses taking into consideration historical credit loss experience and financial factors specific to the debtors and other factors. The carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced for any expected credit losses through the use of an allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income. At the point when the Company is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible, the amount is considered not recoverable and the financial asset is written off. The adoption of the new expected credit loss impairment model had a negligible impact on the carrying amounts of financial assets at amortized cost.

CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT OF FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Accounting for financial liabilities remains largely the same under IFRS 9 and subsequently the Company’s liabilities were not significantly impacted by the adoption.

Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, and, where applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Company designates a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss. Subsequently, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method except for derivatives and financial liabilities designated at FVTPL, which are carried subsequently at fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss (other than derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedging instruments).

35 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


IFRS 16, Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases, which will replace IAS 17 Leases. This standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term greater than twelve months, unless the underlying asset’s value is insignificant. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. Lessors will continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with lessor accounting remaining substantially unchanged from the preceding guidance under IAS 17, Leases.

The Company is currently executing its implementation plan and has completed the initial scoping phase to identify material lease contracts. The analysis of such contracts to quantify the transitional impact is ongoing. The most significant impact of IFRS 16 will be our initial recognition of the present value of future lease payments as right-of-use assets under property, plant and equipment and the corresponding recognition of a lease liability on the consolidated statement of financial position. All material, long-term property leases, which are currently treated as operating leases, are expected to be impacted by the new standard which will result in lower rent expense, higher depreciation expense and higher finance costs related to accretion and interest expense of the lease liability.

IFRS 16 will also impact the presentation of the consolidated statement of cash flows by decreasing operating cash flows and increasing financing cash flows. The standard will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year commencing August 1, 2019. The Company will be adopting the standard using the modified approach by recognizing the cumulative impact of initial adoption in opening retained earnings (i.e. the difference between the right-of-use asset and the lease liability). The Company will measure the right-of-use asset at an amount equal to the lease liability on the commencement date, apply a single discount rate to leases with similar remaining lease terms for similar classes of underlying assets and will not separate non-lease components from lease components for certain classes of underlying assets. Consistent with the guidance, the Company will not apply this standard to short-term leases and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.

Related Party Transactions
Key Management Personnel Compensation

Key management personnel are those persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling our operations, directly or indirectly. Our key management personnel are the members of the executive management team and Board of Directors, who collectively control approximately 6.15% of the outstanding common shares as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – 8.77%) .

Compensation provided to key management for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

For the fiscal year ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Salary and/or consulting fees $  3,550   $  1,969  
Bonus compensation   481     275  
Stock-based compensation   16,235     3,836  
Total $  20,266   $  6,080  

Unless otherwise stated, the below granted stock options will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the balance will vest quarterly over two years thereafter.

On July 26, 2019, the Company granted certain of its directors a total 250,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.88.

On July 18, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $6.54.

On March 20, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.50.

On February 21, 2019, the Company granted the CEO 3,333,333 stock options with an exercise price of $7.46. Additional to the standard vesting terms as defined above, is an achievement condition in which vesting may only occur once a volume weighted average trading price of $10 or greater is achieved for a 20-day period prior to a vesting date. All unvested options will carry over and vest if the condition is met at a future vesting date.

On February 19, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 615,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.13.

On December 17, 2018, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 74,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.09. Of this, 54,000 stock options will fully vest at the 6-month anniversary of the grant date.

On September 17, 2018, the Company granted certain of its executives a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.93.

On July 11, 2018, the Company granted certain of its directors and officers a total of 4,325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.89. Within the grant there exist 350,000 stock option which fully vest on April 30, 2019.

On April 16, 2018, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 845,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.27.

On March 12, 2018, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $3.89.

36 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


On December 4, 2017, the Company granted certain directors and executives a total of 1,750,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.69, half of which vested immediately and the balance over a three-year period with the exception of 75,000 stock options which vest in full by April 30, 2019.

On November 6, 2017, the Company granted certain of our executives a total of 125,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.48.

On September 8, 2017, the Company granted certain of our executives a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $1.37.

The Company loaned $20,279 on September 7, 2018, to the related party BCI to be used in the purchase of a facility in Belleville, Ontario and was repaid in full during the third quarter of fiscal 2019.

These transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties.

Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

In accordance with National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), the establishment and maintenance of Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DCP”) and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”) is the responsibility of management. The DCP and ICFR have been designed by management based on the 2013 Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to provide reasonable assurance that the Company’s financial reporting is reliable and that its financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Regardless of how well the DCP and ICFR are designed, internal controls have inherent limitations and can only provide reasonable assurance that the controls are meeting the Company’s objectives in providing reliable financial reporting information in accordance with IFRS. These inherent limitations include, but are not limited to, human error and circumvention of controls and as such, there can be no assurance that the controls will prevent or detect all misstatements due to errors or fraud, if any.

The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be publicly disclosed is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis. An evaluation of the design of Disclosure Controls was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon this evaluation, the material changes to the control environment and the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as at July 31, 2019, are set forth below.

Business Acquisition

On May 24, 2019, the Company finalized the acquisition of Newstrike. Under NI 52-109, the Company is permitted to limit the scope of its design of DCP and ICFR for a business that was acquired not more than 365 days before the end of the financial period to which the certificate relates. Therefore, the Company will continue to assess the design of controls, evaluate the controls and work to implement the established control structure within the operations of Newstrike and certify such once in a position to do so.

The above acquisition contributed net revenue of $2,770 and a net loss of ($13,699) to the Company’s consolidated results for the fiscal year ended since the date of acquisition.

Material Changes to the Control Environment

During the period the Company continued to embark on a transformation project, enabled by a new end to end Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system. When completed, the project will provide an integrated system for inventory tracking and valuation from seed to sale. The project was launched in November 2017 to standardize and automate business processes and controls across the organization. As at July 31, 2019, the system’s Finance, Sales and Procurement processes were functional. It will continue to be rolled out for inventory tracking and processing throughout the fiscal year. The project is a major initiative that is utilizing third party consultants, and a solution designed specifically for the cannabis industry. The new ERP is intended to facilitate improved reporting and oversight and enhance internal controls over financial reporting.

Also, during the period were changes made to the Company’s inventory count process, procedures and estimate approach. Due to the significant increase in volume as the Company’s production levels rise, there were additional complexities added to this process. Additional resources were required to complete the inventory count including the reallocation of personnel from other departments and the use of third-party services. This inherently creates an increased risk environment in that less experienced personnel were involved in the process.

37 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Identified Material Weaknesses and Remediation Plan

A material weakness in internal control over financial reporting is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by the company's internal controls.

Management has performed a detailed risk assessment to identify key account and business processes and related controls, which was informed by process flow mapping with key control owners.

As of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, management has identified the following material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and implemented the associated remediation activity as outlined below.

COMPLEX SPREADSHEET CONTROLS

Management concluded that the Company did not implement and maintain effective controls surrounding complex spreadsheets. Spreadsheets are inherently prone to error due to the manual nature and increased risk of human error. The Company’s controls related to complex spreadsheets did not address all identified material risks associated with manual data entry, documentation and review of assumptions, processes and estimate methodology, completeness of data entry, and the accuracy of formulas.

The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of complex spreadsheet internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to move towards an ERP which possesses specific functionality to remove the manual nature and usage of complex spreadsheets in future periods.

IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ERP

The Company did not have effective information technology (IT) general controls over all operating systems, databases, and IT applications supporting financial reports. Accordingly, process-level automated controls and manual controls that were dependent upon the information derived from IT systems were also determined to be ineffective.

The Company has engaged a third party to aid in the identification, assessment and remediation over the design and implementation effectiveness of IT related internal controls over financial reporting. The Company intends to fully implement the ERP during fiscal 2020 and will only take reliance upon such controls once the appropriate level of testing is reached.

INVENTORY COUNT

The Company did not have effective controls around its year-end inventory count procedures, specifically with respect to its reconciliation of the ERP system, due to the details outlined in the previous change to control environment section.

To further strengthen controls surrounding inventory, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures;

PROCUREMENT

The Company did not maintain effective controls over the purchasing of capital goods and services, including the authorization of purchases, processing and payment of vendor invoices, the classification of various expenses and capitalization of assets.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the procurement process, management has initiated or enhanced the following procedures;

FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Company did not maintain effective process level and management review controls over manual financial reporting processes and the application of IFRS and accounting measurements related to certain significant accounts and non-routine transactions.

To strengthen the controls surrounding the financial reporting process, management has initiated the following;

38 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


Risk Factors

Our overall performance and results of operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties which could cause actual performance, results and achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements and forward-looking information, including, without limitation, the following factors, some of which, as well as other factors, are discussed in our Annual Information Form dated October 28, 2019 available under our profile on www.sedar.com, which risk factors should be reviewed in detail by all readers:

39 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


40 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS


41 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS






Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 1
   
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss 2
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shar eholders’ Equity 3
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 4
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 6– 40


Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s)

 As at   Note     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
                (Restated –  
                see note 26 )
 Assets                  
 Current assets                  
     Cash and cash equivalents   4   $  113,568   $  99,042  
     Restricted cash   5     22,350      
     Short-term investments   4     25,937     145,747  
     Trade receivables   17     19,693     644  
     Commodity taxes recoverable and other receivables   6     15,247     4,237  
     Convertible debenture receivable   15     13,354     10,000  
     Prepaid expenses         10,762     4,204  
     Inventory   7     86,271     10,415  
     Biological assets   8     7,371     2,332  
        $  314,553   $  276,621  
                   
 Property, plant and equipment   9   $  258,793   $  54,333  
 Intangible assets and other longer term assets   10     127,282     4,044  
 Investment in associate and joint ventures   19     52,849      
 License and prepaid royalty – HIP   27     1,409      
 Long term investments   20     14,277      
 Goodwill   11     111,877      
        $  881,040   $  334,998  
 Liabilities                  
 Current liabilities                  
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities       $  45,581   $  8,995  
     Excise taxes payable         3,494      
     Warrant liability   12, 13     493     3,130  
     Term loan – current   16     3,117      
        $  52,685   $  12,125  
                   
 Term loan   16     30,257      
 Deferred rent liability         946      
 Deferred tax liability   29     20,396      
        $  104,284   $  12,125  
 Shareholders’ equity                  
 Share capital   13   $  799,706   $  347,233  
 Share-based payment reserve   13     40,315     6,139  
 Warrants   13     60,433     12,635  
 Deficit         (124,698 )   (43,134 )
 Non-controlling interest   28     1,000      
        $  776,756   $  322,873  
        $  881,040   $  334,998  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 23)                  
Subsequent events (Note 33)                  

Approved by the Board

/s/ Jason Ewart, Director                                /s/ Michael Munzar, Director

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

1


Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s except share amounts)

 For the fiscal years ended   Note     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
 Gross revenue from sale of goods   31   $  59,256   $  4,934  
 Excise taxes         (11,914 )    
 Net revenue from sale of goods         47,342     4,934  
 Ancillary revenue   25     199      
Net revenue         47,541     4,934  
                   
   Cost of goods sold   7, 18     26,197     2,093  
Gross margin before fair value adjustments         21,344     2,841  
 Fair value loss adjustment on sale of inventory   7     16,357     2,289  
 Fair value gain adjustment on biological assets   8     (38,856 )   (7,340 )
 Adjustment to net realizable value of inventory   7         1,491  
 Impairment loss on inventory   7     16,918      
Gross margin       $  26,925   $  6,400  
Operating Expenses                  
 General and administrative         45,947     9,374  
 Marketing and promotion         31,191     8,335  
 Stock-based compensation   13, 18     28,008     4,997  
 Research and development         2,822      
 Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   9     1,747     896  
 Amortization of intangible assets   10     1,767     765  
    18   $  111,482   $  24,367  
Loss from operations         (84,557 )   (17,966 )
                   
Revaluation of financial instruments loss   12     (3,730 )   (5,091 )
Share of loss from investment in associate and joint ventures   19     (2,964 )    
Loss on investment   30         (650 )
Unrealized gain on convertible debenture receivable   15     1,737      
Unrealized loss on investments   20     (315 )    
Realized loss on investments   20     (215 )    
Foreign exchange loss         (78 )   (229 )
Interest and financing expenses         (469 )   (1,529 )
Interest income   4     5,187     2,115  
Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to shareholders before tax recovery     $  (85,404 ) $  (23,350 )
                   
Income tax recovery   29     3,840      
Total net loss       $  (81,564 ) $  (23,350 )
Net loss per share, basic and diluted       $  (0. 38 ) $  (0.17 )
Weighted average number of outstanding shares                  
     Basic and diluted   13     212,740,552     134,171,509  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s except share amounts)





For the fiscal year ended




Note
  Number
common
shares
   

Share
capital
    Share-based
payment
reserve
   



Warrants
   

Contributed
surplus
   
Non-
controlling
Interest
   



Deficit
   

Shareholders’
equity
 
Balance, August 1, 2018     193,629,116   $  347,233   $  6,139   $  12,635   $  –   $  –   $ (43,134 ) $  322,873  
Share issuance – January offering 13   8,855,000     57,558                         57,558  
Share issuance – Newstrike acquisition 11   35,394,041     322,439                         322,439  
Issuance fees 13       (3,827 )                       (3,827 )
Replacement stock options 11           7,134                     7,134  
Replacement warrants 11               12,229                 12,229  
Issuance of warrants 19               42,386                 42,386  
Exercise of stock options 13   3,567,867     7,044     (2,751 )                   4,293  
Exercise of warrants 12, 13   13,619,202     61,350         (5,204 )               56,146  
Exercise of Broker/Finder warrants 13   1,916,527     7,909         (1,613 )               6,296  
Stock-based compensation 13,18           29,793                     29,793  
Non-controlling interest 28                       1,000         1,000  
Total net loss                             (81,564 )   (81,564 )
Balance at July 31, 2019     256,981,753   $  799,706   $  40,315   $  60,433   $  –   $  1,000   $ (124,698 ) $  776,756  
                                                   
Balance, August 1, 2017     76,192,990   $  45,159   $  1,562   $  3,728   $  1,775       $ (19,785 ) $  32,439  
Issuance of 7% unsecured convertible debentures 12               3,530     7,283             10,813  
Issuance of units 13   37,375,000     139,029         10,471                   149,500  
Issuance costs 12       (5,870 )       (768 )   (506 )             (7,144 )
Issuance of Broker/Finder warrants 13       (1,472 )       2,352                   880  
Conversion of 8% unsecured convertible debentures 12   15,853,887     23,462             (1,743 )           21,719  
Conversion of 7% unsecured convertible debentures 12   31,384,081     61,555             (6,809 )           54,746  
Exercise of stock options 13   907,273     1,009     (419 )                     590  
Exercise of warrants 12, 13   27,897,087     75,254         (5,029 )                 70,225  
Exercise of Broker/Finder warrants 13   4,018,798     9,106         (1,647 )                 7,458  
Stock-based compensation 13           4,997                       4,997  
Net loss                               (23,350 )   (23,350 )
Balance at July 31, 2018     193,629,116   $  347,233   $  6,139   $  12,635   $  –         $ 43,134 ) $  322,873  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

3


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Audited, expressed in CAD $000’s)

For the fiscal years ended   Note     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
                (Restated –  
                see note 26 )
Operating activities                  
 Total net loss     $ (81,564 ) $  (23,350 )
 Items not affecting cash                  
           Income tax recovery   29     (3,840 )    
           Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   9     1,747     896  
           Amortization of intangible assets   10     1,767     765  
           Unrealized revaluation gain on convertible debenture   15     (1,737 )    
           Unrealized revaluation gain on biological assets   8     (38,856 )   (7,340 )
           Unrealized fair value adjustment on investments   20     315      
           Amortization of deferred financing costs   16     596      
           Accrued interest income   15     (397 )    
           License depreciation and prepaid royalty expenses – HIP   27     117      
           Impairment loss on inventory   7     16,918      
           Share of loss on investment in joint venture   19     2,964      
           Non-cash interest expense   11         312  
           Fair value adjustment on inventory sold   7     16,357     2,289  
           Stock-based compensation   13,18     28,008     4,997  
           Stock-based compensation expensed through cost of sales   7     936      
           Accretion of convertible debt   12         1,368  
 Changes in non-cash operating working capital items                  
           Trade receivables   17     (17,845 )   (292 )
           Commodity taxes recoverable         (6,425 )   (3,742 )
           Prepaid expenses         (4,927 )   (4,003 )
           Inventory   7     (90,748 )   (2,503 )
           Biological assets   8     37,108      
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities         6,630     3,399  
           Interest payable   12         (72 )
           Excise taxes payable         3,494      
           Deferred rent liability         946      
Cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities         (128,436 )   (27,276 )
Financing activities                  
 Share issuance – January offering   13     57,558      
 Issuance fees   13     (3,827 )   (6,393 )
 Issuance of units   12         149,500  
 Issuance of secured convertible debentures   12         69,000  
 Financing fees   13         (3,913 )
 Exercise of stock options   13     4,293     590  
 Exercise of warrants   13     62,442     74,366  
 Proceeds from term loan, net of financing costs   16     32,778      
 Revaluation of foreign currency denominated warrants exercised   12     (2,637 )   5,091  
Cash provided by financing activities         150,607     288,241  
Investing activities                  
 Disposal/(Acquisition) of short-term investments   4     119,810     (142,874 )
 Restricted cash   5     (22,350 )    
 Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   9     (138,034 )   (45,722 )
 Purchase of intangible assets   10     (3,010 )   (1,780 )

4



 Investment in associate and joint ventures   19     (13,427 )    
 Net cash acquired on business acquisition   11     49,366      
 Acquired convertible debenture   15         (10,000 )
Cash used in investing activities         (7,645 )   (200,376 )
Increase in cash and cash equivalents         (14,526 )   60,589  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year         99,042     38,453  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year        $ 113,568   $  99,042  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

5


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018
(Audited, expressed in CAD and in $000’s except share amounts or where otherwise stated)

1. Description of Business

HEXO Corp. (formerly The Hydropothecary Corporation) (the “Company”), is a publicly traded corporation, incorporated in Canada. HEXO is a producer of cannabis and its sites are licensed by Health Canada for production and sale. Its head office is located at 240-490 Boulevard Saint-Joseph, Gatineau, Quebec, Canada. The Company’s common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), both under the trading symbol “HEXO”.

Shareholder approval of the Company’s name change to HEXO Corp. formerly The Hydropothecary Corporation occurred August 28, 2018.

2. Basis of Presentation

Statement of Compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IFRS").

These consolidated financial statements were approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on October 23, 2019.

Basis of Measurement and Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis except for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short term investments, biological assets, convertible debentures receivable, long term investments, and the warrant liability, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and include the accounts of the Company and entities controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries.

Historical cost is the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services based upon the fair value at the time of the transaction of the consideration provided.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Company takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, Share-based payment and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realizable value in IAS 2, Inventories.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorized into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows: Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date; Level 2 - inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 - inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

(a) INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

When determining the appropriate basis of accounting for the Company’s interests in affiliates, the Company makes judgments about the degree of influence that it exerts directly or through an arrangement over the investees’ relevant activities.

Judgment was used to determine whether the joint venture arrangements described in Note 19 should be accounted for as a joint operation or a joint venture. Given the Company has rights to the net assets of the separate legal entities, the Company has concluded they will be accounted for as joint ventures. The Company will recognize the initial investment at cost and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the Company’s share of the profit or loss of the venture after the date of acquisition.

(b) FUNCTIONAL AND PRESENTATION CURRENCY

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries.

6


(c) BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly and indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity and be exposed to the variable returns from its activities. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

MAJOR SUBSIDIARIES JURISDICTION INTEREST HELD
HEXO Operations Inc.1 Ontario, Canada 100%
Newstrike Brands Ltd.2 Ontario, Canada 100%
HEXO USA Inc. Deleware, USA 100%
Keystone Isolation Technologies Inc. (“KIT’’) Ontario, Canada 60%

1 Holds 100% interest in 8980268 Canada Inc., a company for which it holds a right to acquire the outstanding shares at any time for a nominal amount.

2 Holds one wholly-owned subsidiary 1977121 Ontario Inc., which wholly-owns the subsidiary Up Cannabis Inc. and holds a 60% interest in the joint venture Neal Up Brands Inc.

3. Significant Accounting Policies, Accounting Standards and Interpretations

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

Foreign currency transactions are translated into Canadian dollars at exchange rates in effect on the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the consolidated statement of financial position date are translated to Canadian dollars at the foreign exchange rate applicable at that date. Realized and unrealized exchange gains and losses are recognized through profit or loss.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and highly liquid investments that are readily convertibles into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three months or less.

SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS

Short term investments are comprised of liquid investments with maturities between 3 and 12 months. Short term investments are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value through profit or loss.

BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

The Company measures biological assets consisting of cannabis plants using the income approach at fair value less costs to sell up to the point of harvest, which becomes the basis for the cost of finished goods inventories after harvest. The Company capitalizes all the direct and indirect costs as incurred related to the biological transformation of the biological assets between the point of initial recognition and the point of harvest including labour related costs, grow consumables, materials, utilities, facilities costs, depreciation, overhead, stock-based compensation of applicable employees, quality and testing costs. The identified capitalized direct and indirect costs of biological assets are subsequently recorded within the line item ‘costs of goods sold’ on the statement of loss and comprehensive loss in the period that the related product is sold. Seeds are measured at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses arising from changes in fair value less cost to sell during the period are included in the results of operations and presented on a separate line of statement of comprehensive loss of the related period.

INVENTORY

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Inventories of harvested cannabis are transferred from biological assets at their fair value at harvest, which becomes the initial deemed cost of the inventory. Any subsequent post-harvest costs are capitalized to inventory to the extent that cost is less than net realizable value. Subsequent costs include materials, overhead, amortization, stock-based compensation of applicable employees and labour involved in packaging and quality assurance. The identified capitalized direct and indirect costs related to inventory are subsequently recorded within ‘cost of goods sold’ on the statement of loss and comprehensive loss at the time the product is sold, with the exclusion of realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold which are recorded as a separate line within gross margin. Net realizable value is determined as the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Packaging and supplies are initially valued at cost and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Amortization is provided using the following terms and method:

7



Land Not amortized No term
Buildings Straight line 5 to 20 years
Leasehold improvements Straight line lease term
Furniture and equipment Straight line 5 years
Cultivation and production equipment Straight line 5 to 20 years
Vehicles Straight line 5 years
Computers Straight line 3 years
Construction in progress Not amortized No term

An asset’s residual value, useful life and amortization method are reviewed at each financial year and adjusted if appropriate. When parts of an item of equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains and losses on disposal of an item of equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of the equipment and are recognized in profit or loss.

Construction in progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment when the assets are available for use and amortization of the assets commences at that point.

FINITE LIFE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Finite life intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the following terms:

Domain names Straight line 10 years
Health Canada licenses Straight line 20 years
Software Straight line 3 to 5 years
Patents Straight line 20 years

The estimated useful life and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

INDEFINITE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Indefinite intangible assets are deemed to have no foreseeable limit over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows. Following initial recognition, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. The Company intends to utilize the brand indefinitely.

Brand Not amortized Indefinite

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATE

Associates are entities over which the Company has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. Significant influence represents the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but does not represent the right to exercise control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Company and other parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control (i.e. when the strategic, financial and operating policy decisions relating to the activities of the joint venture require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control).

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method and are initially recognized at cost inclusive of transaction costs.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at the end of each financial reporting period or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the cash-generating unit, or "CGU"). The recoverable amount of an asset or a CGU is the higher of its fair value, less costs of disposal, and its value in use. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, an impairment charge is recognized immediately in profit or loss by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the lesser of the revised estimate of recoverable amount, and the carrying amount that would have been recorded had no impairment loss been recognized previously.

The Company assesses impairment of property, plant and equipment when an impairment indicator arises. When the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or group of assets, the asset is tested at the CGU level. In assessing an impairment, the Company compares the carrying amount of the asset or CGU to the recoverable amount, which is determined as the higher of the asset or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use. Value-in-use is assessed based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects applicable market and economic conditions, the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

8


Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are tested annually and the end of the fiscal year for impairment by comparing the carrying value of each CGU containing the assets to its recoverable amount. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGU’s for impairment testing based on the level at which it is monitored by management, and not at a level higher than an operating segment. Operating segments are components of the Company that engage in business activities which generate revenues and incur expenses. Goodwill is allocated to those CGUs or groups of CGUs expected to benefit from the business combination from which the goodwill arose, which requires the use of judgment. The Company has determined that goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are tested at the adult-use cannabis level representing the primary operations of the Company as described in note 1.

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the CGU’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amounts of the CGU’s assets have been determined based on its fair value less costs of disposal. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are first allocated to the carrying value of goodwill and any excess is allocated to the carrying value of assets in the CGU. In allocating a reversal of an impairment loss, the carrying amount of an asset shall not be increased above the lower of its recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior period. Impairment losses on goodwill are not subsequently reversed.

Impairment losses are recognized whenever the carrying amount of the asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount and is recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

The Company estimated the recoverable amounts of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets by estimating the higher of their fair value less costs of disposal and value in use, which are level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. The key assumption that drove management’s determination of the recoverable amounts of the CGU’s were capacity multiples of comparable industry peers.

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid for the acquisition of the Company’s subsidiary Newstrike over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, and whenever events or circumstances that make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred, such as a significant adverse change in the business climate or a decision to sell or dispose all or a portion of a reporting unit.

LEASED ASSETS

Leases are classified as an operating lease whenever the terms of the lease do not transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. Lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed.

BUSINESS ACQUISITION

A business combination is a transaction or event in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses and is accounted for using the acquisition method. The total consideration paid for the acquisition is the aggregate of the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and equity instruments issued in exchange for control of the acquiree at the acquisition date. The acquisition date is the date when the Company obtains control of the acquiree. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized at their acquisition date fair values, except for deferred taxes and share-based payment awards where IFRS provides exceptions to recording the amounts at fair value. Goodwill represents the difference between total consideration paid and the fair value of the net-identifiable assets acquired. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed to profit or loss. Contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition date fair value and is included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination, subject to the applicable terms and conditions. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in profit or loss.

Based on the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date, management will perform a valuation analysis to allocate the purchase price based on the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date. Management has one year from the acquisition date to confirm and finalize the facts and circumstances that support the finalized fair value analysis and related purchase price allocation. Until such time, these values are provisionally reported and are subject to change. Changes to fair values and allocations are retrospectively adjusted in subsequent periods.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company has effectively applied the new IFRS 15 standard to the current fiscal year and retrospectively, see ‘New IFRS Effective August 1, 2018.’

COST OF GOODS SOLD

Cost of goods sold includes cost of inventory expensed, packaging costs, shipping costs and related labour.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures are capitalized only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Company intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development to use or sell the asset. Other development expenditures are recognized in profit and loss as incurred.

9


INCOME TAXES

The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities for accounting purposes, and the irrespective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in statutory tax rates is recognized in profit or loss in the year of change. Deferred income tax assets are recorded when their recoverability is considered probable and are reviewed at the end of each reporting period.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has an employee stock option plan. The Company measures equity settled share-based payments based on their fair value at the grant date and recognizes compensation expense over the vesting period based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. Forfeitures are adjusted for on an actual basis. The impact of the revision of the original estimate is recognized in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate. For stock options granted to non-employees the compensation expense is measured at the fair value of goods and services received except where the fair value cannot be estimated in which case it is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. Consideration paid by employees or non-employees on the exercise of stock options is recorded as share capital and the related share-based compensation is transferred from share-based payment reserve to share capital.

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

Non-controlling interest (“NCI”) is recognized at the NCI’s proportionate share of the net assets.

LOSS PER SHARE

Loss per common share represents loss for the period attributable to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted loss per common share is calculated by dividing the applicable loss for the year by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and all additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares had been issued during the year. The calculation of diluted loss per share excludes the effects of various conversions and exercise of options and warrants that would be anti-dilutive.

BORROWING COSTS

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period which they are incurred.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provision of the respective instrument.

Fair value estimates are made at the consolidated statement of financial position date based upon the relevant market conditions and information about the financial instrument. The Company has made the following classifications:

  IFRS 9 Classification
Financial assets  
Cash and cash equivalents FVTPL
Restricted cash FVTPL
Short-term investments FVTPL
Trade receivables Amortized cost
Convertible debenture receivable FVTPL
Long term investment FVTPL
Financial liabilities  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Amortized cost
Warrant liability FVTPL
Deferred rent liability Amortized cost
Term loan Amortized cost

10


Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) Financial Assets

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTPL are those assets that do not meet the criteria to be classified at amortized cost or at FVTOCI. This category includes debt instruments whose cash flow characteristics are not solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) or are not held within a business model whose objective is either to collect contractual cash flows, or to both collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial asset.

Amortized Cost Financial Assets

Financial assets at amortized cost are non-derivative financial assets which are held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows and its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. A financial asset is initially measured at fair value, including transaction costs and subsequently at amortized cost.

Impairment of Financial Assets

Financial assets, other than those classified at fair value through profit and loss, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of the reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been affected.

Financial Liabilities and Other Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities at FVTPL or other financial liabilities. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with changes being recognized through the consolidated statements of income. Other financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Embedded Derivatives

Derivatives are initially measured at fair value in conjunction with the host contract; no bifurcation is performed, and any directly attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, the entire instrument, including the embedded derivative is measured at fair value and changes therein are recognised in profit or loss. The Company has a convertible loan receivable whereby the balance can be converted into equity. See Note 15 for transaction and valuation details.

Compound Instruments

The component parts of compound instruments (convertible debentures) issued by the Company are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. A conversion option that will be settled by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of the Company’s own equity instruments is an equity instrument.

At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability component is estimated using the prevailing market interest rate for similar non-convertible instruments. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortized cost basis using the effective interest rate method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity date.

The conversion option classified as equity is determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole. This is recognized and included in equity and is not subsequently remeasured. In addition, the conversion option classified as equity will remain in equity. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss upon conversion or expiration of the conversion option.

Transaction costs that relate to the issue of the convertible debentures are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of the gross proceeds. Transaction costs relating to the equity component are recognized directly in equity. Transaction costs relating to the liability component are included in the carrying amount of the liability component and are amortized over the term of the convertible debentures using the effective interest method.

For compound instruments with non-equity derivatives, the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined first based on the contractual terms, and the initial carrying amount of the host instrument is the residual amount after separating the embedded derivative.

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

11


Valuation of Biological Assets and Inventory

In calculating the value of the biological assets and inventory, management is required to make a number of estimates, including estimating the stage of growth of the cannabis, harvesting costs, selling costs, sales price and expected yields for the cannabis plant. In calculating final inventory values, management is required to determine an estimate of spoiled or expired inventory and compares the inventory cost versus net realizable value.

Estimated Useful Lives, Amortization and Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets

Amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are dependent upon estimates of useful lives, which are determined through the exercise of judgment. The assessment of any impairment of these assets is dependent upon estimates of recoverable amounts that take into account factors such as economic and market conditions and the useful lives of assets. The impairment is amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. Management exercises judgement in the determination of the Company’s CGUs. Share-Based Compensation

In calculating the share-based compensation expense, key estimates such as the value of the common share, the rate of forfeiture of options granted, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the Company’s stock price and the risk-free interest rate are used. Warrants

In calculating the value of the warrants, key estimates such as the value of the common share, the expected life of the warrant, the volatility of the Company’s stock price and the risk free interest rate are used.

All broker/compensation warrants were measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted, as the fair value of the related services cannot be reliably measured.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation, legal or constructive as a result of a previous event, if it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the obligation. The amount recognized is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligations. Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate of the expected future cash flows.

Allocation of Purchase Price

In determining the allocation of the purchase price, estimates are used based on market research and appraisal values.

Joint Ventures and Investments in Associates

Joint ventures are joint arrangements whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Investments in associates are arrangements whereby the Company exercises significant influence. Judgement is required in the assessment of these arrangements and has been determined as follows:

Entity Assessment Classification
(as defined in Note 19)    
     
Truss Management has determined joint control is not present due to the inability to direct the day to day operations of the entity. Investment in associate
Belleville Complex Inc. Management has determined joint control is present based upon the board composition, decision making and the ability to direct the day to day operations of the entity. Joint venture
HEXO MED Management has determined joint control is present based upon the board composition, decision making and the ability to direct the day to day operations of the entity. Joint venture

Business Acquisitions

In determining the fair value of all identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the most significant estimates relate to private investments and intangible assets acquired. Management exercises judgment in estimating the probability and timing of when cash flows are expected to be achieved, which is used as the basis for estimating fair value.

Identified intangible assets are fair valued using appropriate valuation techniques which are generally based on a forecast of the total expected future net cash flows of the acquiree. Valuations are highly dependent on the inputs used and assumptions made by management regarding the future performance of these assets and any changes in the discount rate applied.

Acquisitions that do not meet the definition of a business combination are accounted for as asset acquisitions. Consideration paid for an asset acquisition is allocated to the individual identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values. Asset acquisitions do not give rise to goodwill.

12


Estimation on Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue streams include variable consideration as a result of return provisions and price concessions which require estimation based on historical results and forward looking expectations.

Expected Credit Losses (“ECL”) on Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company applies the simplified approach, as defined in IFRS, to measure expected credit losses, which requires the use of the lifetime expected credit loss provision for all trade receivables. To measure lifetime expected credit losses, trade receivables are first classified into groups with shared credit characteristics and the age of days past due, followed by an assessment of the Company’s historical experience of bad debts including the customers’ ability to pay and the impact of any relevant economic conditions which are expected during the life of the balance. The loss allowance is determined according to a provision matrix incorporating historical experiences adjusted for current and future conditions expected for the life of the balance.

Convertible debentures

The fair value of the convertible debentures is determined using the public market price. As the convertible debentures are classified as FVTPL, the subsequent interest as well as change in the fair value will flow through the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Deferred taxes

Significant estimates are required in determining the Company’s income tax provision. Some estimates are based on interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations. Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on the Company’s future effective tax rate. These include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, results of tax audits by tax authorities, changes in estimates of prior years’ items and changes in overall levels of pre-tax earnings.

Going Concern

Management has applied significant judgment in the assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern when preparing its consolidated financial statements for the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018. Management prepares the consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis unless management either intends to liquidate the entity or to cease trading or has no realistic alternative but to do so. The Company has considered the private placement subsequent to July 31, 2019 as disclosed in Note 33 in making this assessment.

New IFRS Effective August 1, 2018
IFRS 15, REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

IFRS 15 was issued by the IASB in May 2014 and specifies how and when revenue should be recognized based on a five-step model, which is applied to all contracts with customers. On April 12, 2016, the IASB published final clarifications to IFRS 15 with respect to identifying performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations, and licensing.

The Company has applied IFRS 15 retrospectively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption. The Company’s accounting policy for revenue recognition under IFRS 15 is as follows:

1.

Identifying the contract with a customer;

   
2.

Identifying the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

   
3.

Determining the transaction price;

   
4.

Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligation(s) in the contract; and

   
5.

Recognizing revenue when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligation(s).

Revenue from the direct sale of cannabis to customers for a fixed price is recognized when the Company transfers the control of the good(s) to the customer upon delivery and acceptance by the customer, the timing of which is consistent with the Company’s previous revenue recognition policy under IAS 18. The Company recognizes revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to receive taking into account the impact which may arise from any rights of return on sales, price concessions or similar obligations. Net revenue is presented net of taxes, estimated returns, allowances and discounts.

Effective October 17, 2018, Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) began levying an excise taxes on the sale of medical and adult-us cannabis products. The Company becomes liable for these excise duties when cannabis products are delivered to the customer. The excise taxes payable is the higher of (i) a flat-rate duty which is imposed when a cannabis product is packaged, and (ii) an advalorem duty that is imposed when a cannabis product is delivered to the customer.

Effective May 1, 2019, excise tax calculated on edible cannabis products, cannabis extracts and cannabis topicals will prospectively be calculated as a flat rate based on the quantity of total tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) contained in the final product. There were no changes in the legislation in calculating excise taxes for fresh cannabis, dried cannabis, seeds and plants. Net revenue from sale of goods, as presented on the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income, represents revenue from the sale of goods less applicable excise taxes. Given that the excise tax payable/paid to CRA cannot be reclaimed and is not always billed to customers, the Company recognizes that the excise tax is an operating cost that affects gross margin to the extent that it is not recovered from its customers.

13


IFRS 9, FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company adopted IFRS 9 retroactively and determined that there is no change to the comparative period or transitional adjustments required as a result of the adoption.

IFRS 9 was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") in November 2009 and October 2010 and will replace IAS 39. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is classified and measured at amortized cost or at fair value. The classification and measurement of financial assets is based on the Company’s business models for managing its financial assets and whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”). Financial assets under IFRS 9 are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at either amortized cost; fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) or; fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

Amortized Cost

Financial assets classified and measured at amortized cost are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI. Financial assets classified at amortized cost are measured using the effective interest method.

FVTOCI

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTOCI are those assets that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are SPPI.

This classification includes certain equity instruments where IFRS 9 allows an entity to make an irrevocable election to classify the equity instruments, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that would otherwise be measured at FVTPL to present subsequent changes in FVTOCI.

FVTPL

Financial assets classified and measured at FVTPL are those assets that do not meet the criteria to be classified at amortized cost or at FVTOCI. This category includes debt instruments whose cash flow characteristics are not SPPI or are not held within a business model whose objective is either to collect contractual cash flows, or to both collect contractual cash flows and sell the financial asset.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial instruments under IAS 39 and IFRS 9:

  IAS 39 Classification IFRS 9 Classification
Financial assets    
Cash and cash equivalents FVTPL FVTPL
Restricted cash FVTPL FVTPL
Short-term investments FVTPL FVTPL
Trade receivables Loans and receivables Amortized cost
Convertible debenture receivable FVTPL FVTPL
Long term investment N/A FVTPL
Financial liabilities    
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Other financial liabilities Amortized cost
Warrant liability FVTPL FVTPL
Deferred rent liability N/A Amortized cost
Term loan N/A Amortized cost

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a quantitative impact and did not have a material impact to the Company’s classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities.

IFRS 9 uses an expected credit loss impairment model as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The impairment model is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost where any expected future credit losses are provided for, irrespective of whether a loss event has occurred as at the reporting date. For trade receivables, the Company has measured the expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses taking into consideration historical credit loss experience and financial factors specific to the debtors and other factors. The carrying amount of trade receivables is reduced for any expected credit losses through the use of an allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss. At the point when the Company is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible, the amount is considered not recoverable and the financial asset is written off. Evidence of impairment may include indications that a debtor or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization and where observable data indicates that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. Trade receivables are reviewed qualitatively on a case-by-case basis to determine whether they need to be written off. The adoption of the new expected credit loss impairment model had a negligible impact on the carrying amounts of financial assets at amortized cost.

14


Classification and Measurement of Financial Liabilities

Accounting for financial liabilities remains largely the same under IFRS 9 and subsequently the Company’s liabilities were not significantly impacted by the adoption.

Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, and, where applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Company designates a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss. Subsequently, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method except for derivatives and financial liabilities designated at FVTPL, which are carried subsequently at fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss (other than derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedging instruments).

New and Revised IFRS in Issue but Not Yet Effective

IFRS 16, LEASES

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases, which will replace IAS 17 Leases. This standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term greater than twelve months, unless the underlying asset’s value is insignificant. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. Lessors will continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with lessor accounting remaining substantially unchanged from the preceding guidance under IAS 17, Leases.

The Company is currently executing its implementation plan and has completed the initial scoping phase to identify material lease contracts. The analysis of such contracts to quantify the transitional impact is ongoing. The most significant impact of IFRS 16 will be our initial recognition of the present value of future lease payments as right-of-use assets under property, plant and equipment and the corresponding recognition of a lease liability on the consolidated statement of financial position. All material, long-term property leases, which are currently treated as operating leases, are expected to be impacted by the new standard which will result in lower rent expense, higher depreciation expense and higher finance costs related to accretion and interest expense of the lease liability.

IFRS 16 will also impact the presentation of the consolidated statement of cash flows by decreasing operating cash flows and increasing financing cash flows. The standard will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year commencing August 1, 2019. The Company will be adopting the standard using the modified approach by recognizing the cumulative impact of initial adoption in opening retained earnings (i.e. the difference between the right-of-use asset and the lease liability). The Company will measure the right-of-use asset at an amount equal to the lease liability on the commencement date, apply a single discount rate to leases with similar remaining lease terms for similar classes of underlying assets and will not separate non-lease components from lease components for certain classes of underlying assets. Consistent with the guidance, the Company will not apply this standard to short-term leases and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.

4. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with a maturity of 3 months or less. Short term investments are comprised of liquid investments with maturities of less than 12 months. Short term investments are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value through profit or loss. The comparative period of July 31, 2018 has been restated – see note 26.

        July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
        Total     Total  
  Interest rate           (Restated–  
              see note 26 )
Operating cash   $  5,993   $  66,438  
High interest savings accounts 1.45%–2.10%     107,575     32,604  
Total cash and cash equivalents     $  113,568   $  99,042  
                 
Term deposits & GIC 2.85%–4.25% maturity of 3 to 12 months $  25,937   $  145,747  
Total short-term investments     $  25,937   $  145,747  

15


Interest income earned in the period amounted to $5,187 (July 31, 2018 - $2,115).

5. Restricted Cash

As at July 31, 2019, the Company had $22,350 of restricted funds. Of this, $3,433 is currently in escrow to facilitate the purchase of supply agreements with vendors. The amount of $433 shall be drawn down on a pro-rata basis based upon the delivery of goods to the Company. The remaining balance of $3,000 may be contributed to or drawn upon, in order to retain 15% of the future expected purchases.

A balance of $3,141 has been restricted to secure the implementation of greenhouse infrastructure with a vendor (Note 23). Additionally, the Company had a capital contribution of $4,076 held in trust as at July 31, 2019.

The remaining balance of $9,200 has been restricted due to a minimum balance to be held in a debt service reserve account as required under the Company’s term loan agreement (Note 23). A balance of $2,500 is held in trust related the Company’s joint venture Neal Brothers Inc (Note 28).

6. Commodity Taxes Recoverable and Other Receivables

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Commodity taxes recoverable $  14,415   $  4,237  
Accrued interest income   570      
Other receivables (Note 20)   262      
  $  15,247   $  4,237  

7. Inventory

                July 31, 2019  
    Capitalized     Biological asset fair        
    cost     value adjustment     Total  
Dried cannabis $  28,996   $  21,766   $  50,762  
Oils   17,377     5,366     22,743  
Hemp derived distillate   1,523         1,523  
Purchased dried cannabis   8,087         8,087  
Packaging and supplies   3,156         3,156  
  $  59,139   $  27,132   $  86,271  

The inventory expensed to cost of goods sold in the year ended July 31, 2019, was $18,565 (July 31, 2018 – $965). Total stock-based compensation expensed to costs of sales in the period as $936. The fair value adjustment on the sale of inventory during the period was $16,357 (July 31, 2018 – $2,289). The Company recorded an impairment loss on inventory of $16,918, realized on cannabis purchased in which the cost exceeds its net realizable value.

During the year ended July 31, 2018, the Company recorded an adjustment to the net realizable value of inventories of $1,491. This was due to the decrease in the estimated market selling price input of the inventory valuation which was caused by the onset of the adult-use market and is reflective of competitive market prices.

                July 31, 2018  
    Capitalized     Biological asset fair        
    Cost     value adjustment     Total  
Dried cannabis $  2,115   $  4,440   $  6,555  
Oils   2,281     882     3,163  
Packaging and supplies   697         697  
  $  5,093   $  5,322   $  10,415  

16


8. Biological Assets

The Company’s biological assets consist of cannabis plants from seeds all the way through to mature plants. The changes in the carrying value of biological assets are as follows:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
 Carrying amount, beginning of period $  2,332   $  1,504  
 Acquired through acquisition1   3,291      
 Production costs capitalized   19,215     993  
 Net increase in fair value due to biological transformation less cost to sell   38,856     7,340  
 Transferred to inventory upon harvest   (56,323 )   (7,505 )
 Carrying amount, end of period $  7,371   $  2,332  

1 Acquired through the Newstrike acquisition on May 24, 2019 (see Note 11)

As at July 31, 2019, the fair value of biological assets included $2 in seeds and $7,369 in cannabis plants ($6 in seeds and $2,326 in cannabis plants as at July 31, 2018). The significant estimates used in determining the fair value of cannabis plants are as follows:

yield by plant;

stage of growth estimated as the percentage of costs incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to the estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfilment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets, which have not yet been harvested;

percentage of costs incurred for each stage of plant growth.

fair value selling price per gram less cost to complete and cost to sell.

destruction/wastage of plants during the harvesting and processing process.

All biological assets are classified as current assets in the statement of financial position and are considered Level 3 fair value estimates. As at July 31, 2019, it is expected that the Company’s biological assets will yield approximately 17,571 kilograms of cannabis (July 31, 2018 – 4,374 kilograms of cannabis). The Company’s estimates are, by their nature, subject to change. Changes in the anticipated yield will be reflected in future changes in the fair values of biological assets.

The valuation of biological assets is based on an income approach in which the fair value at the point of harvesting is estimated based on selling prices less the costs to sell. For in process biological assets, the fair value at point of harvest is adjusted based on the stage of growth at period end. Stage of growth is determined by reference to the cost incurred as a percentage of total cost as applied to estimated total fair value per gram (less fulfilment costs) to arrive at an in-process fair value for estimated biological assets, which have not yet been harvested.

Management’s identified significant unobservable inputs, their range of values and sensitivity analysis are presented in the tables below.

The following table summarizes the unobservable inputs for the period ended July 31, 2019:

Unobservable inputs Input values Sensitivity analysis
     
Average selling price   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average
Obtained through actual retail prices on a per $4.23 – $5.01 per dried gram. selling price would result in a change of approximately $480
strain basis.   to the valuation.
     
Yield per plant   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average yield
Obtained through historical harvest cycle results 15 – 123 grams per plant. per plant would result in a change up to approximately $344
on a per strain basis.   in valuation.
     
Stage of growth   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average stage
Obtained through the estimates of stage of Average of 29% completion. of growth per plant would result in a change of
completion within the harvest cycle.   approximately $1,148 in valuation.
     
Wastage   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the wastage
Obtained through the estimates of wastage 0%–30% dependent upon the expectation would result in a change of approximately $302
within the cultivation and production cycle. stage within the harvest cycle. in valuation.

17


The following table summarizes the unobservable inputs for the period ended July 31, 2018:

Unobservable inputs Input values Sensitivity analysis
     
Average selling price   An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average
Obtained through actual retail prices on a per $4.66 per dried gram. selling price would result in a change of approximately $329
strain basis.   to the valuation.
     
Yield per plant    
Obtained through historical harvest cycle results 50–235 grams per plant. An increase of decrease of 5% applied to the average yield
on a per strain basis.   per plant would not result in a material change in valuation.
     
Stage of growth    
Obtained through the estimates of stage of Average of 32% completion. An increase or decrease of 5% applied to the average stage
completion within the harvest cycle.   of growth per plant would result in a change of
    approximately $320 in valuation.
     
Wastage    
Obtained through the estimates of wastage 0%–30% dependent upon the An increase of decrease of 5% applied to the average yield
within the cultivation and production cycle. stage within the harvest cycle. per plant would not result in a material change in valuation.

9. Property, Plant and Equipment

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Cost   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Additions     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Land $  1,038   $  4,301   $  –   $  –   $  5,339  
Buildings   32,536     18,855     11,365     88,078     150,834  
Leasehold Improvements   206         421         627  
Furniture and equipment   1,661     119     4,576         6,356  
Cultivation and production equipment   4,031     9,913     28,085         42,029  
Vehicles   151         880         1,031  
Computers   659     529     1,793         2,981  
Construction in progress   15,433     12,286     117,909     (88,078 )   57,550  
  $  55,715   $  46,003   $  165,029   $  –   $  266,747  

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Accumulated depreciation   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Depreciation     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Land $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
Buildings   533         3,859         4,392  
Leasehold Improvements   9         121         130  
Furniture and equipment   527         585     (650 )   462  
Cultivation and production equipment   69         1,497     650     2,216  
Vehicles   56         77         133  
Computers   188         433         621  
  $  1,382   $  –   $  6,572   $  –   $  7,954  

18



    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business     Net Additions /              
Net Carrying Value   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     (Deductions)     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Land $  1,038   $  4,301   $  –   $  –   $  5,339  
Buildings   32,003     18,855     7,506     88,078     146,442  
Leasehold Improvements   197         300         497  
Furniture and equipment   1,134     119     3,991     650     5,894  
Cultivation and production equipment   3,962     9,913     26,588     (650 )   39,813  
Vehicles   95         803         898  
Computers   471     529     1,360         2,360  
Construction in progress   15,433     12,286     117,909     (88,078 )   57,550  
  $  54,333   $  46,003   $  158,457   $  –   $  258,793  

As at July 31, 2019, there was $21,265 (July 31, 2018 – $3,920) of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. During the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company capitalized $4,825 of depreciation to inventory and capitalized borrowing costs to buildings in the amount of $511 (July 31, 2018 – $994) at an average annual interest rate of 3.2% . During the period depreciation expensed to the statement of loss was $1,474 (July 31, 2018 - $876).

Adjustments during the period, reflect the activation of an asset’s useful life, transitioning from construction in progress to the appropriate property, plant and equipment classification. The Company has contractual commitments for remaining leasehold improvements of $33,455 payable in fiscal year 2020 as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 - $40,471).

    Balance at                 Balance at  
Cost   July 31, 2017     Additions     Adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Land $  358   $  680   $  –   $  1,038  
Buildings   3,745     3,930     24,861     32,536  
Leasehold Improvements       206         206  
Furniture and equipment   900     1,233     (472 )   1,661  
Cultivation and production equipment   380     3,165     486     4,031  
Vehicles   114     33     4     151  
Computers   234     425         659  
Construction in progress   605     39,707     (24,879 )   15,433  
  $  6,336   $  49,379   $  –   $  55,715  

    Balance at                 Balance at  
Accumulated depreciation   July 31, 2017     Depreciation     Adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Land $  –   $  –   $  –   $  –  
Buildings   194     339         533  
Leasehold Improvements       9         9  
Furniture and equipment   165     195     167     527  
Cultivation and production equipment   23     213     (167 )   69  
Vehicles   26     30         56  
Computers   78     110         188  
  $  486   $  896   $  –   $  1,382  

19



    Balance at     Net Additions /           Balance at  
Net Carrying Value               Adjustments        
    July 31, 2017     (Deductions)           July 31, 2018  
Land $  358   $  680   $  –   $  1,038  
Buildings   3,551     3,591     24,861     32,003  
Leasehold Improvements       197         197  
Furniture and equipment   735     1,038     (639 )   1,134  
Cultivation and production equipment   357     2,952     653     3,962  
Vehicles   88     3     4     95  
Computers   156     315         471  
Construction in progress   605     39,707     (24,879 )   15,433  
  $  5,850   $  48,483   $  –   $  54,333  

10. Intangible Assets and Other Longer Term Assets

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Cost   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Additions     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Cultivating and processing license $  2,545   $  113,888   $  –   $  –   $  116,433  
Brand       8,440             8,440  
Software   1,800     12     1,746         3,558  
Domain names   585                 585  
Patents           1,231         1,231  
Other longer term assets and capitalized   312             (312 )    
 transaction costs                              
  $  5,242   $  122,340   $  2,977   $  (312 ) $  130,247  

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business                    
Accumulated amortization   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     Amortization     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Cultivating and processing license $  403   $  –   $  1,198   $  –   $  1,601  
Software   786         483         1,269  
Domain name   9         57         66  
Patents           29         29  
  $  1,198   $  –   $  1,767   $  –   $  2,965  

    Balance at     Additions from                 Balance at  
          business     Net Additions /              
Net Carrying Value   July 31, 2018     acquisitions     (Deductions)     Adjustments     July 31, 2019  
Cultivating and processing license $  2,142   $  113,888   $  (1,198 ) $  –   $  114,832  
Brand       8,440             8,440  
Software   1,014     12     1,263         2,289  
Domain names   576         (57 )       519  
Patents           1,202         1,202  
Other longer term assets and capitalized   312             (312 )    
 transaction costs                              
  $  4,044   $  122,340   $  1,210   $  (312 ) $  127,282  

Software includes $121 relating to managerial software (July 31, 2018 - $258) not yet available for use. Accordingly, no amortization has been taken during the year ended July 31, 2019 on these inactive assets. As at July 31, 2019, there was $422 (July 31, 2018 – $266) of intangible assets in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The adjustment represents $212 of capitalized transaction costs being allocated to the Truss investment in associate (Note 19a) and $100 other longer term investment has been reclassified to long term investments.

Research and development expenses in the period amounted to $2,822 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil).

20



    Balance at           Disposals/     Balance at  
Cost   July 31, 2017     Additions     adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Cultivating and processing license $  2,545   $  –   $  –   $  2,545  
Software   651     1,149         1,800  
Domain names       585         585  
Other longer term assets and capitalized       312         312  
 transaction costs                        
  $  3,196   $  2,046   $  –   $  5,242  

    Balance at           Disposals/     Balance at  
Accumulated amortization   July 31, 2017     Amortization     adjustments     July 31, 2018  
Cultivating and processing license $  277   $  126   $  –   $  403  
Software   156     630         786  
Domain name       9         9  
  $  433   $  765   $  –   $  1,198  

Net Carrying Value   Balance at
July 31, 2017
    Net Additions /
(Deductions)
    Disposals/
adjustments
    Balance at
July 31, 2018
 
Cultivating and processing license $  2,268   $  (126 ) $  –   $  2,142  
Software   495     519         1,014  
Domain names       576         576  
Other longer term assets and capitalized       312         312  
 transaction costs                        
  $  2,763   $  1,281   $  –   $  4,044  

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company conducted a review of its intangible assets, which resulted in changes in the expected usage of its software. Certain assets, which management previously intended to use for 5 years from the date of purchase were replaced during the fiscal year as well as September 2018. As a result, the expected useful lives of these assets decreased. The effect of these changes on actual and expected depreciation expense, in current and future years respectively is as follows.

    2019     2020     2021     2022     Later  
(Decrease) increase in amortization expense $  (87 ) $  (119 ) $  (100 ) $  (3 ) $  Nil  

11. Business Acquisition

Acquisition of Newstrike Brands Limited.

On May 24, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common shares of Newstrike Brands Limited (“Newstrike”) pursuant to an arrangement agreement entered into on March 13, 2019. Newstrike is a licensed producer of cannabis operating in Ontario, Canada and was acquired for additional production capacity, established sales relationships and its brand. Under the arrangement, each former Newstrike common share was exchanged for 0.06332 of a HEXO common share (the “Exchange Ratio”), subject to certain exceptions. In addition, all issued and outstanding stock options of Newstrike were replaced with stock options of HEXO having the same terms but adjusted for the Exchange Ratio, and all issued and outstanding common share purchase warrants of Newstrike became exercisable for HEXO common shares adjusted for the Exchange Ratio.

The following table summarizes the preliminary values of the net assets acquired from Newstrike on the acquisition date. The fair values of the acquired property, plant and equipment, deferred tax liability, private investments and intangible assets are preliminary are subject to change within the one-year measurement.

21



    Note     Number of Shares,     Share Price     Amount  
          Warrants and Options     ($)     ($)  
Consideration                        
   Shares issued   (i)     35,394,041     9.11     322,439  
   Warrants outstanding   (ii)     7,196,164           12,229  
   Replacement options issued   (iii)     2,002,365           7,134  
Total fair value of consideration                     341,802  
                         
Net assets acquired                        
Current assets                        
   Cash and cash equivalents                     49,366  
   Accounts receivable                     1,204  
   Other receivables                     4,585  
   Inventory                     22,359  
   Biological assets                     3,291  
                         
Long-term assets                        
   Property, Plant and Equipment                     46,003  
   Investments   (iv)                 14,492  
   Convertible debenture receivable                     1,220  
   Prepaid expenses                     1,631  
   Prepaid expense and license                     1,526  
   Software                     10  
   Cultivation and processing license                     113,888  
   Brand                     8,440  
   Goodwill                     111,877  
Total assets                     379,892  
                         
Current liabilities                        
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                     12,849  
   Payment received in advance                     5  
                         
Long-term liabilities                        
   Deferred tax liabilities                     24,236  
Total liabilities                     37,090  
                         
Non-controlling interest                     1,000  
Total net assets acquired                     341,802  
                         
Net accounts receivables acquired                        
Total accounts receivable                     5,789  
Expected uncollectible receivables                      
Net accounts receivables acquired                     5,789  

(i)

Share price based upon the TSX market price of common shares as at May 24, 2019.

(ii)

Warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as at the acquisition date May 24, 2019, using the following assumptions and inputs;


  Risk free rate of 1.48% – 1.57%
  Expected life of 0.73 – 4.07 years
  Volatility rate of 75%; determined using historical volatility data
  Exercise prices of $11.84 – $27.64
  Stock price of $9.11

(iii)

All replacement options were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as at the acquisition date of May 24, 2019, using the following assumptions and inputs;


  Risk free rate of 1.48% – 1.57%
  Expected life of 1.2 – 4.7 years
  Volatility rate of 75%; determined using historical volatility data
  Exercise prices of $6.00 – $17.37
  Stock price of $9.11

22



The fair value of the vested options as at the acquisition date was deemed consideration paid in the transaction. The fair value of those options not yet vested at the acquisition date was added to the Company’s share-based payment reserve to be expensed over the remaining vesting period of the options as permitted under IFRS 3 – Business Combinations.

   
(iv)

Included in total investments were two level 3 private company investments (see ‘Greentank Technologies’ and ‘Neal Brothers Inc.’ in Note 20). There existed limited financial information over both investments at the acquisition date. The preliminary fair values have been determined using the best available information.

The above acquisition contributed net revenue of $2,770 and a net loss of $13,699 to the Company’s consolidated results since the date of acquisition. If each acquisition had occurred on August 1, 2018, management estimates that the Company’s consolidated net revenue would have increased by $9,287 and the net loss would have increased by $19,096 for the year ended July 31, 2019.

Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the expected synergies, future income and growth, and other intangibles that do not qualify for separate recognition. None of the goodwill arising on these acquisitions are expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The NCI acquired at the acquisition date arises from Newstrike holding a 60% interest in Neal Brothers Inc. The net assets of Neal Brothers consist of cash only and the NCI was measured at its fair value (Note 28).

The NCI acquired at the acquisition date arises from Newstrike holding a 60% interest in Neal Brothers Inc. as the NCI relates to the joint venture Neal Up Brands Inc.

Total non-capitalized transaction expenses amounted to $3,958 in the period.

12. Convertible Debentures

    2017 unsecured     2018 unsecured        
    convertible     convertible        
    debentures 8%     debentures 7%     Total  
Balance at July 31, 2017   20,639         20,639  
   Gross proceeds       69,000     69,000  
   Issuance costs       (4,792 )   (4,792 )
   Warrants, net of issuance costs       (3,285 )   (3,285 )
   Conversion feature, net of issuance costs       (6,777 )   (6,777 )
   Accretion   814     554     1,368  
   Conversion of debenture   (21,453 )   (54,700 )   (76,153 )
Balance at July 31, 2018            

2017 Secured Convertible Debentures

During the year ended July 31, 2019, 863,693, warrants were exercised for total proceeds of $863 (US$656, based on an exercise price of US$0.76) . On the various dates of exercise, the warrant liability was revalued using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Overall, the liability value of the warrants exercised was $6,367 (US$4,819); using the following variables:

stock prices ranging from $5.90 to $10.36;
expected life of 12 months;
$Nil dividends;
75% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rates of 1.55% to 2.35%;
USD/CAD exchange rate of various.

The exercise of these warrants resulted in an increase to share capital of $6,367.

The remaining warrant liability was revalued on July 31, 2019 using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model (Level 2). The warrant liability was revalued to $493 (US$375); with a stock price of US$4.24; expected life of 12 months; $Nil dividends; 74% volatility based upon historical data; risk free interest rate of 1.61%; and USD/CAD exchange rate of 1.3148. The loss on the revaluation of the warrant liability for the year ended July 31, 2019 was ($3,730) (July 31, 2018 – ($5,091)), which is recorded in the revaluation of financial instruments account on the statement of loss and comprehensive loss.

The following table summarizes warrant liability activity during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019 and fiscal year ended July 31, 2018.

23



    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Opening balance $  3,130   $  1,356  
Granted        
Expired        
Exercised   (6,367 )   (3,317 )
Revaluation due to foreign exchange   3,730     5,091  
Closing balance $  493   $  3,130  

2017 Unsecured Convertible Debentures 8%

Interest related to the 2017 8% unsecured convertible debentures (which were converted during fiscal 2017) expensed to the statement of loss and comprehensive loss amounted to $Nil and interest capitalized to property, plant, and equipment was $Nil for the year ended July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 –$922 respectively). Accretion for the year ended July 31, 2019 was $Nil (July 31, 2018 – $814).

2018 Unsecured Convertible Debentures 7%

On November 24, 2017, the Company issued $69,000 principal amount of unsecured debentures through a brokered private placement. The debentures bear interest at 7% per annum and mature on November 24, 2020. Interest will be accrued and paid semi-annually in arrears. The debentures were convertible into common shares of the Company at $2.20 at the option of the holder. The Company may force the conversion of the debentures on 30 days prior written notice should the daily weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $3.15 for any 10 consecutive trading days. The debenture holders received 15,663,000 warrants, 227 for every $1,000 unit. The warrants have a two-year term, expiring November 24, 2019, and have an exercise price of $3.00. The Company has the right to accelerate the expiry of the warrants should the closing trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $4.50 for any 10 consecutive trading days.

On initial recognition, the residual method was used to allocate the fair value of the warrants and conversion option. The fair value of the liability component was calculated as $58,187 using a discount rate of 14%. The residual proceeds of $10,813 were allocated between the warrants and conversion option on a pro-rata basis relative to their fair values. The fair values of the warrants and conversion option were determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.

The warrants were valued with a fair value $8,648 using the following assumptions:

The conversion option was valued with a fair value of $17,843 using the following assumptions:

Based on the fair value of the warrants and conversion option, the residual proceeds of $10,813 were allocated as $3,530 to the warrants and $7,283 to the conversion option, less allocation of issuance costs.

In connection with the closing of the debentures, the Company paid a placement fee of $3,450 from the gross proceeds of the financing and incurred an additional $476 of issuance costs. The Company also issued broker warrants exercisable to acquire 1,568 common shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

The broker warrants were attributed a fair value of $866 based on the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model with the following assumptions:

The total issuance costs amounted to $4,792 and were allocated on pro-rata basis as follows: Debt – $4,041, Conversion option – $506, and the Warrants – $245.

24


On December 15, 2017 the Company announced that it had elected to exercise its right to convert all of the outstanding principal amount of the Company’s 7.0% Debentures and unpaid accrued interest thereon into Common Shares. The Company became entitled to force the conversion of the 7.0% Debentures on December 13, 2017 on the basis that the VWAP of the Common Shares on the TSXV for 10 consecutive trading days was equal to or exceeded $3.15. For the 10 consecutive trading days preceding December 13, 2017, the VWAP of the Common Shares was $3.32. The Company provided the holders of the 7.0% Debentures with the required 30 days advance written notice of the conversion, and the effective date for the conversion was January 15, 2018.

Pursuant to the conversion of the 7.0% Debentures, holders of the 7.0% Debentures received 454.54 Common Shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 7.0% Debentures held. In addition, the accrued and unpaid interest on each $1,000 principal amount of the 7.0% Debentures for the period from December 31, 2017 (the interest payment scheduled for December 31, 2017 was paid in cash) up to, but excluding the conversion date, was $2.92 and 7.0% Debenture holders received an additional 1.33 Common Shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 7.0% Debentures held on account of accrued and unpaid interest, for a total of 455.87 Common Shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 7.0% Debentures held. Accordingly, at the date of conversion the carrying value of the debentures of $54,700, interest payable paid through shares of $46 and the conversion feature of $6,809 resulted in the cumulative increase to share capital of $61,555.

There exists no convertible debt as at July 31, 2019.

13. Share Capital

(a) Authorized

An unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited number of special shares, issuable in series.

(b) Issued and Outstanding

During the first quarter of fiscal 2018, 481,896 warrants with exercise prices of $0.75 and US$0.70 were exercised for proceeds of $406, resulting in the issuance of 481,896 common shares.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company issued 15,687,500 common shares from the conversion of the 8% unsecured convertible debentures and 166,387 common shares in lieu of accrued interest, as described Note 10 Convertible debentures.

On January 2, 2018, the Company announced that it had elected to exercise its right to accelerate the expiry date of the common share purchase warrants issued under the 8% convertible debentures. The Company became entitled to accelerate the expiry date of the warrants on December 27, 2017 on the basis that the closing trading price of the Common Shares on the TSXV exceeded $3.00 for 15 consecutive trading days. The expiry date for the warrants was accelerated from July 18, 2019 to February 1, 2018. During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company issued 7,799,960 common shares related to the exercise of warrants associated with the 8% convertible debentures.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company issued 31,363,252 common shares from the conversion of the 7% unsecured convertible debentures and 20,829 common shares in lieu of accrued interest, as described Note 10 Convertible debentures. The Company issued 2,922,393 common shares related to the exercise of warrants from the 7% unsecured convertible debentures. During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, in addition to common shares issued related to the exercise of warrants associated with the convertible debentures, 5,025,627 warrants with exercise prices of $0.75 and US$0.70 were exercised, resulting in the issuance of 5,021,940 common shares. Total proceeds from the exercise of warrants were $30,937.

On January 30, 2018 the Company closed a bought deal public offering of 37,375,000 units at a price of $4.00 per unit for gross proceeds of $149,500. Each unit consisted one common share and one-half of one share purchase warrant of the Company. Each warrant is exercisable into one common share at a price of $5.60 per share for a period of two years. The fair value of the warrants at the date of grant was estimated at $0.56 per warrants based on the following weighted average assumptions:

stock price of $3.93;
expected life of 1 year;
$Nil dividends;
65% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.25%.

Total cash share issue costs amounted to $6,380 which consisted of underwriters’ commissions of $5,980, underwriters’ expenses of $10, underwriters’ legal fees of $97 and incurred $311 of additional cash issuance costs. In addition, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,495 compensation warrants to the underwriters at a fair value of $1,486. The compensation warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 and expire January 30, 2020. The fair value of the compensation warrants at the date of grant was estimated at $0.99 per warrant based on the following weighted average assumptions:

stock price of $3.93;
expected life of 1 year;
$Nil dividends;

25



65% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.25%.

The Company allocated $7,342 of the issuance costs to the common shares and $523 to the warrants.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2018, 2,475 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $4,423, resulting in the issuance of 2,475 common shares.

On May 24, 2018, the Company announced that it had elected to exercise its right to accelerate the expiry date governing the common share purchase warrants issued November 24, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant indenture the Company elected its right to accelerate the expiry date of the remaining 5,261,043 warrants from November 24, 2019 to June 25, 2018. As at the date of expiry all warrants were exercised. The accelerated expiry date also applied to the remaining 1,568,181 compensation warrants originally issued to certain investment banks on November 24, 2017. As at the date of expiry 1,505,453 compensation warrants were exercised and 62,728 warrants expired.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, 13,214,883 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $38,601, resulting in the issuance of 13,214,883 common shares.

On October 4, 2018 the Company closed its transaction with joint venture partner Molson Coors in which the Company granted 11,500,000 warrants at a price of $6.00 per warrant. Each warrant is exercisable into one common share at a price of $6.00 per share for a period of three years. The fair value of the warrants at the date of grant was estimated at $3.69 per warrant based on the following weighted average assumptions:

stock price of $8.45;
expected life of 1.5 years;
$Nil dividends;
65% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 0.75%.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, 3,137,746 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $5,589, resulting in the issuance of 3,137,746 common shares.

On January 30, 2019, the Company closed its offering of 7,700,000 common shares at a price of $6.50 per share for gross proceeds of $50,050. Included in the offering was an 1,155,000 over-allotment option pool with a price of $6.50 per share which was exercised in full on the closing date for $7,508 and total gross proceeds of $57,558 for total common shares issued of 8,855,000. Underwriting and legal fees accumulated to $3,827 for total net proceeds of $53,731.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2019, 682,678 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $1,307, which resulted in the issuance of 682,678 common shares.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2019, 3,661,761 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $8,425, resulting in the issuance of 3,661,761 common shares.

On May 24, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Newstrike Brands Ltd. (Note 11), resulting in the issuance of 35,394,041 common shares.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, 8,053,544 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for proceeds of $47,396, resulting in the issuance of 8,053,544 common shares.

In fiscal 2019 a total of 15,535,729 warrants with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $5.60 and US$0.76 were exercised for total proceeds of $69,259, resulting in the issuance of 15,535,729 common shares.

As at July 31, 2019, there were 256,981,753 common shares outstanding and 29,585,408 warrants outstanding.

26


The following is a consolidated summary of warrants on July 31, 2019.

    Number        
    outstanding     Book value  
Classified as Equity            
2018 Equity financing            
 Exercise price of $5.60 expiring January 30, 2020   10,512,208   $  5,673  
February 2018 financing warrants            
 Exercise price of $27.64 expiring February 16, 2020   4,413,498     1,331  
June 2019 financing warrants            
 Exercise price of $15.79 expiring June 19, 2023   2,184,540     9,998  
Broker / Consultant warrants            
 Exercise price of $20.85 expiring February 16, 2020   264,809     160  
 Exercise price of $11.84 expiring June 19, 2020   262,021     610  
 Exercise price of $0.75 expiring November 3, 2021   175,618     78  
 Exercise price of $0.75 expiring March 14, 2022   94,282     66  
 Exercise price of $15.79 expiring June 19, 2023   61     1  
Inner Spirit warrants            
 Exercise price of $15.63 expiring July 21, 2020   71,235     129  
Joint Venture Molson warrants            
 Exercise price of $6.00 expiring October 4, 2021   11,500,000     42,386  
Classified as Liability   29,478,272     60,432  
2017 secured convertible debenture warrants            
 Exercise price of USD$0.76 expiring November 14, 2019   107,136     493  
    29,585,408   $  60,925  

The following table summarizes warrant activity during the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018.

          July 31, 2019           July 31, 2018  
    Number of     Weighted average     Number of     Weighted average  
    warrants     exercise price     warrants     exercise price  
Outstanding, beginning of period   26,425,504   $  4.35     20,994,123   $  1.31  
Expired during the period   (531 )       (62,728 )   3.00  
Acquired and reissued through acquisition1   7,196,164     23.10          
Issued during the period   11,500,000     6.00     37,413,681     4.34  
Exercised during the period   (15,535,729 )   3.61     (31,919,572 )   2.33  
Outstanding, end of the period   29,585,408   $  9.95     26,425,504   $  4.35  

1 Warrants acquired on May 24, 2019, via the acquisition of Newstrike.

Exercised during the period were 1,916,527 broker compensation warrants.

Stock Option Plan

The Company has a share option plan (the “Plan”) adopted in July 2018, that is administered by the Board of Directors who establish exercise prices and expiry dates, which are up to 10 years from issuance as determined by the Board at the time of issuance. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, options issued under the Plan vest over a three-year period except for options granted to consultants or persons employed in investor relations activities (as defined in the policies of the TSX) which vest in stages over 12 months with no more than ¼ of the options vesting in any three-month period. The maximum number of common shares reserved for issuance for options that may be granted under the Plan is 25,698,175 common shares as at July 31, 2019. Options issued prior to July 2018 under the outgoing plan and the options assumed through the acquisition of Newstrike do not contribute to the available option pool reserved for issuance. As of July 31, 2019, the Company had 17,376,615 issued and outstanding under the Plan.

27


The following table summarizes the stock option grants during the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018.

          Options granted              
          Executive and     Non-executive              
Grant date   Exercise price     directors     employees     Vesting terms     Vesting period  
September 8, 2017 $  1.37     650,000     1,000     Terms A     10 years  
November 6, 2017 $  2.48     125,000     3,000     Terms A     10 years  
December 4, 2017 $  2.69     1,750,000     20,000     Terms B     10 years  
January 29, 2018 $  4.24         261,000     Terms A, C     10 years  
March 12, 2018 $  3.89     325,000         Terms A     10 years  
April 16, 2018 $  4.27     845,000     61,500     Terms A     10 years  
June 8, 2018 $  5.14         441,000     Terms A     10 years  
July 11, 2018 $  4.89     4,325,000     1,366,500     Terms A     10 years  
September 17, 2018 $  7.93     650,000     523,500     Terms A     10 years  
November 22, 2018 $  5.92         440,000     Terms A     10 years  
December 17, 2018 $  5.09     74,000     227,500     Terms A, D     10 years  
February 19, 2019 $  7.13     615,000     626,000     Terms A     10 years  
February 21, 2019 $  7.46     3,333,333         Terms E     10 years  
March 20, 2019 $  8.50     325,000     1,077,500     Terms A     10 years  
April 17, 2019 $  8.24         1,132,500     Terms A     10 years  
July 18, 2019 $  6.54     650,000     2,768,785     Terms A     10 years  
July 26, 2019 $  5.88     250,000         Terms A     10 years  

Vesting terms A –

One-third of the options will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the balance will vest quarterly over two years thereafter.

Vesting terms B –

Half of the options will vest immediately, and the balance will vest annually over three years thereafter.

Vesting terms C –

Based upon organizational milestones.

Vesting terms D –

54,000 of the options granted to a director will fully vest 6-months from the grant date.

Vesting terms E –

In addition to the standard vesting terms A, the grant defines an achievement condition in which vesting may only occur once a volume weighted average trading price of $10 or greater is achieved for a 20- day period prior to a vesting date. All unvested options will carry over and vest if the condition is met at a future vesting date.

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018.

          July 31, 2019           July 31, 2018  
    Options     Weighted average     Options     Weighted average  
    issued     exercise price     issued     exercise price  
Opening balance   14,388,066   $  3.02     5,748,169   $  0.68  
Granted   12,693,118     7.27     10,174,000     4.16  
Acquired and reissued through acquisition1   2,002,365     9.49          
Forfeited   (1,226,763 )   6.33     (626,830 )   3.44  
Exercised   (3,567,867 )   1.20     (907,273 )   0.65  
Closing balance   24,288,919   $  5.87     14,388,066   $  3.02  

1 Stock options assumed on May 24, 2019, via the acquisition of Newstrike.

28


The following table summarizes information concerning stock options outstanding as at July 31, 2019.

              Weighted average           Weighted average  
              remaining contractual           remaining contractual  
  Exercise price     Number outstanding     life (years)     Number exercisable     life (years)  
$  0.58     372,900     0.08     363,000     0.30  
  0.75     1,228,750     0.34     1,013,750     1.07  
  1.27     522,620     0.16     322,053     0.37  
  3.15     4,748     0.00     4,748     0.00  
  6.00     891,833     0.04     891,833     0.14  
  1.37     352,866     0.12     82,304     0.10  
  2.48     86,332     0.03     22,342     0.03  
  2.69     853,333     0.29     313,335     0.41  
  4.24     258,000     0.09     122,519     0.16  
  17.37     253,270     0.04     253,270     0.14  
  3.89     325,000     0.12     135,418     0.18  
  16.58     31,659     0.00     15,828     0.00  
  16.74     56,985     0.00     28,488     0.01  
  4.27     879,002     0.32     366,852     0.50  
  16.10     63,319     0.00     63,319     0.00  
  4.89     5,513,497     2.03     2,046,567     2.87  
  5.14     107,666     0.04     35,680     0.05  
  10.42     162,295     0.01     138,549     0.04  
  10.42     142,467     0.01     71,230     0.02  
  11.84     44,322     0.00     11,079     0.00  
  7.93     1,058,500     0.40          
  8.21     94,979     0.01     23,744     0.01  
  5.92     310,000     0.12          
  5.09     276,500     0.11     54,000     0.08  
  6.94     94,979     0.02          
  8.84     94,979     0.02          
  7.13     1,136,000     0.45          
  7.46     3,333,333     1.31          
  8.50     1,222,500     0.49          
  8.24     857,500     0.34          
  6.54     3,408,785     1.40          
$  5.88     250,000     0.10          
        24,288,919     8.49     6,379,908     6.48  

Stock-based Compensation

For the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company recorded $28,008 (July 31, 2018 – $4,997) in stock-based compensation expense related to employee options, which are measured at fair value at the date of grant and are expensed over the vesting period (See Note 18 for stock based compensation allocation by expense group). In determining the amount of stock-based compensation, the Company used the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to establish the fair value of options granted by applying the following assumptions:

  July 31, 2019 July 31, 2018
Exercise price $0.75–$8.95 $1.37–$5.14
Stock price $5.09–$8.50 $1.37–$5.14
Risk-free interest rate 1.54%–2.42% 2.06%-2.37%
Expected life of options (years) 5-7 7
Expected annualized volatility 64%–76% 65%

29


Volatility was estimated using the average historical volatility of the Company and comparable companies in the industry that have trading history and volatility history.

For the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company allocated to inventory $1,724 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) of stock-based compensation applicable to direct and indirect labour in the selling and production process.

14. Net Loss per Share

The following securities could potentially dilute basic net loss per share in the future but have not been included in diluted loss per share because their effect was anti-dilutive:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Options   24,288,919     14,388,066  
Warrants issued with $0.75 units       3,234,960  
2015 Secured convertible debentures warrants       1,318,332  
2016 Unsecured convertible debenture warrants       100,002  
2017 Secured convertible debenture warrants   107,136     928,542  
2018 Equity warrants   10,512,208     18,570,500  
2018 February 2018 financing warrants   4,413,498      
2019 June financing warrants   2,184,540      
Joint venture and Inner Spirit issued warrants   11,571,235      
Convertible debenture broker/finder warrants   796,791     2,273,168  
    53,874,327     40,813,570  

15. Convertible Debentures Receivable

12% CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE

On July 26, 2018, the Company purchased $10,000 in the form of unsecured and subordinated convertible debentures to an unrelated entity, Fire and Flower (“F&F”). The convertible debenture bears interest at 8%, paid semi-annually, matures July 31, 2020 and includes a conversion feature to convert the debenture into common shares of F&F at the lower of $1.15 and the share price as defined within the agreement. The Company obtained the debenture as a part of a strategic investment into the private retail cannabis market. The debentures may be converted into common shares or a loan on July 31, 2020, which bears interest at 12%, at the holders option.

For the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company’s debenture increased by $1,627 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) due to fair value adjustments. At period end, the level 2 instrument convertible debenture receivable was fair valued using the F&F July 31, 2019 public market rate of $1.33 and totalled $12,024 (July 31, 2018 – $10,000). Accrued unpaid interest and the unrealized gain amounted to $397 and $1,627 respectively.

ZERO INTEREST CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE

On February 13, 2019, the Company purchased $800 in the form of unsecured and subordinated convertible debentures to F&F. The convertible debenture bears zero interest and matures November 30, 2019 and includes a conversion feature to convert the debenture into common shares of F&F at $0.80 as defined within the agreement. The debentures may be partially or converted in-full into common shares at the maturity date at the holder’s option.

The Company acquired the zero interest convertible debenture through the acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019 which carried a fair value of $1,220. Since acquisition, for the stub period ended July 31, 2019, the Company’s zero interest debenture increased by $110 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) due to fair value adjustments. At period end, the level 2 instrument convertible debenture receivable was fair valued using the F&F July 31, 2019 public market rate of $1.33 and totalled $1,330 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil).

16. Term Loan

Term Loan

On February 15, 2019, the Company entered into a syndicated credit facility with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”) as Sole Bookrunner, Co-Lead Arranger and Administrative Agent and Bank of Montreal as Co-Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent (together “the Lenders”). The Lenders will provide the Company up to $65 million in secured debt financing at a rate of interest that is expected to average in the mid-to-high 5% per annum range. The credit facility consists of a $50 million term loan and a $15 million revolving loan with an uncommitted option to increase the facility up to $135 million. Both loans mature in 2022. The Company may repay the loan without penalty, at any time and contains customary financial and restrictive covenants. The Company shall repay at minimum 2.5% of the outstanding balance each quarter per the terms of the credit facility agreement. The term loan possess several covenants which the Company has met as of July 31, 2019.

On February 14, 2019, the Company received $35,000 and incurred financing costs to secure the loan of $1,347.

30


As of July 31, 2019, the Company has drawn a total of $35,000 on the term loan, of which $3,500 is due within 12 months in according with the terms of the credit facility. Carrying value net of deferred financing costs of total term loan is $33,374.

The total interest expense and total interest capitalized was $252 and $511, respectively. The total accretion of deferred financing costs was $387 for the year ended July 31, 2019.

The following table illustrates the continuity schedule of the term loan:

Term Loan   Current     Long term  
July 31, 2018 $  –   $  –  
Term loan            
Additions       35,000  
Adjustments   3,500     (3,500 )
Repayments   (87 )   (788 )
  $  3,413   $  30,712  
Deferred financing costs            
Additions   (296 )   (1,347 )
Adjustments       296  
Realized expense       596  
July 31, 2019 $  3,117   $  30,257  

17. Financial Instruments

Market Risk

Interest Risk

The Company has exposure to interest rate risk related to any investments of surplus cash. The Company may invest surplus cash in highly liquid investments with short terms to maturity that would accumulate interest at prevailing rates for such investments. The Company also has exposure to interest rate risk related to the outstanding balance of the term loan. The fluctuation of the interest rate may result in a material increase to the associated interest. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had short term investments and a convertible debenture of $517 and a long term loan of $33,374. All interest rates are fixed. An increase or decrease of 5% to the applicable interest rates would not result in a material variance to net loss.

Price Risk

Price risk is the risk of variability in fair value due to movements in equity or market prices. The Company’s level 1 and 2 investments are susceptible to price risk arising from uncertainties about their future outlook, future values and the impact of market conditions. The fair value of marketable securities and derivatives held in publicly traded entities are based on quoted market prices which the shares of the investments can be exchanged for.

If the fair value of these financial assets were to increase or decrease by 10% as of July 31, 2019, the Company would incur an associated increase or decrease in comprehensive loss of approximately $340 (2018 - $Nil). The price risk exposure as at July 31, 2019 is presented in the table below.

    $  
Financial assets   16,756  
Financial liabilities   (493 )
Total exposure   16,263  

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Company’s trade receivables, promissory note receivable and convertible debenture receivable. As at July 31, 2019, the Company was exposed to credit related losses in the event of non-performance by the counterparties.

The Company provides credit to its customers in the normal course of business and has established credit evaluation and monitoring processes to mitigate credit risk. Since the majority of the medical sales are transacted with clients that are covered under various insurance programs, the Company has limited credit risk.

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are held by some of the largest cooperative financial groups in Canada. Since the inception of the Company, no losses have been incurred in relation to cash held by the financial institution. The majority of the trade receivables balance are held with crown corporations of Quebec, Ontario and Alberta as well as one of the largest medical insurance companies in Canada. Credit worthiness of a counterparty is evaluated prior to the granting of credit. The Company has estimated the expected credit loss using a lifetime credit loss approach. The current expected credit loss for the year ended July 31, 2019 is $37 (July 31, 2018 - $94).

31


In measuring the expected credit losses, the adult-use cannabis trade receivables have been assessed on a per customer basis as they consist of a low number of material contracts. Medical trade receivables have been assessed collectively as they possess share credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the days past due.

Credit risk from the convertible debenture receivable arises from the possibility that principal and/or interest due may become uncollectible. The Company mitigates this risk by managing and monitoring the underlying business relationship.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, trade receivables and convertible debentures receivable represents the maximum exposure to credit risk and as at July 31, 2019; this amounted to $194,902. The following table summarizes the Company’s aging of trade receivables as at July 31, 2019 and 2018:

    July 31,     July 31,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
0–30 days   14,102     262  
31– 60 days   1,826     188  
61– 90 days   166     91  
Over 90 days   3,599     103  
Total   19,693     644  

The following table summarizes the Company’s ECL by aging group as at July 31, 2019 and 2018:

    July 31,     July 31,  
    2019     2018  
        $  
0–30 days   3     -  
31– 60 days   7     -  
61– 90 days   3     -  
Over 90 days   24     94  
Total   37     94  

Economic Dependence Risk

Economic dependence risk is the risk of reliance upon a select number of customers which significantly impact the financial performance of the Company. The Company recorded sales from three crown corporations representing 81% (July 31, 2018 – Nil%) of total sales in the year ended July 31, 2019.

The Company holds trade receivables from three crown corporations representing 79% of total trade receivables as of July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – Nil%).

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company manages its liquidity risk by reviewing on an ongoing basis its capital requirements. As at July 31, 2019, the Company had $139,505 of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

The Company is obligated to pay accounts payable and accrued liabilities, excise taxes payable and current portions of the term loan with total carrying amounts and contractual cash flows amounting to $52,685 due in the next 12 months.

The carrying values of cash, trade receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short term to maturity. The carrying value of the term loan approximates its fair value as there has been no change the Company’s risk profile and no changes to the market interest rate.

32


18. Operating Expenses by Nature

For the years ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Stock based compensation $  28,008   $  4,997  
Marketing and promotion   22,308     2,447  
Salaries and benefits   25,349     6,992  
Consulting   11,176     3,659  
Professional fees   8,258     1,761  
Facilities   5,697     919  
General and administrative   4,462     1,442  
Travel   2,710     488  
Amortization of intangible assets   1,767     765  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   1,747     896  
Total $  111,482   $  24,367  

The following table summarizes the nature of stock based compensation in the period:

For the year ended   July 31, 2019  
General and administrative related stock -based compensation $  26,322  
Marketing and promotion related stock -based compensation   1,686  
Total operating expense related stock-based compensation   28,008  
Stock based compensation capitalized to inventory   1,724  
Total stock-based compensation $  29,732  

The following table summarizes the total payroll related wages and benefits by nature in the period:

For the year ended   July 31, 2019  
General and administrative related wages and benefits $  17,975  
Marketing and promotion related wages and benefits   6,162  
Research and development related wages and benefits   1,212  
Total operating expense related wages and benefits   25,349  
Wages and benefits expensed through cost of sales   10,905  
Total wages and benefits expensed in the period $  36,254  

19. Investment in Associate and Joint Ventures

The following is a summary of financial information for the Company’s joint ventures for the periods presented based on the latest publicly available information. Note that the numbers have not been pro-rated for the Company’s ownership interest.

    Truss     Belleville Complex Inc     HEXO MED  
Period   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2019     July 31, 2019  
Statement of Financial Position       $     $  
Cash and cash equivalents   14,318     278     542  
Current assets   5,701     2,604     59  
Non- current assets   7,880     19,906     22  
                   
Current liabilities   7,477     1,155     26  
Non-current labilities       21,909      
                   

33



Period   11 months ended
July 31, 2019
    August 21, 2018 to
July 31, 2019
    December 22, 2018
to July 31, 2019
 
                   
Statement of Comprehensive Loss                  
Revenue       4,018      
                   
Operating expenses excluding depreciation                  
 and amortization   (6,579 )   (3,716 )    
Depreciation and amortization       (578 )    
Other expenses           (503 )
                   
Loss from operations   (6,579 )   (276 )   (503 )
Income tax expenses            
Total comprehensive loss   (6,579 )   (276 )   (503 )

(a) Truss – Investment in Associate

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Opening Balance $  –   $  –  
Cash consideration of investment   11,476      
Fair value of warrant consideration   42,386      
Capitalized transaction costs   721      
Share of net loss   (2,796 )    
Ending Balance $  51,786   $  –  

On October 4, 2018, the formation of the entity Truss between the Company and Molson Coors Canada (the “Partner”) was finalized. Truss is a standalone start-up company with its own board of directors and an independent management team and is incorporated in Canada. Truss is private company and its principle activities consist of pursuing opportunities to develop non-alcoholic, cannabis-infused beverages and is currently operating in Gatineau, Quebec.

The Partner holds 57,500 common shares representing 57.5% controlling interest in Truss with the Company holding 42,500 common shares and controlling the remaining 42.5% . In connection with the transaction the Company has granted the Partner 11,500,000 common share warrants at an exercise price of $6.00 for a period of 3 years.

Included in the initial investment cost is the capitalized fair value $42,386 of warrant consideration (see Note 11 for fair value inputs and assumptions).

Transaction costs of $721 in respect to the definitive agreement to form the joint venture were capitalized.

The joint venture is accounted for using the equity method. During the year ended July 31, 2019, the Company’s share in the net loss of Truss was ($2,796) (July 31, 2018 – $Nil).

(b) Belleville Complex Inc - Joint Venture

On October 31, 2018, the Company acquired a 25% interest in the joint venture Belleville Complex Inc. (“BCI”) with a related party Olegna Holdings Inc., owned and controlled by a director of the Company, holding the remaining 75% in BCI. The joint venture purchased a configured 1.5 million sq. ft. facility through a $20,279 loan issued by the Company on September 7, 2018, bearing an annual 4% interest rate and interest payable monthly. The loan and all remaining accrued interest were repaid in full during the period and interest income of $454 was realized.

As a part of the agreement, the Company will be the anchor tenant for a period of 20 years. Consideration for the 25% interest on the joint venture is deemed $Nil. The carrying value of BCI as at July 31, 2019 is $Nil (July 31, 2018 - $Nil).

34


(c) HEXO MED - Joint Venture

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Opening Balance $  –   $  –  
Cash consideration of investment   1,106      
Capitalized transaction costs   125        
Share of net loss   (168 )    
Ending Balance $  1,063   $  –  

HEXO MED is a Greece based joint venture established with partner QNBS P.C. (formerly Qannabos) and will serve as the Company’s entry point into the European medical cannabis markets. During the fiscal year 2019, the Company contributed a total of EUR$250 for a 33.34% interest in HEXO MED in cash. As of July 31, 2019, the Company has also accrued an additional EUR$500 per the terms of the shareholders agreement. Once remitted, the Company’s interest will increase to 51% (see Note 32). The carrying value of HEXO MED as at July 31, 2019 is $1,063 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil).

20. Long-term Investments

  Cost
July 31,
2018
    Fair value
July 31,
2018
    Investment     Divesture/
Transfer
    Subtotal
July 31,
2019
    Change in
fair value
    Fair value
July 31,
2019
 
        $     $     $     $     $     $  
Level 1 Investments                                          
Fire & Flower Inc. common shares           2,970     (2,493 )   477     (477 )    
Fire & Flower Inc. common share purchase warrants1           505     (262 )   243     (243 )    
Inner Spirit common shares1           2,850         2,850     150     3,000  
Level 2 Investments                                          
Inner Spirit common share purchase warrants1           414         414     (11 )   403  
Level 3 Investments                                          
Greentank Technologies1           6,723         6,723     (149 )   6,574  
Neal Brothers Inc. 1           4,000         4,000         4,000  
Segra International Corp.       100             100     200     300  
Total       100     17,462     2,755     14,807     (530 )   14,277  

1 Acquired in the Newstrike acquisition on May 24, 2019 at fair market value

Fire & Flower Inc.

Common Shares

On November 1, 2018, the Company obtained 1,980,000 subscription receipts in the entity F&F for proceeds of $2,970. The subscription receipts converted to common shares of F&F at a 1:1 ratio on February 19, 2019 upon the commencement of trading on the TSX Venture and held an initial fair value of $2,970. On July 25, 2019, the Company liquidated the investment in full resulting in a cash injection net of fees of $2,493. The Level 1 long term investment and associated realized loss as at July 30, 2019, were $Nil and ($477), respectively.

Common Share Purchase Warrants

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company obtained 1,000,000 common share purchase warrants in the entity F&F. Each warrant entitles the Company to a common share at a ratio of 1:1. The warrants held an initial fair value of $505. The investment was fair valued through the Black Scholes-Merton model at $243 and disposed of as at July 30, 2019. The Company realized a loss of ($243) as at July 30, 2019 based upon the following assumptions and inputs:

market price of $1.33;
expected life of 0.70 year;
$Nil dividends;
100% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.46%.

35


Inner Spirit Holding Inc.

Common Shares

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company obtained 15,000,000 common shares in the entity Inner Spirit Holdings Inc. which held a fair value of $2,850. The investment held an unrealized gain of $150 as at July 31, 2019 based upon the market price of $0.20 per common share.

Common Share Purchase Warrants

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company obtained 7,500,000 common share purchase warrants in the entity Inner Spirit Holdings Inc. Each warrant entitles the Company to a common share at a ratio of 1:1. The warrants held an initial fair value of $414. The investment was fair valued through the Black Scholes-Merton model and held an unrealized loss of ($11) as at July 31, 2019 based upon the following assumptions and inputs:

market price of $0.20;
expected life of 1.00 year;
$Nil dividends;
100% volatility based upon comparative market indicators and historical data;
risk free interest rate of 1.48%.

Greentank Technologies.

On February 22, 2019, Newstrike acquired 1,953,125 preferred shares of Greentank Technologies for cash consideration of $6,622 (USD$5,000). The investment is strategic and long term in nature. The investments initial fair value upon the acquisition of Newstrike was $6,723 and is measured through fair value through profit and loss. The fair value was established using the information from a recent financing which demonstrates the same underlying preferred share value as the original investment consideration. During the stub period ended July 31, 2019, there was a decrease in fair value of $149 due to a reduction of CAD/USD rate (July 31, 2018 - $Nil). A variance of 5% to the underlying preferred share price would result in a change of $331 to the investments fair value.

Neal Brothers Inc.

The Company also acquired 19.9% of the shares of Neal Brothers Inc. through the acquisition of Newstrike on May 24, 2019. The Company holds no board seat. The initial investment was for cash consideration of $5,604. The Company has measured these investments at fair value upon the date of acquisition which was determined to be $4,000. During the stub period ended July 31, 2019, there was no change in fair value (July 31, 2018 - $Nil). A variance of 5% to the underlying investment would result in a change of $200 to the investments fair value.

Segra International Corp.

The Company holds 400,000 shares in the private entity Segra International Corp. The investment represents a strategic long term investment in the cannabis micropropogation entity. The initial investment was made for $0.25 per share. The Company has measured this investment to its fair value of $0.75 per share which totalled $300 as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – $100). The fair value measurement was based upon the most recent financing information and the associated unrealized gain of $200 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil) was recorded through profit and loss. A variance of 5% to the underlying share price would result in a nominal change to the investments fair value.

21. Related Party Disclosure

Key Management Personnel Compensation

Key management personnel are those persons having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the Company’s operations, directly or indirectly. The key management personnel of the Company are the members of the executive management team and Board of Directors, and they control approximately 6.15% of the outstanding shares of the Company as at July 31, 2019 (July 31, 2018 – 8.77%) .

Compensation provided to key management during the period was as follows:

For the years ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Salary and/or consulting fees $  3,550   $  1,969  
Bonus compensation   481     275  
Stock-based compensation   16,235     3,836  
Total $  20,266   $  6,080  

36


These transactions are in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties.

Unless otherwise stated the below granted stock options will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the balance will vest quarterly over two years thereafter.

On July 26, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 250,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.88

On July 18, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $6.54. On March 20, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $8.50.

On February 21, 2019, the Company granted the CEO 3,333,333 stock options with an exercise price of $7.46. Additional to the standard vesting terms as defined in Note 11, is an achievement condition in which vesting may only occur once a volume weighted average trading price of $10 or greater is achieved for a 20-day period prior to a vesting date. All unvested options will carry over and vest if the condition is met at a future vesting date.

On February 19, 2019, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 615,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.13.

On December 17, 2018, the Company granted certain of its executives a total 74,000 stock options with an exercise price of $5.09. Of which, 54,000 stock options will fully vest at the 6-month anniversary of the grant date.

On September 17, 2018, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $7.93.

On July 11, 2018, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 4,325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.89. Within the grant there exist 350,000 stock option which fully vest on April 30, 2019.

On April 16, 2018, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 845,000 stock options with an exercise price of $4.27.

On March 12, 2018, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 325,000 stock options with an exercise price of $3.89.

On December 4, 2017, the Company granted certain directors and executives of the Company a total of 1,750,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.69, of which half of the options will vest immediately, and the balance will vest annually over three years thereafter with the exception of 75,000 stock options which vest in full by April 30, 2019.

On November 6, 2017, the Company granted certain directors of the Company a total of 125,000 stock options with an exercise price of $2.48.

On September 8, 2017, the Company granted certain executives of the Company a total of 650,000 stock options with an exercise price of $1.37.

The Company loaned $20,279 on September 7, 2018, to the related party BCI to be used in the purchase of a facility in Belleville, Ontario and was repaid in full during the third quarter of fiscal 2019.

22. Capital Management

The Company’s objective is to maintain sufficient capital so as to maintain investor, creditor and customer confidence and to sustain future development of the business and provide the ability to continue as a going concern. Management defines capital as the Company’s shareholders’ equity. The Board of Directors does not establish quantitative return on capital criteria for management. The Company has not paid any dividends to its shareholders. The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

As at July 31, 2019 total managed capital was comprised of shareholders’ equity of $776,756 (July 31, 2018 – $322,873). There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the period.

23. Commitments and Contingencies

COMMITMENTS

The Company has certain contractual financial obligations related to service agreements, purchase agreements, rental agreements and construction contracts.

Some of these contracts have optional renewal terms that the Company may exercise at its option. The annual minimum payments payable under these obligations over the next five years is as follows:

37



2020 $  93,647  
2021   7,332  
2022   5,804  
2023   5,259  
2024   4,970  
Thereafter   75,218  
  $  192,230  

Inclusive of the commitments balance is $99,652 related to the Belleville Complex Inc 20-year anchor tenant agreement ending September 7, 2038 (Note 17) and additional lease commitments amounting to $2,089.

The following table summarizes the Company’s proportionate share of the annual minimum payments and commitments held by its investment in associate and joint ventures.

2020 $  26,962  
2021   1,794  
2022   26  
2023   26  
2024   27  
  $  28,835  

Letter of Credit

On June 28, 2018, the Company executed a letter of credit with a Canadian credit union as required under an agreement with a public utility provider entitling the Company up to a maximum limit of $3,141 subject to certain operational requirements. The letter of credit has a one-year expiry from the date of issuance with an autorenewal feature and was still in effect as at July 31, 2019. The credit facility is secured by a guaranteed investment certificate (“GIC”). As at July 31, 2019, the letter of credit has not been drawn upon (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) and is in compliance with the specified requirements.

Surety Bond

On June 28, 2018, the Company entered into an indemnity agreement to obtain a commercial surety bond with a North American insurance provider entitling the Company up to a maximum of $2,000. The bond bears a premium at 0.1% annually. The Company obtained the surety bond as required under the Canada Revenue Agency’s excise tax laws for the transporting of commercial goods throughout Canada.

CONTINGENCIES

The Company may be, from time to time, subject to various administrative and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Contingent liabilities associated with legal proceedings are recorded when a liability is probable, and the contingent liability can be reasonably estimated.

24. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of the financial instruments as at July 31, 2019 are summarized in the following table:

38



                Financial assets     Financial liabilities        
          Amortized     designated as     designated        
    Note     costs     FVTPL     as FVTPL     Total  
Assets              
Cash and cash equivalents   4         113,568         113,568  
Restricted cash   5         22,350         22,350  
Short-term investments   4         25,937         25,937  
Trade receivables         19,693             19,693  
Commodity taxes recoverable and other receivables   6     15,247             15,247  
Convertible debenture receivable   15         13,354         13,354  
Long term investments   20         14,277         14,277  
Liabilities              
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities         45,581             45,581  
Warrant liability   12             493     493  
Deferred rent liability         946             946  
Term loan   16     33,374             33,374  

The carrying values of trade receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and the term loan approximate their fair values due to their relatively short periods to maturity.

The carrying values of the financial instruments as at July 31, 2018 are summarized in the following table:

                Financial assets     Financial liabilities        
          Amortized     designated as     designated        
    Note     costs     FVTPL     as FVTPL     Total  
Assets         $     $     $     $  
Cash and cash equivalents (Restated)   4, 26         99,042         99,042  
Short-term investments (Restated)   4, 26         145,747         145,747  
Trade receivables         644             644  
Commodity taxes recoverable and   6     4,237             4,237  
 other receivables                              
Convertible debenture receivable   15         10,000         10,000  
Liabilities         $     $     $     $  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities         8,995             8,995  
Warrant liability   12             3,130     3,130  

25. Ancillary Revenue

Ancillary revenues are those sales outside of the primary business of the Company as outlined in Note 1. During the year ended July 31, 2019 the Company realized net revenues of $199 (July 31, 2018 – $Nil) related to management fees.

26. Comparative Amounts

The Company identified an error in relation to the classification of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments for the year ended July 31, 2018. The Company has identified $98,209 of high interest-bearing cash accounts previously classified as short-term investments as well as $38,509 of term deposits, previously classified as cash and cash equivalents. Accordingly, the Company has increased cash and cash equivalents and decreased short term investments by the net amount of $59,700 in the consolidated statements of financial position as at July 31, 2018. The Company has increased cash and cash equivalents and reduced disposal/(acquisition) of short-term investments by $59,700 in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended July 31, 2018.

39


27. License and Prepaid Royalty – HIP

On May 24, 2019, through the acquisition of Newstrike, the Company inherited a royalty agreement with the Tragically Hip (the “Hip Agreement”) with an effective date of January 12, 2017, expiring after five years with an option of renewal for a two-year period. Newstrike’s initial consideration was 3,000,000 common shares with an initial fair value of $2,655 and an ongoing royalty of 2.5% of revenues of cannabis products sold by the Company inspired by the Tragically Hip. The issuance of the 3,000,000 common shares includes a payment of 1,000,000 common shares that will be applied against future royalties’ payable. The fair value of the license and prepaid asset as at the acquisition date of May 24, 2019 was $926 and $600, respectively.

During the stub period ended July 31, 2019, the Company recorded amortization of $59 using the straight-line method over a five-year term from the effective date of the License, and $58 was drawn down on the prepaid royalty.

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
License – HIP, net of amortization $  867   $  –  
Prepaid Royalty – HIP   542      
License and prepaid royalty – HIP $  1,409   $  –  

28. Non-Controlling Interest

The following table summarizes the information relating to the Company’s subsidiary Neal Up Brands Inc., before intercompany eliminations.

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Current assets $  2,500   $  –  
Non-current assets        
Current liabilities        
Non-current liabilities        
Net assets   2,500      
Non-controlling interest (%)   40%        
Non-controlling interest $  1,000   $  –  

29. Income Taxes

Income tax expense recognized in comprehensive loss consists of the following components:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Current tax for the year $  –   $  –  
Adjustments of previous years        
Total $  –   $  –  

Components of deferred income tax expense (recovery):

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Origination and reversal of temporary differences $  (12,988 ) $  (6,780 )
Difference between statutory tax rate and deferred tax rate   152     (7 )
Change in temporary difference for which no deferred tax assets are recorded   6,996     6,787  
Deferred income tax recovery $  (3,840 ) $  –  

40


The Company's expected tax rate is different from the combined federal and provincial income tax rate in Canada. These differences result from the following elements:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Expected tax rate   26.64%     26.9%  
Earnings before income taxes $  (85,404 ) $  (23,350 )
             
Expected tax benefit resulting from loss   (22,732 )   (6,281 )
             
Adjustments for the following items:            
     Tax rate differences   152     (7 )
     Permanent differences   9,454     3,095  
     Change in temporary differences for which no tax assets are recorded   6,622     2,401  
     True up and other   664     792  
  $  (3,840 ) $  –  

The following is a reconciliation of the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized by the Company:

    Opening     Recognized in     Recognized in     Ending  
    August 1, 2018     income     goodwill     July 31, 2019  
    $     $     $     $  
Deductible temporary differences       119     (220 )   101  
Taxable temporary differences   (117 )           (117 )
Biological assets   (458 )   81     (292 )   (669 )
Inventory   (1,432 )   1,560     (559 )   (431 )
Loss carryforward   2,007     1,886     7,303     11,196  
Share issue costs       (89 )   1,724     1,635  
Intangible assets       284     (32,193 )   (31,909 )
        3,840     (24,236 )   (20,396 )

    Opening     Recognized in     Recognized in     Ending  
    August     Income     Equity/OCI     July 31, 2018  
    $     $     $     $  
Deferred tax assets   813         (813 )    
Taxable temporary differences       (117 )       (117 )
Biological assets       (458 )       (458 )
Inventory       (1,432 )       (1,432 )
Loss carryforward       2,007         2,007  
Revaluation of financial instruments - Equity   (813 )       813      
                 

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of loss carryforwards and of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws. At July 31, 2019 deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses for which no deferred tax assets have been recognized are attributable to the following:

    July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
    $     $  
Losses carried forward   52,554     20,672  
Research and development expenditures   266     266  
Fixed Assets   6,021      
Share issue costs   10,089     13,352  
    68,929     34,289  

41


The Company has approximated non-capital losses available to reduce future years' federal and provincial taxable income which expires as follows:

     
2031   118  
2032   562  
2033   281  
2034   1,420  
2035   3,510  
2036   6,030  
2037   10,669  
2038   33,395  
2039   52,909  
    108,510  

30. Loss on Investment

During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018, the Company realized a loss on investment activities in the amount of $650. The Company continues to take legal action to recover the loss.

31. Gross Revenue

Year ended   July 31, 2019     July 31, 2018  
Gross Cannabis Revenue        
Retail   53,590      
Medical   5,288     4,934  
Wholesale   378      
Total gross revenue from sale of goods   59,256     4,934  

Gross revenue is inclusive of sales returns and recoveries. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019, the Company incurred $6,718 (July 31, 2018 - $Nil) of sales provisions.

32. Segmented Information

The Company operates in one operating segment. All property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are located in Canada.

33. Subsequent Events

Amalgamation of Subsidiaries

On August 1, 2019, the Company completed the amalgamation of the subsidiaries 8980268 Canada Inc and Newstrike Brands Ltd into HEXO Operations Inc. The resulting entity retained the name HEXO Corp.

Letter of Credit

On August 2, 2019, the Company amendedthe letter of credit (Note 23) that was issued in favor of a public utility provider. The amount of the letter was reduced to $2,581 from $3,142. This amended letter is secured against the company’s revolving loan and no longer secured by a GIC.

Increased Ownership in HEXO MED

On September 24, 2019, the Company increased its ownership in its European based joint venture HEXO MED from 33.3% to 51% which an additional capital injection of $729.

$70 Million Private Placement

On October 23, 2019, the Company announced it has entered into subscription agreements with a group of investors pursuant to which the investors have agreed to purchase, on a private placement basis, $70,001 principal amount of 8.0% unsecured debentures of the Company (the “Debentures”).

The Debentures will bear interest from the date of closing at 8.0% per annum payable quarterly and will mature on the date which is three years from issuance. Following the date, which is one year from issuance, the Debentures will be convertible at the option of the holder into common shares of the Company at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $3.16 per share (the “Conversion Price”), subject to adjustment in certain events.

42


Beginning on the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may force the conversion of all of the principal amount of the then outstanding Debentures at the Conversion Price on not less than 30 days’ notice should the daily volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Company be greater than $7.50 for any 15 consecutive trading days.

At any time on or before the date which is one year from issuance, the Company may repay all, but not less than all, of the principal amount of the Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Upon any repayment of the principal amount of the Debentures, the Company shall have the right to satisfy the repayment of the principal amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, through the conversion of such amounts into common shares of the Company at the Conversion Price.

Upon a change of control of the Company, holders of the Debentures will have the right to require the Company to repurchase their Debentures, in whole or in part, on the date that is 30 days following the giving of notice of the change of control, at a price equal to 115% of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures then outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (the “Offer Price”). If 90% or more of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures outstanding on the date of the notice of the change of control have been tendered for redemption, the Company will have the right to redeem all of the remaining Debentures at the Offer Price.

The Debentures and any common shares of the Company issuable upon conversion thereof will be subject to a statutory hold period lasting four months and one day following the closing date.

The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about November 15, 2019. The private placement is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary regulatory and stock exchange approvals, including the approvals of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

43